Docstoc

Replacement Boiler - Amazon S3

Document Sample
Replacement Boiler - Amazon S3 Powered By Docstoc
					                Replacement Boiler
             Department of Military Affairs
               Fond du Lac, Wisconsin


              Division Project No. 11E2N



                   August 26, 2011



                          FOR
                THE STATE OF WISCONSIN
            DEPARTMENT OF ADMINISTRATION
              DIVISION OF STATE FACILITIES
STATE OF WISCONSIN ADMINISTRATION BUILDING 7TH FLOOR
         101 EAST WILSON STREET – P.O. BOX 7866
               MADISON, WISCONSIN 53707




                           By
                Engineering Concepts, Inc.
             1215 South Grandview Boulevard
                  Waukesha, WI 53188
                      262-547-6118
Intentional blank page
 1   NOTICE OF SOLICITATION OF BIDS
 2   DIVISION OF STATE FACILITIES (Rev02/14/2011)
 3
 4
 5                                     Boiler Replacement
 6                                 Department of Military Affairs
 7                                   Fond du Lac, Wisconsin
 8
 9
10                                   Division Project No. 11E2N
11                                   Project Manager: Aaron Tervort
12
13
14
15
16   CLOSING DATE FOR BIDS: September 8, 2011 at 2 PM.
17
18
19   The Division of State Facilities, hereinafter termed DSF, hereby announces that it is soliciting
20   bids from qualified contractors for the above project.
21
22   Bids must be received at State of Wisconsin Administration Building, 101 East Wilson Street, 7th
23   Floor, Madison, Wisconsin 53703, on or before the closing date and time indicated above.
24   Please send the bid to the attention of: Aaron Tervort
25
26   In general the work consists of: replace one existing boiler including breeching, connecting
27   piping, insulation, control and water treatment systems.
28
29   Construction bidding documents (drawings, specifications and addenda) may be obtained only
30   as downloadable electronic files (in PDF format) from the Division of State Facilities website
31   http://www.doa.state.wi.us/dsf. After opening the web page, select “Project Bidding-
32   Construction” from the Quick Find list on the right side of the screen. Construction bidding
33   documents may also be available at various Builder’s Exchanges. Additional project
34   construction bidding information, including plan holders list, is available on the DSF website.
35   Please note that a WisBuild login and password are required to download bidding documents.
36    Interested parties may request a WisBuild login and password at the DSF website – allow 2
37   days to process login and password requests.
38
39   A pre-bid tour is highly recommended and scheduled for 9 AM September 1, 2011---please
40   contact Ray Steinich, Engineering Technician V, 608-332-4865.
41
42
43




                                          DSF Project 11E2N
                                               Page A-1
Intentional blank page
 1                                            TABLE of CONTENTS
 2
 3
 4
 5                                                  Bid Solicitation
 6
 7                                              Boiler Replacement
 8                                         Department of Military Affairs
 9                                           Fond du Lac, Wisconsin
10
11                                          DOA/DSF Project No. 11E2N
12
13
14
15
16
17                                                                                               Pages Thru:
18
19   Notice of Solicitation of Bids ................................................................... A-1
20   Table of Contents ................................................................................... TC-3
21   Bid Solicitation and Bid FORM ............................................................... PS-6
22   Bid Bond Form (DOA-4506) ......................................................................... 1
23   Performance Payment Bond (DOA-4505) .................................................... 2
24   Construction Contract Form (DOA-4504) ..................................................... 2
25   Conditions of the Contract for Small Projects .................................... GCsp-10
26   General Requirements for Small Projects………………………………..GRsp-8




                                                    DSF Project 11E2N
                                                         Page TC-1
 1
 2   Technical Specifications
 3   01 91 01 Commissioning ............................................................................. 01 91 01-4
 4   CV-23 07 00 HVAC Piping Insulation ................................................... CV-23 07 00 -5
 5   CV-23 09 14 Control Wiring and Devices ............................................. CV-23 09 14 -7
 6   CV-23 11 00 Facilities Fuel Piping ..................................................... CV-23 11 00 -13
 7   CV-23 21 13 Hydronic Piping ............................................................. CV-23 21 13 -11
 8   CV-23 21 23 Pumps ............................................................................. CV-23 21 23 -4
 9   CV-23 25 00 HVAC Water Treatment .................................................. CV-23 25 00 -7
10   CV-23 51 00 Breechings, Chimneys and Stacks .................................. CV-23 51 00 -3
11   CV-23 52 00 Sealed Combustion Modular Boilers ............................... CV-23 52 00 -5
12   FPT-23 05 93 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing ................................ FPT-23 05 93 -3
13   FPT-23 21 23 Pumps ......................................................................... FPT-23 21 23 -1
14   FPT-23 52 00 Heating Boilers ............................................................ FPT-23 52 00 -5
15   07 53 23 EPDM Roofing ........................................................................... 07 53 23 -12
16   23 05 00 Common Work for HVAC ............................................................ 23 05 00 -7
17   23 05 13 Common Work for Motors ........................................................... 23 05 13 -3
18   23 05 15 Piping Specialties ........................................................................ 23 05 15 -3
19   23 05 23 General Duty Valves ................................................................... 23 05 23 -4
20   23 05 29 Hangers and Supports ................................................................ 23 05 29 -3
21   23 05 93 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing ................................................ 23 05 93 -4
22   23 07 00 HVAC Insulation .......................................................................... 23 07 00 -6
23   23 09 14 Pneumatic and Electric Instrumentation and Control Devices ..... 23 09 14 -4
24   23 09 93 Sequence of Operations .............................................................. 23 09 93 -3
25   23 11 00 Facility Fuel Piping ...................................................................... 23 11 00 -5
26   23 21 13 Hydronic Piping ........................................................................... 23 21 13 -9
27   23 21 23 Hydronic Pumps .......................................................................... 23 21 23 -3
28   23 25 00 HVAC Water Treatment .............................................................. 23 25 00 -5
29   23 51 00 Breeching, Chimneys and Stacks ................................................ 23 51 00 -3
30   23 52 00 Heating Boilers ............................................................................ 23 52 00 -4
31   26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical ........................................... 26 05 00 -7
32   26 05 02 Electrical Demolition and Remodeling ......................................... 26 05 02 -2
33   26 05 04 Cleaning, Inspection and Testing ................................................ 26 05 04 -2
34   26 05 19 Conductors and Cable ................................................................. 26 05 19 -4
35   26 05 23 Control Voltage Cables ............................................................... 26 05 23 -3
36   26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding .............................................................. 26 05 26 -2
37   26 05 29 Hangers and Supports ................................................................ 26 05 29 -2
38   26 05 33 Raceway and Boxes .................................................................... 26 05 33 -6
39   26 05 53 Identification ................................................................................ 26 05 53 -3
40   26 27 02 Equipment Wiring Systems ......................................................... 26 27 02 -2
41   26 27 26 Wiring Devices ............................................................................ 26 27 26 -2
42   26 29 00 Low Voltage Controls .................................................................. 26 29 00 -3
43
44   Drawings: (Bound Separately)




                                                  DSF Project 11E2N
                                                       Page TC-2
1   Title Sheet    ........................................................................................................ T100
2   Mechanical Plan, Demo and New ....................................................................... M-100
3   Mechanical Details and Schedule ...................................................................... M-500
4   Electrical Plan, Demo and New ............................................................................ E-100
5
6




                                                    DSF Project 11E2N
                                                         Page TC-3
Intentional blank page
 1                                 LETTER OF SOLICITATION
 2
 3                                      Boiler Replacement
 4                                  Department of Military Affairs
 5                                    Fond du Lac, Wisconsin
 6
 7                                   DOA/DSF Project No. 11E2N
 8
 9   The State of Wisconsin Department of Administration – Division of State Facilities is soliciting
10   bids for the project described herein. No deposit is required to obtain bid information
11   documents. A Bid guarantee will be required. This project has less than a 30-day bid
12   solicitation period.
13
14   Project Location:
15          Department of Military Affairs
16          Fond du Lac Armory
17          796 Sullivan Dr
18          Fond Du Lac, WI 54935
19
20   Bid Delivery:
21       Bid dollar amount must be entered on DSF Bid Form (provided herein) and the bid form
22       signed by authorized representative of the company submitting the bid and shall be
23       delivered hardcopy in a sealed envelope to:
24
25                  Aaron Tervort
26                  DOA/DSF, 101 E. Wilson St, 7th Floor, Madison WI 53703
27
28       Bid must be received by DSF on or before the bid date and time. Each bid shall be clearly
29       identified on exterior label of the sealed envelope with the Project Name, DOA /DSF Project
30       Number, Location, Bid Date, Name and Address of Company submitting Bid, name of DSF
31       Project Contact, and clearly marked "BID”. Any changes or amendments to the bid form
32       may disqualify the bid. The bidder is responsible for the sealed bid being delivered to the
33       7th floor DSF reception desk for receipt stamping before the time specified for the bid
34       opening.
35
36   Addendum:
37      Any addendum issued during the time of bid solicitation shall become a part of the Contract
38      Documents. Receipt of such addendum shall be acknowledged in the appropriate space
39      provided on the Bid Form. Bid may be rejected if receipt of an addendum applicable to the
40      award of contract has not been acknowledged on the Bid Form.
41
42   DSF Project Contact:
43      Aaron Tervort
44      DOA/DSF 101 E. Wilson St, 7th Floor, Madison WI 53703
45      Phone: (608) 261-6586
46       E-Mail: aaron.tervort@wisconsin.gov
47
48   General Project Description:
49      This project involves the replacing of one existing boiler including breeching, connecting
50      piping, insulation, control and water treatment systems.
51


                                             DSF Project 11E2N
                                                Page PS-1
 1   General Site Information:
 2      The boiler room, and its adjoining mechanical room, is accessed off of a corridor connected
 3      to a vestibule and building side entry. Parking is reached from the entry and security is
 4      usual for a government office.
 5
 6   Site Inspection:
 7       A site visit by each bidder is highly recommended prior to submitting the bid for this work.
 8       To arrange for such site visit, please contact Ray Steinich, Engineering Technician V, 608-
 9       332-4865 for a site visit scheduled for 9 AM September 1, 2011.
10
11       Failure to visit the site or failure to examine any and all Contract Documents will in no way
12       relieve the successful contractor from necessity of furnishing any materials or equipment, or
13       performing any work, that may be required to complete the work in accordance with the
14       Contract Documents.
15
16   Submission of Bids:
17   The Solicited Bid Form has a space provided for All Work required to fully complete the project
18   in accordance with the Contract Documents. If Alternates or Unit prices are required spaces are
19   also provided for the bids. Appropriate insertions are numerals indicating the cost of the work;
20   $0 if there is no cost for the work. Blank space or spaces will be considered the same as “No
21   Bid”. Entering words, alpha characters or any other mark other than numeric characters on the
22   bid lines shall result in rejection. If Alternates or Unit Prices are requested and no numerical
23   entry is made it shall result in rejection of the entire Bid.
24
25   Alternates Bids:
26   Bidders shall carefully read requests for Alternate Bids and thoroughly examine all of the
27   contract documents to determine the extent to which the various changes and conditions will
28   affect the bid. Alternate bids shall state the amount to be added to the base bid for all alternate
29   work, material including incidentals. DSF reserves the right to reject any or all alternate prices
30   as given in the bid.
31
32   Unit Prices:
33   Unit prices requested on the Solicited Bid Form shall be given and if included in the contract, will
34   be used for additions to or deductions from amount of work required under the contract. Unit
35   prices shall include all costs of materials, labor, insurance, taxes, overhead, profit and
36   incidentals. DSF reserves the right to reject any or all unit prices as given in the bid, the work
37   governed by such unit price, if required, shall follow Conditions of the Contract for Small
38   Projects, Article 6.
39
40   Award of Contract:
41   If the lowest dollar-amount bid submitted by a qualified and responsible bidder does not exceed
42   the authorized project funds, a contract will be awarded accordingly. The lowest dollar amount
43   is a single base bid for all work comprising the project, (combined with such accepted alternates
44   applied in the alphabetical order listed on the bid form). DSF reserves the right to reject any or
45   all bids, or accept any bid.
46
47   Bid Guarantee:
48   A bank certified check, a cashier's check or a bid bond prepared on the Bid Bond Form bound
49   herein, payable to the State in an amount not less than 10% of the maximum bid shall
50   accompany each bid as a guarantee, that if the bid is accepted, the Bidder will execute and
51   return the proposed Contract and Performance-Payment Bond within ten (10) days after being



                                            DSF Project 11E2N
                                                Page PS-2
 1   notified of the acceptance of his bid. The company issuing the Bonds must be licensed to do
 2   business in Wisconsin.
 3
 4   Any bid which is not accompanied by a bid guarantee will be considered NO BID and will not be
 5   read or accepted.
 6
 7   If the Bidder is unable to deliver the contract, certificate of insurance, request for subcontractor
 8   approval or performance payment bond, the bidder may limit liability to the amount of the bid
 9   guarantee by giving written notice of intent not to execute the contract, to DSF within seventy-
10   two (72) hours of notification as the low bidder. If no such notice is given, DSF reserves the
11   right to obtain the amount of the difference in bid price between the low bidder and the next low
12   bidder.
13
14   All checks tendered as bid guarantee, except those of the three lowest qualified, responsible
15   bidders, will be returned to their makers within three (3) days after bid opening. All such
16   retained checks will be returned immediately upon the signing of the Contract and Performance-
17   Payment Bond by the successful Bidder.
18
19   Withdrawal of Bids:
20   Bids may be withdrawn by written request received from Bidder or an authorized representative
21   thereof prior to the time fixed for opening of bids, without prejudice to the right of the Bidder to
22   file a new bid. Withdrawn bids will be returned unopened. Negligence on the part of the Bidder
23   in preparing his bid, confers no right for withdrawal of the bid after it has been opened.
24   No bid may be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) days after the date set for the opening
25   thereof.
26
27   If a bid contains an error, omission or mistake, the Bidder may limit liability to the amount of the
28   Bidder's guarantee by giving written Notice of Intent not to execute the Contract to DSF within
29   seventy-two (72) hours of notification as the low bidder. If no such notice is given, DSF
30   reserves the right to obtain the amount of the difference in bid price between the low bidder and
31   the next low bidder.
32
33   Security for Performance-Payment:
34   Simultaneously with the delivery of the signed Contract, the Bidder shall be required to furnish a
35   Performance-Payment Bond using the Performance-Payment Bond Form attached herein. The
36   Performance-Payment Bond shall be issued in the amount equal to %100 percent of the
37   Contract price, as security for the faithful performance of the Contract, payment of all persons
38   performing labor or furnishing materials for the Project, and payment of all other debts incurred
39   in the performance of the Work. The Surety Company shall be licensed to do business in
40   Wisconsin. The Bond must be dated the same date or subsequent to the date of the Contract.
41
42   A certified copy of power of attorney shall be provided by the Surety Company showing that the
43   agent who signs the Bond has the power of attorney to so sign for the Surety Company. This
44   certification must be signed by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the company and not by
45   an attorney-in-fact. The certification must bear the same or later date as the bond.
46
47   If the Bidder is a partnership or a joint venture, a certified list providing the names of individuals
48   constituting the partnership or joint venture must be furnished. The Contract itself may be
49   signed by one partner of the partnership, or one partner of each firm comprising the joint
50   venture, but the Performance-Payment Bond must be signed by all of the partners.
51



                                             DSF Project 11E2N
                                                 Page PS-3
 1   If the Bidder is a corporation, it is necessary that a current certified copy of the resolution or
 2   other official act of the directors of the corporation be submitted showing that the person who
 3   signs the contract is authorized to sign contracts for the corporation. IT IS ALSO NECESSARY
 4   THAT THE CORPORATE SEAL BE AFFIXED TO THE RESOLUTION, CONTRACT, AND
 5   PERFORMANCE-PAYMENT BOND. If the Bidder's corporation has no seal, it is required that
 6   the above documents include a statement or notation to the effect that the corporation has no
 7   seal.
 8
 9   Contract Payment:
10   Payments to the Contractor under the Contract Documents will be made as provided for as the
11   work progresses. Payment requests from the Contractor will be processed monthly, except for
12   special circumstances approved by DSF. The Contractor seeking payment must perform all the
13   conditions required for payment and must have met the obligations which are necessary to
14   qualify for any partial payments. The Contractor shall provide a final settlement certificate
15   stating that all claims have been settled and payments made for all labor and materials.
16
17   Prevailing Wage Rates shall NOT apply to this project.
18   Pursuant to s.103.49(6), Wis. Stats., the listing of trades or occupations together with the
19   minimum hourly wage determination, are not required for this project.
20
21   Contract Commencement and Completion:
22   The successful Contractor must agree to commence work on or before a date to be specified in
23   a written "Notice to Proceed" and to fully complete all work within 30 consecutive calendar days
24   thereafter. Completion time will be converted to a specific date at the time the "Notice to
25   Proceed" is issued. Refer also to Conditions of the Contract for Small Projects, Article entitled
26   "Time for Completion".
27
28   Plans, Permits and Approvals:
29   Plans, specifications and calculations may require submittal to the Wisconsin Department of
30   Commerce for Plan Review and Approval prior to commencing work. The A/E and DSF will be
31   responsible for all submittals to the Department of Commerce to obtain approved documents
32   and any associated fees. The successful bidder is responsible for any other required
33   submittals, including fees, to any other regulatory agency requiring permits or approvals as may
34   be required for this project.
35
36   Contract Conditions:
37   Conditions of the Contract for Small Projects (copy enclosed) apply to this project.
38
39   Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) and Disabled Veteran-Owned Business (DVB):
40   Effective November 1, 2010 – Wisconsin Act 299 requires a Disabled Veterans-owned Business
41   diversity program. Please access the following Department of Commerce website
42   http://commerce.wi.gov/BD/BD-MinorityandWomen.html or Department of Administration,
43   Division of State Facilities (http://www.doa.state.wi.us/section.asp?linkid=191&locid=0) for
44   further information.
45
46   The State of Wisconsin agencies and DSF have a responsibility to encourage MBE and DVB
47   participation in state construction projects, and as such, may give a 5% bid preference to a
48   qualified responsible bid submitted by a MBE or DVB. MBE or DVB shall indicate interest in
49   being considered for a preference by indicating their certification on the solicited bid form.
50   Certification by Department of Commerce, Business Development.
51
52   Contractor Qualifications:


                                            DSF Project 11E2N
                                                Page PS-4
 1   DSF will make such investigations as deemed necessary to determine the ability of the
 2   Proposing Firm to fully, safely and responsibly carry out all contract requirements stipulated
 3   herein. DSF reserves the right to reject the bid if evidence submitted by, or investigation of, the
 4   bidding firm fails to satisfy DSF that the firm is deemed responsible and qualified to carry out the
 5   obligations of the contract and fully complete all the work described in these bid solicitation
 6   documents.
 7
 8   The Contractor shall include their Building Contractor Registration Number on the construction
 9   contract. Any Contractor that fails to provide their Building Contractor Registration Number shall
10   be considered a Non-Responsible Bidder under §Adm 21.02(7)(c) of the Wisconsin
11   Administrative Code. The State of Wisconsin Division of State Facilities will not execute or enter
12   into any contract where the Contractor fails to provide their Building Contractor Registration
13   Number. Further information regarding registration with the Wisconsin Department of
14   Commerce can be found at http:commerce.wi.gov/sb/sb-buildingcontractorprogram.html
15
16   WisBuild TM DSF INFORMATION SYSTEM:
17   Contract offer and construction phase records including Questions, Requests for Information,
18   Construction Bulletins, Bids, Change Orders, Schedule of Values, and Requests for Payment
19   will be processed electronically on the WisBuild™ DSF Information System. Other construction
20   phase records and applications will be implemented, as they become available.
21
22   Successful bidders shall have an available Internet connection to access and utilize the
23   WisBuild™ DSF Information System for use within 72 hours of the bid date and maintain over
24   the course of the construction phase, from date of Notice-to-Proceed through receipt of Final
25   Payment.
26
27   Minimum requirements - any computer which has a hard drive for storing data, and a modem
28   and which can run version 4.x or later of Microsoft Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator or
29   Netscape Communicator - an Internet connection.
30
31   Recommended equipment - any computer which has a processor speed of 200 MHz or greater,
32   a hard drive for storing data, a 56k/v.90 modem, and versions 4.x or later of Microsoft Internet
33   Explorer or Netscape Navigator or Netscape Communicator - an internet connection which can
34   support data transfer speeds of 56k or greater.
35
36   Information and instructions for application training and support, user names and passwords to
37   access the WisBuild™ DSF Information System will be issued at time of contract offer.
38
39




                                            DSF Project 11E2N
                                                Page PS-5
Intentional blank page
 1   SOLICITED BID FORM
 2
 3
 4                                     Boiler Replacement
 5                                 Department of Military Affairs
 6                                   Fond du Lac, Wisconsin
 7
 8                                  DOA/DSF Project No. 11E2N
 9
10   We agree to execute the contract, if offered, and provide all labor and material required for
11   construction of the above project for the following dollar amount, and in strict accordance with
12   the attached contract documents.
13
14   ALL WORK
15
16     Bid dollar amount to accomplish ALL WORK required to fully complete the project in
17     accordance with the Contract Documents,
18
19     for the sum of ($                                                  )
20
22     The following addenda have been received and are included in this bid:
23
24          Addenda No____________ Date____________
25
26          Addenda No ___________ Date____________
27
28          Addenda No____________ Date____________
29
30
31   Name of Firm _______________________________________________________________
32
33
34   Address ____________________________________________________________________
35                                (Street, City, County, State, Zip)
36
37   Telephone (_______)__________________             E-Mail ________________________________
38
39
40   Building Contractor Registration Number ________________________________________
41
42   Certification Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) 
43                 Disabled Veteran-Owned Business (DVB) 
44
45   Printed Name ________________________________________________________________
46
47
48   Signature ___________________________________________________________________
49
50
51   Date ________________________ Title __________________________________________




                                           DSF Project 11E2N
                                                Page PS-6
DSF Project [Number]
      GRsp-1
STATE OF WISCONSIN                                                                Mailing Address: Post Office Box 7866, Madison, WI 53707-7866
DEPARTMENT OF ADMINISTRATION
                                                                                  Street Address: 101 E. Wilson Street, 7th Floor, Madison, WI 53702
DIVISION OF STATE FACILITIES (DSF)
DOA-4506 (R01/97)                                                                 Phone: 608 / 266-2731; FAX: 608 / 267-2710
s. 16.855(2)(b)1. Wisconsin Statutes                                              http://www.doa.state.wi.us/dsf/index.asp




                                                                BID BOND
KNOW ALL PEOPLE BY THESE PRESENTS, that
(a corporation of the State of                                              ) (individual), (partnership) (hereinafter referred to as
the "Principal"), and                                                       , a corporation of the State of
                                          Name of Surety
(thereinafter referred to as the "Surety"), are held and firmly bound unto the State of Wisconsin, for Department of
Administration, Division of State Facilities (hereinafter referred to as "DSF"), in the penal sum of ten percent (10%)
of the amount of the total bid or bids of the Principal herein accepted by DSF, for the payment of which the
Principal and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly
and severally, firmly by these presents.

The conditions of this obligation are such that, whereas the Principal has submitted, or is about to submit, to the
State of Wisconsin a certain bid, including the related alternate and combined bids attached hereto and hereby
made a part hereof, to enter into a Contract in writing for
                                                                                                Type of Work
for the
                                                                      Project

         (1)      If said bid is rejected by DSF, then this obligation shall be void.
         (2)      If said bid is accepted by DSF and the Principal shall execute and deliver a Contract in the form
                  specified by DSF (properly completed in accordance with said bid) and shall furnish a bond for the
                  Principal's faithful performance of said Contract, and for the payment of all persons performing labor or
                  furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the agreement
                  created by the acceptance of said bid, then this obligation shall be void.
         (3)      If said bid is accepted by DSF and the Principal shall fail to execute and deliver the Contract and the
                  performance and payment bond noted in (2) above, all within the time specified or any extension
                  thereof, the Principal and Surety agree jointly and severally to forfeit to DSF the penal sum mentioned
                  above, it being understood that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall in no
                  event exceed the penal sum of this obligation as stated. Notice will be given by DSF to the Principal
                  and Surety of intent to request payment of all or any part of the penal sum, a minimum of 7 calendar
                  days before making demand of payment. Payment of the penal sum by the Surety and its bond shall
                  be received by DSF within 72 hours following demand by DSF.
The Surety, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its bond shall be in no way
impaired or affected by an extension of the time within which DSF may accept such bid, and said Surety does
hereby waive notice of any such extension.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals, and such of them
as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by
their proper officers, on the day and year set forth below.

SEAL:
                                            Principal                                                             Date

                  By:

SEAL:
                                        Name of Surety                                                            Date

                  By:

NOTE TO SURETY AND PRINCIPAL: The bid submitted, which this bond guarantees, may be rejected if the
following instrument is not attached to this bond: Power of Attorney showing that the agent of Surety is currently
authorized to execute bonds on behalf of the Surety, and in the amounts referenced above.

This form can be made available in accessible formats upon request to qualified individuals with disabilities.
Intentional blank page
STATE OF WISCONSIN                                                     Mailing Address: Post Office Box 7866, Madison, WI 53707-7866
DEPARTMENT OF ADMINISTRATION                                           Street Address: 101 E. Wilson Street, 7th Floor, Madison, WI 53703
DIVISION OF STATE FACILITIES (DSF)                                     Phone: 608 / 266-2731; FAX: 608 / 267-2710
DOA-4505 (R09/10)                                                      http://w w w .doa.state.w i.us/dsf/index.asp
S. 779.14 WISCONSIN STATUTES


                                     PERFORMANCE-PAYMENT BOND (100%)
This Surety Bond instrument is hereby executed to guarantee performance and payment of a proposed contract between
the herein named Principal and the State, dated                           , 20 , a copy of which is hereto attached
and made a part hereof for the construction of

Project Title




Project Location

Project Number                                               Contract For                                                   work.
                                                                                All, General, HVAC, Roofing, Etc.
        KNOW ALL PEOPLE BY THESE PRESENTS That
                                                                                  Name of Contractor
of                                      as contractor, herein called "Principal", and
                City and State                                                                     Name of Surety
                                           of                                                   as Surety, herein called
                                                           City and State
"Surety", are held firmly bound to the State of Wisconsin, for the Department of Administration, Division of State Facilities
herein called "the Owner", in the amount of $                                             for the payment of all claims,
costs, charges and the faithful performance of the contract as hereinafter set forth. For the payment of which, well and
truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, successors, executors, and administrators, jointly and severally, firmly by
these presents.

         THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if the said bounded Principal shall perform and fulfill all the
undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions, agreements, and shall promptly make payment pursuant to Section 779.14 of
the Wisconsin Statutes to all persons who supply labor and material to said project in the prosecution of the work provided
for in the within and foregoing contract, and subsequent amendments thereto, notice of such amendments to the Surety
being hereby waived, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect.

         FURTHER, labor performed and materials furnished, used or consumed in making the public improvement or
performing the public work, include, without limitation because of enumeration, fuel, lumber, building materials, machinery,
vehicles, tractors, equipment, fixtures, apparatus, tools, appliances, supplies, electric energy, gasoline, motor oil,
lubricating oil, greases, state imposed taxes, premiums or worker's compensation insurance and contributions for
unemployment compensation.

       FURTHER, that no final settlement between the Owner and the Principal shall abridge the right of any beneficiary
hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied.

          PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the undersigned states that pursuant to express authority the corporate seal affixed
to this instrument is the seal of this surety company, that the seal was affixed and this instrument was executed for and on
behalf of this surety company; that authority has not been revoked by this surety company; that this instrument was
executed as the free act and deed of this surety company; that the certificate from the Commissioner of Insurance
showing authority of this surety company to transact business in the State of Wisconsin, in accordance with Section
779.14(1), Statutes, has been obtained and will be provided to the Owner upon request; and further, that this surety bond
was written through an agent duly licensed as such on the date thereof.
PERFORMANCE-PAYMENT BOND (100%)
Page 2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed this the                                  day of                                        , 20       .

FOR THE PRINCIPAL
By
                     Corporate Secretary Signature                                         President, Partner or Individual Signature
(Seal)                                                                       Witnessed by

                                                                             Witnessed by
                                                                                                      Two witnesses must attest above signatures.
FOR THE SURETY
By
                    *Corporate Secretary Signature                                           Attorney in Fact or Authorized Officer
(Seal)
                                                                                                        Street or PO Box


                                                                                                    City, State and Zip Code


                                                                                                       Telephone Number


                                                                                                         Email Address
                                                                           (This email address will be used to notify Surety of Project Start Date)


ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
STATE OF                                              )
                                                      ) ss
COUNTY OF                                             )

I,                               , a Notary Public of said County and State, do hereby certify that

                                 , Attorney-in-Fact or authorized officer of                                                                       ,
                                                                                                          Name of Surety
who is personally known to me to be the same person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument,
appeared before me this day in person and acknowledged that he/she signed, sealed and delivered said
instrument for and on behalf of                                                          , for the uses
and purposes therein set forth.                     Name of Surety

Given under my hand and notarial seal at my office at                                                         ,                , in said county,
                                                                                          City                       State

this            day of                                  , 20        , A.D.


                               Notary Public

My commission expires
                                                                             This Performance-Payment bond is

                                                                             APPROVED


                                                                                        Administrator, Division of State Facilities

* If signatory is a corporation, Secretary of corporation shall attest, otherwise leave blank.
STATE OF WISCONSIN                                             Mailing Address: Post Office Box 7866, Madison, WI 53707-7866
DEPARTMENT OF ADMINISTRATION
                                                               Street Address: 101 E. Wilson Street, 7th Floor, Madison, WI 53703
DIVISION OF STATE FACILITIES (DSF)
DOA-4504 (R09/09)                                              Phone: 608 / 266-2731; FAX: 608 / 267-2710
s. 16.87 Wisconsin Statutes                                    http://www.doa.state.wi.us/dsf



                                     CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
                                                                                  Date

                                                                                  Project No.

                                                                                  Contract No.

THIS AGREEMENT is between the State of Wisconsin by its Department of Administration, represented by its
Division of State Facilities, herein called "DSF", and
doing business as                                                                                       ,
of the City of                              and State of         hereinafter called "CONTRACTOR".


WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and arrangements hereinafter mentioned, to be
directed by DSF, the CONTRACTOR will commence and complete the construction described as follows:




hereinafter called the “Project”, for the sum of                                         Dollars ($        .00)
and all other work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in the Contract Documents; and at the
CONTRACTOR's own proper cost and expense to furnish all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools,
superintendence, labor, insurance, and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said Project in
accordance with the conditions and prices stated in the Bid Form, Bidding and Contract Requirements, the
drawings which include all maps, plats, plans, and other drawings and printed or written explanatory matter
thereof, and the technical portion of the specifications therefor; as prepared by
herein called the A/E, and as enumerated in the Specification’s Table of Contents, all of which are made a part
hereof and collectively evidence and constitute the Contract Documents.

The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work under this Contract on or after a date to be specified in a
written “Notice to Proceed” and to complete this work by                                                .

DSF agrees to have the CONTRACTOR paid in current funds for the performance of the contract subject to
additions and deductions, as provided in the General Conditions of the Contract, and to authorize payments on
account thereof as provided in the Article entitled, "Payments to Contractor" of the General Conditions.

DSF has the delegated power and duty pursuant to Sec. l6.85(l), to act on all matters and for all purposes under
this Contract; including additions and modifications therein incorporated.
Construction Contract
Page 2




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, DSF and the CONTRACTOR have executed this contract.


                                                              CONTRACTOR
(Seal)                                                               Contractor Firm Name
                                                                     Address
                                                                     State, City Zip
                                                                            By
                                                                                                        Signature                 Date


                       Secretary of Corp.                                                            Printed Name


                             Witness                                                                      Title


                                                                                    Employer Number (FEIN) or Social Security Number


                                                                             Wis Dept of Commerce-Building Contractor Registration Number




This Contract is not valid or effectual for any purpose until executed by all parties, and no work is authorized until
the CONTRACTOR has been given Notice to Proceed by DSF.



                                                                            APPROVED (if Contract is over $150,000)



Administrator, Division of State Facilities            Date                       Governor of Wisconsin                         Date




Note:     If Contractor is a corporation, Secretary should attest. In accordance with current Federal IRS
          Regulations, all service provider entities are required to submit either their Employer Number or Social
          Security Number in order to receive payment for services rendered. The State of Wisconsin requests
          Tax ID numbers for all entities providing either goods or services, to facilitate approved payments to
          vendors in accordance with certain State Statutes and/or Administrative Rules.




This form can be made available in accessible formats upon request to qualified individuals with disabilities.
STATE OF WISCONSIN                                                       Mailing Address: Post Office Box 7866, Madison, WI 53707-7866
DEPARTMENT OF ADMINISTRATION
DIVISION OF STATE FACILITIES (DSF)
                                                                         Street Address: 101 E. Wilson Street, 7th Floor, Madison, WI 53702
DOA-4532 (R 03/11)                                                       Phone: 608 / 266-2731; FAX: 608 / 267-2710
                                                                         http://www.doa.state.wi.us/dsf




                       CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR SMALL PROJECTS
                     This document is intended for use on: 1) delegated projects, 2) projects using solicited bid
                 procedures, and 3) small projects bid under s.16.855 procedures that have only one prime contract.

       INDEX
       1.      Contract Documents
       2.      Definitions
       3.      Materials and Workmanship
       4.      Permits, Regulations, and Taxes
       5.      Contractor’s Obligations and Superintendence
       6.      Changes in the Work
       7.      Time for Completion and Substantial Completion
       8.      Correction of the Work
       9.      Owner’s Right to Terminate Contract
       10.     Contract Surety
       11.     Payments to the Contractor and by the Contractor
       12.     Minimum Hourly Wages Rates
       13.     Nondiscrimination/Affirmative Action
       14.     Substance Abuse Prevention
       15.     Subcontracts
       16.     Warranties
       17.     Claims
       18.     Insurance

       1.      CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
               A. The Contract Documents consist of the documents listed in the table of contents of this
                  specification or in the Owner’s invitation to bid the contract, in addition to which may be
                  addenda, change orders, and other documents pertaining to the project.

               B. The intention of the Contract Documents is to describe the labor, materials, equipment,
                  performance standards, schedules, and costs set forward and agreed to by the Contractor
                  and the Owner. In the event of a conflict or ambiguity in the Contract Documents, they shall
                  be interpreted to include all necessary Work needed for a complete, working installation.

       2.      DEFINITIONS
               A. "Architect/Engineer (A/E)"…A person, firm, or corporation who is under contract with DSF,
                  or a DSF or State agency employee, who is responsible for preparation of the drawings,
                  specifications, and other related design and construction inspection services.

               B. "Bidding and Contract Requirements"... means all items except Technical Specifications and
                  Drawings as described in the Table of Contents of this Letter of Solicitation including
                  "Bidding Requirements", "Contract Forms", "General Conditions", "Supplementary General
                  Conditions", "General Requirements".

               C. "Contract Documents"...means collectively, all documents enumerated in the Table of
                  Contents of this Letter of Solicitation, excluding Bidding and Contract Requirements. These
                  include the Technical Specifications, the Drawings, Addenda, Change Orders, Notice-to-



                                                                1
          Proceed, and any changes in the Work negotiated and agreed to in writing by DSF and the
          Contractor before the execution of the Contract.


     D. "Contractor"…A person, firm, or corporation who enters into a contractual agreement to
        assume responsibility for performing and completing all Work as set forth in the Contract
        Documents.

     E. "Equals/Substitutions"…Means materials, equipment, or methods not specified in the
        Contract Documents that the Contractor proposes and warrants as suitable for the use
        intended and conforms to all other physical, functional, and performance requirements.
        Requests for Equals/Substitutions must be submitted to the Owner's Project Representative
        and electronic approval received prior to incorporation into the Work.

     F. “Owner”...The Department of Administration’s Division of State Facilities (DSF). The Owner
        exercises the powers and duties prescribed by Section 16.85 Wisconsin Statutes. A
        Wisconsin State agency may exercise authority as the Owner as prescribed by Section
        16.85 Wisconsin Statutes for Work on this project only. An Owner's Project Representative
        will be designated who will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner for administration of
        this contract.

     G. “Shop Drawings/Submittals”...Defines drawings, product data, samples, or other information
        to be submitted by the Contractor to the A/E for approval before fabrication or installation.
        Shop Drawings/Submittals that are needed are identified in the Contract Documents or will
        be identified at the preconstruction meeting. The Contractor is responsible for assuring the
        drawing/submittals conformance with the requirements of this contract. Review and
        acceptance by the A/E does not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or
        omissions.

     H. “Substantial Completion”...Defines the point in time when the Work is completed to the
        extent that the Owner can make beneficial use of the Work for the purposes intended and
        the point in time when warranties and guarantees go into effect. There may be a "Punch
        List" of minor items of the Work or deficiencies that remain to be completed or corrected
        following Substantial Completion.

     I.   “Work”...Defines all labor, materials, equipment and special project requirements necessary
          to produce the end result described by the Contract Documents.

3.   MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
     A. The Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, and equipment in a good-workman like
        manner in accordance with the Contract Documents and applicable industry standards, and
        to furnish upon request, to the Owner, information and test results having to do with the kind
        and quality of materials.

     B. References to a standard specification of an association or manufacturer or to a State code
        means the most recent printed edition or catalog in effect on the date the contract is signed.

     C. No material, equipment, or supply shall be purchased by the Contractor that is subject to
        any conditional agreement where title is retained by the seller. Any material, equipment, or
        supply will be furnished clear of any lien or claim.

     D. Reference in the documents to a manufacturer’s trade name or number establishes a
        standard, and the Owner may consider any material or item that will perform adequately
        under the Contract Documents as Equals/Substitutions, subject to prior approval. No
        compromise in quality level is acceptable.




                                                  2
     E. Use of any material or equipment other than what has been specified or approved by the
        Owner is not acceptable under the contract and shall be removed and replaced at the
        Contractor’s expense.

4.   PERMITS, REGULATIONS, AND TAXES
     A. The Contractor shall obtain all permits, licenses, and approvals needed for the performance
        of the Work and will give all notices and comply with all laws, codes, rules and regulations
        that pertain to the performance of the Work.

     B. The Contractor will pay all taxes required by law.

     C. The Contractor shall notify the Owner of any variance in the Contract Documents needed to
        comply with codes, rules, and regulation upon which the Owner will correct the documents
        at no additional cost to the Contractor.

     D. The Contractor shall include all charges in its bid and pay for water, sewer, and other utility
        connections made by municipalities.

5.   CONTRACTOR’S OBLIGATIONS AND SUPERINTENDENCE
     A. The Contractor shall provide and pay for all equipment, materials, supplies, and labor
        necessary for the completion of the Work within the time agreed, including transportation,
        storing, superintending, and installing. The Contractor shall be responsible for insuring that
        all Work strictly conforms to the requirements of this contract and shall maintain adequate
        inspection and quality control procedures to assure the same. The presence and
        observation of the Work by the Owner shall not relieve the Contractor of any obligations.

     B. The Contractor shall attend a preconstruction meeting and any subsequent construction
        related meetings that are scheduled by the Owner's Project Representative. The Contractor
        shall make a timely submittal of all shop drawing/submittals that are required to describe
        how it will fulfill its responsibility under this contract. While the Contract Documents may
        identify minimum performance characteristics and brand names to establish the required
        level of quality, Equals/Substitutions may be considered. However, the Contractor shall be
        responsible to document the qualifications of a proposed Equal/Substitution, and any
        additional costs for achieving required performance shall be borne by the Contractor.

     C. The Contractor shall give personal superintendence to the Work through a designated
        superintendent or foreperson knowledgeable and experienced with the Work and able to act
        for the Contractor in all matters. The Contractor shall schedule Work and coordinate the
        activities of any subcontractors to assure timely completion, and shall coordinate site
        access, storage, and construction activities with the Owner to minimize impacts on program
        operations.

     D. The Contractor certifies that it is familiar with the site conditions that may affect the Work or
        its costs and shall perform the Work without additional expense to the State, except for
        Changes in the Work or unforeseen conditions that may arise.

     E. The Contractor shall maintain a clean and safe work environment. Barricades and other
        appropriate safety measures required by Federal, State, or other governmental authority
        having jurisdiction shall be provided. Unused, discarded, or hazardous materials generated
        by the Work shall be properly managed and recycled or disposed in accordance with
        applicable rules or regulations. Disposal of hazardous materials shall be coordinated
        through the Owner's Project Representative.

     F. The Contractor shall safely guard the Owner’s and any adjacent property from injury or loss
        in connection with the Work and shall make good any loss from damage due to the



                                                   3
          Contractor’s actions or lack of actions. Stormwater runoff from excavations shall be properly
          managed to prevent soil erosion off site or into lakes, streams, or other surface waters.

     G. The Contractor shall grant access to the Owner’s Project Representative, A/E, and other
        authorized persons. Should it be necessary in order to examine the Work to tear out or
        remove portions, the Contractor shall immediately furnish all facilities necessary. If the
        Work is found defective, the Contractor shall assume all expenses for tearing out,
        inspecting, and satisfactory reconstruction. If the defective Work is found to be in
        compliance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor will be reimbursed for the direct
        costs involved.

     H. The Contractor may use existing water and electrical sources available at the Work site, and
        existing toilet facilities, at no cost. Arrangements for use must be made through the Owner’s
        Project Representative. The Contractor shall make it's own arrangements and pay for
        telecommunications services as needed.

     I.   All Work must be complete, tested, and ready for use by the Owner prior to Substantial
          Completion. The Contractor shall also provide operating and maintenance instructions for
          each item of equipment or device installed, including parts lists, description of control cycles,
          and wiring diagrams.

     J.   The Contractor shall maintain a set of record drawings on which changes and deviations
          from Contract Documents shall be recorded. All buried or concealed piping, conduit, or
          similar items shall be located by dimensions and elevations on the record drawings. At the
          completion of the project, the Contractor shall submit the marked-up record drawings to the
          Owner's Project Representative prior to final payment.

6.   CHANGES IN THE WORK
     A. All changes shall be documented by an electronic Change Order to adjust the contract
        amount. Changes may be either an add or a deduct. Changes may be initiated either by an
        electronic Field Order from the Owner's Project Representative prior to determination of the
        final cost, or by an electronic Change Order that is based upon the final agreed upon total
        cost. Except in cases of emergencies, no change in the Work shall be made without the
        prior approval of the Owner.

     B. Field Orders or other proposed changes in the Work can only be authorized by the Owner’s
        Project Representative. When a change is initiated, the Contractor shall provide the
        Owner's Project Representative with an electronic proposal within 10 working days, unless
        both parties agree upon a different time period. The Contractor's proposal shall state the
        proposed cost of the change, with appropriate cost breakdown, any effect on the contract
        completion date, and pertinent information concerning the circumstances and scope of the
        change.

     C. The cost of the change to be added or subtracted from the contract amount shall be
        calculated using one of the following methods:

          1)  By Unit Prices that are part of the approved contract or as agreed upon by the
          Owner's Project Representative.

          2)     A Lump Sum that is based upon the anticipated cost of labor, materials, equipment or
          large tool rental, and overhead and profit.

          3)    By Actual costs that are based upon documented labor and materials costs expended.
          Labor rates and other costs shall be established as outlined in "Procedures for the Change
          Order Proposal" guideline document that is available from DSF.




                                                    4
      D. The overhead and profit markup on changes shall not exceed 15%. The markup for that
         portion of Work performed by a subcontractor shall be limited to 7.5%. A reasonable credit
         for overhead and profit shall be included in the amount of a deduct change. Overhead and
         profit includes expenses for estimating, change order processing, supervision, installation
         layout, small tools and supplies, job related general expenses, record drawings, and all
         other costs relative to change order proposals and field and office supervision.

7.    TIME FOR COMPLETION AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
      A. The date of beginning the Work and the time of completion are essential conditions to the
         contract. All Work shall be prosecuted regularly and diligently and the Contractor agrees
         that the time for completion is reasonable.

      B. The Contractor shall keep the Owner informed about Work activities, progress, delays, and
         anticipated completion date. Should delays be caused by reasons beyond the control of the
         Contractor, an extension of the contract completion date may be requested. Permitting the
         change shall not serve as a waiver on the part of the Owner of any right under the contract.
         The Contractor shall be responsible for damages resulting from delays that were not beyond
         the Contractor’s control.

      C. When the Contractor considers that the Work is Substantially Complete, the Owner's Project
         Representative will conduct an inspection to verify completion of the Work and provide an
         electronic list of any incomplete or defective Work. When in the judgment of the Owner's
         Project Representative the Work is Substantially Complete, electronic notice will be provided
         to the Contractor and the Agency, a time will be fixed for completion of any remaining minor
         Punch List items, and responsibility will be established for operation, maintenance, and
         security.

 8.    CORRECTION OF THE WORK
      A. Labor, materials, and equipment involved in the Work are subject to inspection at any time
         by the Owner. Labor, materials, and equipment that do not comply with contract
         requirements shall be replaced at the Contractor’s expense. Rejected items shall be
         immediately removed from the site.

      B. If the Contractor neglects to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents,
         the Owner may, after ten days written notice to the Contractor, repair the deficiency. The
         Owner will then issue a change order to deduct from the amount owed the Contractor the
         cost of correcting the deficiency.

9.    OWNER’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE CONTRACT
      A. Should any provision of the contract be violated by the Contractor or any subcontractor, the
         Owner may serve written notice on the Contractor of its intention to terminate the contract
         and, unless the violation ceases and satisfactory corrections are made within ten days, the
         contract shall then terminate. The Owner will notify the contractor of the termination. The
         Owner may then take over and complete the Work by contract or otherwise and may take
         and use all materials on site necessary to complete the Work. The Contractor shall be liable
         for all excess costs involved in the completion.

      B. The Owner shall also have the right to terminate this contract at any time without cause
         following the expiration of thirty days written notice to the Contractor. The Contractor shall
         be paid for all Work performed or expenses incurred prior to the date of termination.
         Expenses must be documented and shall not include lost profits. Materials not incorporated
         into the Work shall be turned over to the Owner.




                                                   5
10.   CONTRACT SURETY
      A. A Payment and Performance Bond will not be required for the project unless such a
         requirement is included in the project documents. However, the following provisions for
         assurance of payment and performance do apply.

          1)   All contracts involving $30,000 or more require that the Contractor maintain a list of all
          subcontractors and suppliers performing labor or furnishing materials under the contract.

          2)     For contracts between $10,000 and $100,000, payments will generally be limited to a
          single payment for all Work upon completion of the project. Exceptions may be made for
          seasonal Work or Work delayed by the Owner. The Contractor shall provide a wavier of lien
          for labor and materials provided for any partial payments authorized.

      B. Prior to final payment, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner a certification that all debts
         and claims have been paid or otherwise satisfied.

11.   PAYMENTS TO THE CONTRACTOR AND BY THE CONTRACTOR
      A. Requests for payment shall be in electronic form from the Contractor, or in the form of a
         "Request and Certification for Payment", as determined in the notice to proceed. Any partial
         payments may have 10% of the amount retained until final payment is made.

      B. All requests for payment shall be submitted to the Owner's Project Representative. The
         Contractor shall furnish any records or other satisfactory evidence requested by the Owner
         to establish the sum requested in the request for payment represents the value of Work
         completed.

      C. Payments will not be made for incomplete or deficient Work. The Contractor shall certify
         that its invoice or request for payment is true and accurate and that all sums are earned and
         payable.

      D. The Contractor shall within seven calendar days following receipt of payment from the
         Owner, make payment to each and every person or entity who furnished goods or services
         for the progress of the Work on the project, the value of which were included in the
         Contractors invoice or "Request and Certification for Payment". Upon request of the Owner,
         the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence of payment under this article.

      E. In the event the Owner receives notice from any person, Contractor, subcontractor, or other
         third party, that the Contractor has failed to pay such person(s) for Work performed in
         accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall, at the request of the Owner,
         and in no more than 10 calendar days, provide all documentation the Owner believes
         necessary to determine whether such payment is due, or reasons for non-payment of
         disputed amounts. In the event the Owner determines the claim to be valid and payment is
         due, or in the absence of aforementioned documentation, the Owner may authorize direct
         payment of any unpaid bills, withholding from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum
         of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such claims until satisfactory
         documentation is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged or reasons for non-
         payment of disputed amounts are provided by the Contractor. In no event shall these
         provisions be construed to impose any obligations upon the State to the Contractor.

      F. Final Payment will not be made until:

          1)   Project is substantially complete and all equipment tests and punch list items have
          been satisfactorily completed.

          2)    A certification has been submitted that all debts and claims have been paid or
          otherwise have been satisfied.


                                                    6
           3)    An affidavit of compliance with wage rates has been submitted, if applicable.

           4)   All record drawings, written warranties and special guarantees required for the project
           have been submitted.

           5)    All maintenance and operating instructions, part lists, description of control cycles and
           wiring diagrams, on-site training, keys or special tools have been completed or submitted as
           required.

      G. Final payment to the Contractor constitutes a waiver of all claims by the Owner except those
         arising from unsettled liens, faulty or defective Work appearing after Substantial Completion,
         failure of the Work to comply with the Contract Documents, or terms of any special
         guarantees required by the contract.

      H. Acceptance of final payment constitutes a waiver of all claims by the Contractor.

      I.   The Contractor may not assign any part of this contract or any money due under this
           contract without the written consent of the Owner.

      J.   If the Contractor fails to submit a Request for Final Payment or make satisfactory
           arrangements with DSF within thirty (30) calendar days of notification, no further payments
           will be mad and the contract will be closed. The last Request for Certification for Payment
           will be considered the Final Payment under the terms and conditions of the contract.

12.   MINIMUM HOURLY WAGE RATES
      A. Minimum prevailing wage rate requirements will apply to this project if the cost exceeds
         thresholds established by the Department of Work Force Development for Work performed
         by a single occupation classification.

      B. Wage rate requirements will be determined by the Owner and included in the Contract
         Documents when applicable. The Contractor shall comply with any wage rate requirements
         for the project and provide and affidavit of compliance prior to final payment, if applicable.

13.   NONDISCRIMINATION/AFFIRMATIVE ACTION
      A. In connection with the Work under this contract, the Contractor shall not discriminate against
         any employe or applicant for employment because of age, race, religion, color, handicap,
         sex, physical condition, developmental disability as defined in Section 51.01 (5) Wisconsin
         Statutes, sexual orientation or national origin. This provision includes but is not limited to
         employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff
         or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training
         including apprenticeship. Except with respect to sexual orientation, the Contractor shall take
         affirmative action to ensure equal employment opportunities.

      B. The Contractor shall post in conspicuous places notices to be provided by the Owner setting
         forth the provisions of the non-discrimination clause.

      C. Contracts with a value of thirty thousand dollars ($30,000) or more require the Contractor to
         submit a written affirmative action plan acceptable under Wisconsin Statutes and
         Administrative Code. An exemption occurs from this requirement if the Contractor has a
         Work force of less than thirty (30) employees. Contractors are responsible for obtaining
         affirmative action compliance from their Subcontractors. Instructions on satisfying these
         requirements will be sent with the Notice to Proceed. Technical assistance regarding this
         Article 13 is available from the Wisconsin Office of Contract Compliance, telephone (608)
         266-5462.



                                                    7
 14. SUBSTANCE ABUSE PREVENTION
      The State of Wisconsin recognizes and supports drug-free workplace programs as an
      important element in the national strategy to reduce the devastating effects of drug and
      alcohol abuse in our society. The State urges contractors, subcontractors, suppliers and
      vendors to establish and enforce drug-free workplace policies and programs.

        The possession, use of, distribution or purchase of illegal drugs, or use of alcohol at work by
        any employe on State of Wisconsin construction job sites is strictly prohibited.

        The terms of this Substance Abuse Statement covers all construction personnel who are
        working on State of Wisconsin job sites. This includes employes of all contractors,
        subcontractors, contractor suppliers, and their employes, who come to the job sites to do
        work.

        The State is not responsible for any cost of substance abuse testing, rehabilitation or medical
        reviews related to substance abuse. The contractor further agrees to indemnify and hold the
        State harmless from any damages or other costs incurred which are related to the
        implementation or enforcement of any substance abuse policy or program.

15.   SUBCONTRACTS
      A. Subject to approval by the Owner, the Contractor may subcontract portions of the Work to
         be performed under this contract. However, this does not relieve the Contractor from
         responsibility or liability for execution of the Work.

      B. Requests for approval of subcontractors shall be submitted and approved in writing before
         their employment on the project. The Owner may request that the Contractor provide
         information to substantiate the proposed subcontractor's qualifications or ability to perform
         the Work.

16.   WARRANTIES
      A. The Contractor warrants to the Owner that all materials, equipment, and supply used in the
         Work are free from liens, claims or encumbrances, of good quality, and new unless
         otherwise permitted by the Contract Documents. The Contractor also warrants that the
         Work will be free from defects and strictly conform to the requirements of the Contract
         Documents.

      B. The Contractor shall remedy and repair all defective Work and materials and pay for any
         damage to other Work resulting therefrom, which may appear within the warrantee period,
         providing such defects and damages are not due to abuse or misuse by the Owner. The
         Owner will give notice of defects or damages with promptness.

      C. The warrantee period shall be one year from the date of Substantial Completion, or where
         warrantees are required in sections of the specification that are in excess of one year, the
         longer terms shall apply.

17.   CLAIMS
      A. In the event a dispute arises, the Contractor shall present its written claim to the Owner's
         Project Representative. If the Project Representative rejects this claim, the Contractor may
         then appeal in writing to the Administrator of the Division of State Facilities. The DSF
         Administrator will act on this appeal within 21 calendar days after its receipt and notify the
         Contractor accordingly. If no appeal is made, the Contractor shall waive it's right to pursue
         the claim any further.

      B. If the Contractor's claim is rejected by the DSF Administrator, the Contractor may make its
         claim to the State Claims Board per Section 16.007 Wisconsin Statutes.



                                                   8
      C. If the Contractor's claim is rejected by the State Claims Board, the Contractor may
         commence an action against the State under Section 775.01 Wisconsin Statutes. Venue for
         any judicial action shall be Dane County, Wisconsin.

      D. DSF and the Contractor shall act in good faith to efficiently and fairly resolve claims and
         disputes arising under the contract. The Contractor shall proceed with the performance of
         the Work as directed by the Owner's Representative during the period of any claim or
         dispute.

18.   INSURANCE
      A. Insurance to be carried by the Contractor:
          The Contractor shall not commence Work until the Contractor has obtained all the insurance
          required under this section and the Owner has approved such insurance. The Contractor
          shall not allow any subcontractor to commence Work until the insurance required of the
          subcontractor has been obtained and approved. The Contractor shall provide an insurance
          certificate showing coverage provided from a company licensed to do business in
          Wisconsin. The Contractor may either require each subcontractor to maintain insurance
          equal to the following requirements or insure them under the Contractor’s policy.

          1)    Compensation Insurance: The Contractor shall maintain worker’s compensation
          insurance as required by Wisconsin Statutes for all of the Contractor’s employees engaged
          in Work.

          2)     Contractor’s Commercial General Liability and Auto Liability Insurance: The
          Contractor shall maintain Commercial General Liability Insurance including coverage for
          Independent Contractors, against any claims that may occur in carrying out the Work under
          this contract. Minimum limits shall be $1,000,000 per occurrence, $1,000,000 General
          Aggregate (applies per project) $1,000,000 Personal Injury and $1,000,000 Completed
          Operations. The Contractor shall also maintain business auto coverage form insurance
          covering owned, non-owned, and hired automobiles. Minimum coverage shall be
          $1,000,000 for each accident limit. The above limits are minimum acceptable insurance
          limits and do not represent the coverage and limits necessary to protect the contractor. The
          limits should not be construed in any way to limit the contractor’s liability to the State.

          3)      Scope of Insurance and Special Hazards: The Contractor’s commercial general
          liability insurance shall provide adequate protection against damage claims which may arise
          from operations under this contract, whether such operations be by the insured or by
          anyone directly or indirectly employed by the insured, and also against any of the special
          hazards which may be encountered in the performance of this contract. The Contractor is
          responsible for determining the special hazards that must be insured for on this project.
          Special hazards may include loading and unloading, excavating, filling, drilling, blasting,
          explosions, demolition, underpinning, elevator, or hoist. Insurer must also document on the
          insurance certificate that they have been notified, when applicable, of the Contractor’s
          involvement in asbestos abatement and that insurance coverage provided specifically
          covers that activity.

          4)      Builder’s Risk (Property) Insurance: The Contractor shall procure and maintain during
          the life of this Contract and until interest in the property ceases (the policy shall allow for
          partial occupancy) in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the
          State of Wisconsin, property insurance in the amount of, at least, the initial Contract sum as
          well as subsequent modifications thereto for the entire Work at the site on a replacement
          cost basis. Such property Insurance shall be written on a Builder's Risk Form that shall
          include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, and
          equipment or material consumed in the construction of the Work. This Builder's Risk Form
          shall include coverage for, but not limited to, the following perils: All Risk.



                                                    9
   5)     Remodeling, Maintenance and/or Repair; on approval by DSF, the Contractor shall
   procure and maintain during the life of this contract and until interest in the property ceases
   (this policy shall allow for partial occupancy) in a company or companies lawfully authorized
   to do business in the State of Wisconsin, and installation floater and extension endorsement
   or other such instrument, in the amount of the Contract sum as well as subsequent
   modifications thereto for the entire Work at the site on replacement cost basis. Such
   installation floater shall include the Contractor's cost of labor, physical loss or damage to the
   Work, temporary buildings, and equipment or material consumed in the construction of the
   Work.


B. Insurance to be carried by the Owner:
   None.




                                             10
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Division Project No. 11E2N



                                                                INDEX


  1. GENERAL ........................................................................................................................ 2
  2. SPECIAL SITE CONDITIONS .......................................................................................... 2
  3. HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES - ASBESTOS, LEAD AND PCB'S .................................. 3
  4. PROJECT MEETINGS ..................................................................................................... 3
  5. SLEEVES AND OPENINGS ............................................................................................ 3
  6. CUTTING AND PATCHING ............................................................................................. 4
  7. MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS ................................................................................. 4
  8. LAYOUT ........................................................................................................................... 4
  9. STAIRS AND SCAFFOLDS ............................................................................................. 4
  10. HOISTS, ELEVATORS OR CRANES ............................................................................ 4
  11. FENCE............................................................................................................................ 4
  12. ROADWAY ..................................................................................................................... 4
  13. TOILETS......................................................................................................................... 4
  14. FIRE PROTECTION ....................................................................................................... 4
  15. WATCHPERSONS ......................................................................................................... 4
  16. STORAGE OF MATERIALS .......................................................................................... 4
  17. PROTECTION OF FINISHED CONSTRUCTION .......................................................... 5
  18. CLEANING AND WASTE DISPOSAL ........................................................................... 5
  19. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS AND INSTRUCTIONS ...................... 6
  20. TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS ....................................................................................... 6
  21. STORMWATER MANAGEMENT AND EROSION CONTROL ..................................... 6
  22. AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT………………………………………………………………8
  23. CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT……………………………………………….8
  24. RECORD DRAWINGS………………………………………………………………………..8




                                                      DSF Project 11E2N
                                                           GRsp-1
1. GENERAL
All articles in these General Requirements are applicable to all Divisions and Sections of the
Work included herein. The Conditions of the Contract, General and Supplementary General
Conditions, and these General Requirements shall apply with equal force and effect to the
Contractor and all Subcontractors engaged in this work.

Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative must be present to accept delivery of
all equipment and material shipments. DSF’s representatives will not knowingly accept, unload
or store anything delivered to the site for the Contractor's use. Inadvertent acceptance of
delivered items by any representative or employee of the State shall not constitute acceptance
or responsibility for any of the materials or equipment. It is the Contractor's responsibility to
assume liability for equipment or material delivered to the job site.

2. SPECIAL SITE CONDITIONS
Confine all operations, equipment, apparatus and storage of materials, to the immediate area of
work to the greatest possible extent. Contractor shall ascertain, observe and comply with all
rules and regulations in effect on the project site, including but not limited to parking and traffic
regulations, use of walks, security restrictions and hours of allowable ingress and egress. Any
special traffic control during construction involving lane closures shall be in accordance with the
federal standard, Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices.

Information pertaining to existing conditions that are described in the specifications or appear on
the drawings is based on available records. While such data has been collected with
reasonable care, there is no expressed or implied guarantee that conditions so indicated are
entirely representative of those actually existing. This information is provided to inform the
Contractor of known, existing conditions so that due diligence is taken by the Contractor to
avoid damage.

Existing pipes, electrical work, and all other utilities encountered, which may interfere with new
work, shall be re-routed, capped, cut off, or replaced by the Trades having jurisdiction, in
accordance with the Contract Documents.

Any special security precautions for the project will be defined at the preconstruction meeting.
In general, security requirements will include the following:

Work shall be conducted during normal working hours from 7:30 A.M. to 5:00 P.M. daily,
Monday through Friday, in coordination with the User Agency and DSF’s Project
Representative.

Contractors, through arrangement with DSF’s Project Representative, may use a designated
room for materials storage during construction.

All buildings at this site will be occupied during the construction.

Outdoor lanes for emergency exit from existing buildings which may lie adjacent to construction
area must be kept clear of obstructions at all times.

3. HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES-ASBESTOS, LEAD AND PCB’s
Airborne asbestos fibers, lead, and PCB compounds, if encountered, have been determined to
be hazardous to one's health. Compliance with all possible applicable regulations is the
Contractor's responsibility. Contractor shall not provide or install any product that contains any

                                        DSF Project 11E2N
                                             GRsp-2
amount of asbestos or PCB. See General Requirements, Section 18. CLEANING AND WASTE
DISPOSAL for disposal of hazardous waste, if encountered.

Asbestos
Removal of building materials identified as asbestos-containing materials (ACM) that will be
disturbed by renovation work, including ACM thermal system insulation, ACM spray applied and
trowel applied surfaces, cement-asbestos products, ACM flooring and associated ACM flooring
mastics and friable miscellaneous ACM including but not limited to ceiling tile will be by DSF
under separate contract.

 Contractor's attention is directed to WAC NR 447, WAC HSS 159 and the Occupational Safety
and Health Act (OSHA) in general, part 1926.1101--ASBESTOS in particular. Contractor is
responsible for compliance with all applicable regulations when the work includes fastening to or
coring through Asbestos Containing Materials (ACM) and disturbance of asbestos containing
caulking and mastics. Unless otherwise indicated, all caulking, sealants, glazing compounds,
gaskets, asphalt roofing materials and miscellaneous adhesives are assumed to contain
asbestos and are considered to be Category I non-friable ACM as defined in NR 447. Waste
material containing Category I non-friable ACM is regulated as Construction and Demolition
(C&D) waste and may be disposed of at a Department of Natural Resources (DNR) approved C
&D waste landfill. If Contractor’s work methods cause non-friable ACM to become friable, the
Contractor is responsible for the disposal of the friable asbestos waste at a landfill specifically
approved by DNR to accept friable asbestos. A copy of the signed waste manifest for the
disposal of all friable asbestos waste shall be provided to DSF prior to request for final payment.

Lead Based Paint
Conform with OSHA and EPA recommended worker safety requirements when removing lead
based paint or material bearing lead based paint or material contaminated with lead by the
demolition process. Contractor's attention is directed to the Occupational Safety and Health Act
(OSHA) in general and particularly to 29 CFR 1910 (LEAD STANDARD) and to CFR 1926
(LEAD EXPOSURE IN THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY). For OSHA compliance and
regulation interpretations, contractors may contact the area OSHA office for this project.
[Milwaukee, telephone (414) 297-3315; Appleton, telephone (414) 734-4521; Eau Claire,
telephone (715) 832-9019]. Dispose of refuse containing lead based paint or contaminated with
lead by the demolition process in conformance with State of Wisconsin Hazardous Waste
Regulations set forth by the Department of Natural Resources and in conformance with OSHA
and EPA recommended worker safety requirements.

PCB'S
Contractor's attention is directed to Wisconsin Administrative Code, Chapter NR 157 relative to
PCB's.

4. PROJECT MEETINGS
Project meetings will be held at the time designated by DSF. Contractor, when requested, shall
attend these meetings. If the principal of the firm does not attend meetings, a responsible
representative of the Contractor who can bind the Contractor to a decision at the meetings shall
attend.

The Architect/Engineer or a representative thereof will write a report covering all items
discussed and decisions reached and copy of such report distributed to all parties involved.

5. SLEEVES AND OPENINGS
Not applicable.
                                       DSF Project 11E2N
                                            GRsp-3
6. CUTTING AND PATCHING
Not applicable.

7. MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS
Contractor(s) shall apply, install, connect, erect, use, clean and condition manufactured articles,
materials, and equipment as recommended by the manufacturer, unless specified to the
contrary. The manufacturer's latest recommendations at the time of bidding shall be used.

8. LAYOUT
The Contractor shall lay out its work and be responsible for all lines, elevations and
measurements of the building and other work executed under its Contract. The Contractor must
exercise proper precaution to verify dimensions on the drawings before laying out work and will
be held responsible for any error resulting from failure to exercise such precaution.

9. STAIRS AND SCAFFOLDS
Not applicable.

10. HOISTS, ELEVATORS OR CRANES
Not applicable.

11. FENCE
None

12. ROADWAY
The Contractor may use existing roadway(s) for delivery of materials. Contractor shall
repair/restore roadway from any damage caused by material or equipment deliveries.

13. TOILETS
Contractor should arrange with state agency to use nearby existing toilet facilities. Toilets used
by workmen shall be kept clean and sanitary at all times. Where existing toilet facilities are
unavailable, the Contractor shall provide and maintain sanitary temporary toilets, located where
directed by the Owner, in sufficient number required for the force employed. Toilets shall be
self-contained chemical type.

14. FIRE PROTECTION
The Contractor shall provide adequate fire extinguishers and maintain them in working order
during the entire construction period. Extinguishers shall be non-freeze type such as A-B-C
rated dry chemical, of not less than 10-pound capacity each.

15. WATCHPERSONS
Watchpersons will not be furnished by the State. The Contractor shall provide such
precautionary measures, to include the furnishing of watchpersons if deemed necessary, to
protect persons and property from damage or loss where the Contractor's work is involved.

16. STORAGE OF MATERIALS
Contractor shall confine equipment, apparatus, storage of materials and operations to limits
indicated on the drawings or by specific direction of DSF's Project Representative and shall not
bring material onto the site until they are needed for the progress of the work.

All materials affected by moisture shall be stored on platforms and protected from the weather.

                                       DSF Project 11E2N
                                            GRsp-4
All materials shall be stored in a manner that prevents release of hazardous material to the
environment.

All hazardous materials, including motor fuels, shall be properly handled and contained to
prevent spills or other releases. The Lead Contractor shall develop and maintain a contingency
plan to provide emergency response, containment, and cleanup of spills of hazardous materials
resulting from contract activities. All spills and releases shall be reported to DSF as soon as
possible.

The State assumes no responsibility for materials stored in building or on the site.         The
Contractor assumes full responsibility for damage during the storage of materials...

17. PROTECTION OF FINISHED CONSTRUCTION
Contractor shall assume the responsibility for the protection of all finished construction under
the Contract and shall repair and restore any and all damage of finished work to its original
state.

Take all necessary precautions to protect the State's property as well as adjacent property,
including trees, shrubs, buildings, sanitary and storm sewers, water piping, gas piping, electric
conduit or cable, etc., from any and all damage which may result due to work on this project.

Provide, erect and maintain all required planking, barricades, guard rails, temporary walkways,
etc., of sufficient size and strength necessary for protection of stored material and equipment;
paved surfaces, walks, curbs, gutters and drives; streets adjacent to or within project area;
adjoining property and all project work to prevent accidents to the public and the workmen at the
job site.

Damaged property shall be repaired or replaced in order to return it to its original condition.
Damaged lawns shall be replaced with sod.

18. CLEANING AND WASTE DISPOSAL
Contractor shall be responsible for all cleaning required within the technical sections of the
specifications governing work under the Contractor's jurisdiction as well as for keeping all work
areas, passageways, ramps, stairs and all other areas of the premises free of accumulation of
surplus materials, rubbish, debris and scrap which may be caused by the Contractor's
operations or that of the Subcontractors.

Remove rubbish, debris and scrap on a daily basis. Combustible waste shall be removed
immediately or stored in fire resistive containers until disposed of in an approved manner.
Spillages of oil, grease or other liquids which could cause a slippery or otherwise hazardous
situation or stain a finished surface shall be cleaned up immediately.

No burning of rubbish or debris will be allowed at the site. Rubbish, debris and scrap shall not
be thrown through any window or other opening, or dropped from any great height; it shall be
conducted to the ground, to waiting truck(s) or removable container(s) by means of approved
chutes or other means of controlled conveyance.

Form and scrap lumber shall have all nails withdrawn or bent over; shall be neatly stacked,
placed in trash bins, or removed from the premises.

Waste materials removed from the site shall be managed by the contractor and disposed of in
accordance with all applicable laws, regulations, codes, rules, and standards. Materials that

                                      DSF Project 11E2N
                                           GRsp-5
meet the definition of a hazardous waste (Wis. Admin. Code NR 600) shall be disposed through
the State's hazardous waste service contract (State Bulletin #15-99145-00), unless otherwise
directed in writing by DSF.

Dirt, soil, fingerprints, stains and the like, shall be completely removed from all exposed finished
surfaces. Dust, dirt and other foreign matter shall be removed completely from all internal
surfaces of all mechanical and electrical units, cabinets, ducts, pipes, etc.

If rubbish and debris is not removed, or if surfaces are not cleaned as specified above, DSF
reserves the right to have said work done by others and the related cost(s) will be deducted
from monies due the Contractor.

19. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS AND INSTRUCTIONS
Where noted in the technical specifications, the Contractor shall provide DSF with two (2) sets
of the following, covering each and every item of equipment and devices furnished or erected by
the Contractor prior to "Substantial Completion":

       Catalog data or literature.
       Manufacturer's operating instructions.
       Manufacturer's maintenance instructions.
       Installation instructions.

The correct model number shall be clearly designated where the literature covers more than
one model number.

For items assembled by the Contractor for special functions, the Contractor shall write up and
provide duplicate manuals of operating and maintenance instructions.

The manual shall include manufacturer's complete parts listing.

The manual shall contain narrative of the control cycle for the control equipment and
temperature control record drawings.

20. TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS
The complete installation consisting of the several parts and systems and all equipment
installed according to the requirements of the Contract Documents, shall be ready in all respects
for use by the User Agency at substantial completion and shall be subjected to a test at full
operating conditions and pressures for normal conditions of use.

Contractor shall make all necessary adjustments and replacements affecting the work which is
necessary to fulfill DSF's requirements and to comply with the directions and recommendations
of the manufacturer of the several pieces of equipment, and to comply with all codes and
regulations which may apply to the entire installation. Contractor shall also make all required
adjustments to comply with all provisions of the drawings and specifications.

21. STORMWATER MANAGEMENT AND EROSION CONTROL
Not applicable.

22. AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT
In accordance with what the Department of Administration believes to be good air quality
management practice on Ozone Action Days, all contractors shall reduce or limit emissions and
particulate matter that adversely affect air quality.
                                       DSF Project 11E2N
                                            GRsp-6
  23. CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT
  In accordance with what the Department of Administration believes to be good management
  practice, all contractors shall reduce, reuse, salvage, and/or recycle construction waste to the
  extent that is feasible.
  Summary of Waste Final Documentation: At Substantial Completion of the Project, Contractor shall submit a
  summary of all waste material disposed of off site, as well as a summary of all materials recycled or reused.
  Summary shall include all information required on the Summary of Solid Waste Disposal & Diversion form.

  Application for Payments: The Contractor shall submit the Summary of Solid Waste Disposal & Diversion form
  with the Application for Substantial Completion Payment. Failure to submit this information shall render the
  Application for Payment null and void, thereby delaying the Progress Payment.

  24. RECORD DRAWINGS
  DSF will provide the Contractor with a suitable set of Contract Documents on which daily
  records of changes and deviations from contract shall be recorded. All buried or concealed
  piping, conduit, or similar items shall be located by dimensions and elevations on the record
  drawings.

  The daily record of changes shall be the responsibility of Contractor's field superintendent. No
  arbitrary mark-ups will be permitted.

  At completion of the project, the Contractor shall submit the marked-up record drawings to the
  A/E prior to final payment.

                          SUMMARY OF SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL & DIVERSION

                                                                     Project
  Project: _____________________________________              Number: _______________
                                                                     License
  Contractor Name: ____________________________               Number: _______________

                  Date         Amount            Municipal Solid               Recycle/Reuse              Comments
   Solid
                Material       Disposed/          Waste Facility              Facility (Name,            (If disposed,
   Waste                                                                      Address & phone            state why not
                Disposed/      Diverted         (Name, address, &
  Material                                                                       number)                   Diverted)
                Diverted         (Ton)            phone number)

Asphalt

Concrete

Metal

Wood

Glass

Brick



                                              DSF Project 11E2N
                                                   GRsp-7
Paper/
Cardboard

Plastic

Gypsum

Paint

Carpet

Tile

General
Construction
Debris

Other


   Total weight/volume of solid waste disposed of off-site for this project                 _____________
   Total weight/volume of construction debris, etc. diverted from landfill & recycled
   or reused for this project. (Express as total equivalent that would have been disposed
   as waste or fill compared to equivalent type & amount diverted & recycled.)              _____________

   Signature: ________________________________________ Date: __________________

   Please provide suggestions for increasing amount of recycled materials, as well as improving solid waste
   prevention & recycling efforts.




                                             DSF Project 11E2N
                                                  GRsp-8
 1                                            SECTION 01 91 01
 2                                         COMMISSIONING PROCESS
 3                              BASED ON DSF MASTER SPECIFICATION DATED 11/24/08
 4
 5                                           PART 1 - GENERAL
 6
 7   SCOPE
 8   This section includes specifications for the implementation, tracking and verification of the commissioning
 9   process. Included are the following topics:
10
11   PART 1 - GENERAL
12          Scope
13          Commissioned Systems
14          Reference
15          Definitions
16          Submittals
17   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
18          Equipment
19   PART 3 - EXECUTION
20          Meetings
21          Scheduling
22          Issues List
23          CxP Site Visits
24          Construction Verification
25          Functional Performance Testing
26          Operation and Maintenance Data
27          Agency Training
28
29   COMMISSIONED SYSTEMS
30   Division 23 - HVAC
31
32   REFERENCE
33   Applicable provisions of Division 1 govern work under this section. Note in particular:
34           General Conditions, Article 15 – Quality Control & Inspection
35           General Requirements, Article 32 – Operating and Maintenance Manuals and Instructions
36
37   DEFINITIONS
38   Commissioning (Cx): The process of ensuring that systems are designed, installed, functionally tested and
39   performing in conformity with the Owner’s Project Requirements and that the building operator has received
40   complete equipment and systems documentation and training.
41
42   Commissioning Provider (CxP): The entity identified by the DSF Project Manager to lead, monitor, coordinate
43   and report on project commissioning activities. The commissioning provider may be the project A/E (most
44   common), an independent third party or DSF.
45
46   Construction Verification: A quality control verification process performed by the installer as building
47   assemblies, components, equipment and systems are being installed which documents that the materials,
48   installation procedures, interfaces with other trades, start-up, testing and operation are correct, complete, in
49   compliance with contract documents and manufacturer’s recommendations and are ready for functional
50   performance testing.
51
52   Functional Performance Tests (FPT): Contractor testing of installed building assemblies, components,
53   equipment, systems and interfaces which confirms correct performance through all operating modes and
54   compliance with contract documents and manufacturer’s recommendations.
55
56
                                                DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                       01 91 01-1
 1   SUBMITTALS
 2   Reference the General Conditions of the Contract for submittal requirements.
 3
 4
 5                                        P A R T 2 – P RO D U C T S
 6   EQUIPMENT
 7   Provide equipment required to perform startup, checkout and testing. Equipment to be calibrated within the past
 8   year and in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
 9
10
11                                        PART 3 – EXECUTION
12   MEETINGS
13   Each contractor is required to attend meetings related to commissioning (pre-construction, construction
14   progress, etc.) and have personnel requested by CxP in attendance to facilitate quality control and coordinate
15   commissioning efforts.
16
17   The CxP will present an overview of the project’s commissioning process at the pre-construction meeting. The
18   commissioning team members will be identified and their responsibilities reviewed.
19
20   At subsequent meetings, contractors are to provide a review of project progress, a report on the status of issues,
21   commissioning tasks and scheduling for future commissioning tasks.
22
23   SCHEDULING
24   Reference General Conditions Article 12 for Lead Contractor responsibilities for scheduling. Each contractor
25   shall provide the Lead Contractor a detailed schedule and regular updates of commissioning tasks for
26   incorporation into the project schedule.
27
28   ISSUES LIST
29   Each contractor is responsible for completing action items in a timely manner that are noted in the Issues List as
30   their responsibility. Timely response and successful completion are a requirement to avoid withholding of
31   payment.
32
33   CxP SITE VISITS
34   Commissioning is a team effort requiring the cooperation of all parties. Contractors are to proactively carry out
35   their commissioning responsibilities and are to assist the CxP during site visits in performing commissioning
36   tasks. This includes providing access to and demonstrating the installation, operation, and testing of
37   commissioned systems; responding to CxP requests for information; carrying out proactive and corrective
38   actions; and accurate reporting on system status and conditions.
39
40   CONSTRUCTION VERIFICATION
41   The construction verification checklists are a formalized means to provide individual workers the criteria for a
42   successful installation, adherence to the construction documents and to easily track construction progress.
43
44   Each assembly, component, equipment, system and interface to be commissioned shall be verified by the
45   installer at the site while work is underway and documented on the construction verification checklists. The
46   contractor is responsible for successfully completing installations, documenting this on the construction
47   verification checklist forms and correcting all deficiencies.
48
49   Contractor shall periodically review the construction verification schedule with the CxP allowing advance
50   notice of activities of 5 business days so that the CxP may witness as deemed necessary. If CxP identifies more
51   than a 10% discrepancy rate during confirmation of construction verification, the contractor shall correct all
52   deficiencies and revalidate all items covered by that checklist and resubmit new checklists. The cost of
53   reconfirmation of construction verification due to equipment or construction deficiencies is the responsibility of
54   the contractor and subject to deductive change order at DSF’s discretion. Correction of deficiencies and
55   revalidation are the responsibility of the contractor and are not subject to time extensions or delay claims.

                                                 DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                        01 91 01-2
 1
 2   Complete the construction verification checklists (which follow this section) for this project and submit to
 3   to the CxP for review and comment. Contractor should make multiple copies of the blank test forms as
 4   needed for duplicate items. The “Checklist Tracking ID” on the form is only applicable where a checklist
 5   tracking ID system is being used by the CxP.
 6
 7   FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING
 8   Complete the functional performance test procedures included on the functional performance test forms
 9   (which follow this section) on this project. Coordinate with DSF, A/E and CxP so they may witness and
10   document test results. If the forms include a “SAMPLE” water mark then the AE will edit the forms prior
11   to the start of testing. If forms do not include a “SAMPLE” water mark, then they are the forms that will be
12   used for the testing.
13
14   Contractors are responsible for completion and coordination of their work with all trades prior to testing,
15   preplanning testing procedures, performing preliminary functional performance testing using test forms,
16   insuring necessary staff and resources are on hand and expediting testing. This includes completion of testing
17   and balancing by the HVAC contractor required for successful functional performance testing. Failure to
18   complete or coordinate work, preplan or have staff and resources available to carry out testing will result in
19   retesting. Submit completed preliminary functional performance test forms to CxP for review prior to
20   scheduling testing for witnessing.
21
22   Contractor shall coordinate functional performance testing with DSF, the A/E, CxP and Agency and notify
23   them 5 business days prior to testing so that they may witness and document the test results. All contractors
24   involved with specific assemblies, components, equipment, systems and interfaces shall have qualified installers
25   and technicians present at the same time working together to perform testing and demonstrate correct
26   performance through all operating and failure modes and compliance with contract documents and
27   manufacturer’s recommendations.
28
29   CxP shall establish sampling protocol and at the time of testing select sample test locations for identical pieces
30   of equipment. Where simulation of conditions or altering of setpoints or values is required to achieve an
31   operating or failure mode for testing, the contractor must receive CxP approval.
32
33   With DSF’s oversight, the CxP is responsible for witnessing functional performance testing and recording the
34   results and deficiencies. Correct minor deficiencies during testing. Deficiencies that cannot be corrected during
35   testing will be documented and subject to retest. Retesting will continue until no deficiencies remain.
36
37   Retesting is required when testing cannot be successfully completed. Deficiencies requiring retesting include:
38        Incomplete work and/or coordination with others
39        Inadequate preparation of systems for testing
40        Inadequate preplanning
41        Inadequate staff, equipment, tools or resources for testing
42        Material, equipment or construction deficiencies
43        Incomplete or failed test due to reasons under the Contractor’s responsibility
44
45   The cost of retesting is the responsibility of the contractor and subject to deductive change order at DSF’s
46   discretion. Correction of deficiencies and retesting are the responsibility of the contractor and are not subject to
47   time extensions or delay claims.
48
49   OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) DATA
50   Reference Division 1 General Requirements.
51
52   AGENCY TRAINING
53   Provide agency training using final O&M data. Training sessions to include classroom and site presentations as
54   appropriate. Demonstrate operation of systems and equipment. Review setpoints and operating parameters.
55   Demonstrate preventive and routine maintenance procedures as well as common repairs. Videotape training

                                                 DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                         01 91 01-3
1   sessions providing reasonable video/audio quality and provide final record in labeled DVD format to agency
2   along with a sign off sheet demonstrating receipt by the agency.
3
4                                              END OF SECTION




                                             DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                   01 91 01-4
                        Based on DSF
                           Master
                                                                   Construction Verification Checklist
                        Specification
                        Dated 8/10/07                             CV-23 07 00 – HVAC Piping Insulation




                                                                  System Type:       HVAC Piping Insulation
                                                                          Area:
                                                                        Spec #:      23 07 00
                                                         Checklist Tracking ID:


Instructions:
     1.       Checklists are organized in groups by installation phase. Each phase is assigned a given responsible contractor which is solely responsible for the construction
              verification items defined within that group.
     2.       Checklists are to be completed in accordance with the stage of installation or finalization by the individuals responsible for installation.
     3.       Provide a description of the work completed since last entry for given area of system and the percentage of the total work completed for the system for that area and
              step of installation or finalization.
     4.       Circle Yes or No for each checklist item.
     5.       If the information requested for a checklist item does not apply to the given stage of installation for the system, list it as “N/A” and provide the reasoning under the
              negative responses section.
     6.       Explain all discrepancies or negative responses in the negative responses section of the checklist. All discrepancies, negative and “N/A” responses must be defined.
     7.       Once the total percentage for work complete is equal to 100% for a given checklist group the party responsible for completion of the checklist group is to mark that
              group as complete by the provided checkbox, initial and date in the spaces provided. Note completion of the checklist group is defined as the complete response to
              each checklist item within the group including negative responses and a final % Complete equal to 100%.
     8.       Provide checklist to lead contractor at completion of each work week.




                                                                              DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                                    CV-23 07 00 – HVAC Piping Insulation -1
                     Based on DSF
                        Master
                                                            Construction Verification Checklist
                     Specification
                     Dated 8/10/07                         CV-23 07 00 – HVAC Piping Insulation




A) PIPING INSTALLATION CHECKS
                                                          %                                            Questions (See details below)
Date          Description of Work Performed            Complete      Initials    1)     2)       3)     4)     5)        6)       7)    8)    9)   10)
                                                                                YES    YES      YES    YES    YES      YES       YES   YES   YES   YES
                                                                                NO     NO       NO     NO      NO       NO       NO    NO    NO    NO
                                                                                YES    YES      YES    YES    YES      YES       YES   YES   YES   YES
                                                                                NO     NO       NO     NO      NO       NO       NO    NO    NO    NO
                                                                                YES    YES      YES    YES    YES      YES       YES   YES   YES   YES
                                                                                NO     NO       NO     NO      NO       NO       NO    NO    NO    NO
                                                                                YES    YES      YES    YES    YES      YES       YES   YES   YES   YES
                                                                                NO     NO       NO     NO      NO       NO       NO    NO    NO    NO
                                                                                YES    YES      YES    YES    YES      YES       YES   YES   YES   YES
                                                                                NO     NO       NO     NO      NO       NO       NO    NO    NO    NO
                                                                                YES    YES      YES    YES    YES      YES       YES   YES   YES   YES
                                                                                NO     NO       NO     NO      NO       NO       NO    NO    NO    NO
                                                                                YES    YES      YES    YES    YES      YES       YES   YES   YES   YES
                                                                                NO     NO       NO     NO      NO       NO       NO    NO    NO    NO
                                                                                YES    YES      YES    YES    YES      YES       YES   YES   YES   YES
                                                                                NO     NO       NO     NO      NO       NO       NO    NO    NO    NO
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                                                        INITIALS:                                    DATE:

Question Details
   1) Piping clean, dry, pressure tested and approved prior to application of insulation.
   2) Type and thickness of insulation complies with listed specification requirements for given system and pipe size.
   3) Insulation installed with smooth and even surfaces, without the use of filler in voids.

                                                                      DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                             CV-23 07 00 – HVAC Piping Insulation -2
                     Based on DSF
                        Master
                                                            Construction Verification Checklist
                     Specification
                     Dated 8/10/07                         CV-23 07 00 – HVAC Piping Insulation




   4) Butt joints and longitudinal seams closed tightly with a minimum of 2” lap on jacket seams and 2” tape on butt joints.
   5) All longitudinal seams stapled as specified.
   6) All seams and staples sealed with vapor barrier mastic on systems that require a vapor barrier.
   7) Full-length material installed, with no piecing of scraps or stretching of material.
   8) Insulation continuous through sleeves and openings with vapor barriers continuous through all penetrations.
   9) Complete vapor barrier provided for all piping systems operating below 65ºF including at high density inserts at hanger locations.
   10) Exposed fiberglass insulation covered and sealed at all permanent terminations and at end of work day.

Negative Responses
Group/     Date     Found                                                                                Date
 Item     Found      By        Location            Reason for Negative Response              Resolved   Resolved                    Resolution
                                                                                             YES / NO
                                                                                             YES / NO
                                                                                             YES / NO
                                                                                             YES / NO
                                                                                             YES / NO




                                                                       DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                             CV-23 07 00 – HVAC Piping Insulation -3
                      Based on DSF
                         Master
                                                                 Construction Verification Checklist
                      Specification
                      Dated 8/10/07                             CV-23 07 00 – HVAC Piping Insulation




B) VALVE, FITTING & EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION CHECKS
                                                               %                                                    Questions (See details below)
Date           Description of Work Performed                Complete       Initials      1)     2)         3)        4)     5)        6)       7)          8)
                                                                                        YES    YES        YES       YES    YES      YES       YES         YES
                                                                                        NO     NO         NO        NO      NO       NO       NO          NO
                                                                                        YES    YES        YES       YES    YES      YES       YES         YES
                                                                                        NO     NO         NO        NO      NO       NO       NO          NO
                                                                                        YES    YES        YES       YES    YES      YES       YES         YES
                                                                                        NO     NO         NO        NO      NO       NO       NO          NO
                                                                                        YES    YES        YES       YES    YES      YES       YES         YES
                                                                                        NO     NO         NO        NO      NO       NO       NO          NO
                                                                                        YES    YES        YES       YES    YES      YES       YES         YES
                                                                                        NO     NO         NO        NO      NO       NO       NO          NO
                                                                                        YES    YES        YES       YES    YES      YES       YES         YES
                                                                                        NO     NO         NO        NO      NO       NO       NO          NO
                                                                                        YES    YES        YES       YES    YES      YES       YES         YES
                                                                                        NO     NO         NO        NO      NO       NO       NO          NO
                                                                                        YES    YES        YES       YES    YES      YES       YES         YES
                                                                                        NO     NO         NO        NO      NO       NO       NO          NO
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                                                                INITIALS:                                         DATE:

Question Details
   1) Fittings, valves, unions, flanges, couplings and specialties insulated with factory molded or built up insulation of the same thickness as adjoining insulation.
   2) Where temperatures exceed 150F fittings, valves, unions, flanges, couplings and specialties are covered with fabric reinforcing and mastic. PVC fitting covers may be
      used where temperatures do not exceed 150 F.
   3) PVC fitting covers secured with tack fasteners and 1-1/2” band of mastic over ends, throat, seams or penetrations or for systems requiring vapor barrier, vapor barrier

                                                                             DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                                  CV-23 07 00 – HVAC Piping Insulation -4
                      Based on DSF
                         Master
                                                               Construction Verification Checklist
                      Specification
                      Dated 8/10/07                           CV-23 07 00 – HVAC Piping Insulation




         mastic.
   4) Equipment access manholes, fittings, nameplates or ASME stamps left un-insulated with insulation beveled and sealed at these locations.
   5) Equipment insulation installed with smooth and even surfaces per specifications requirements.


Negative Responses
Group/       Date    Found                                                                                      Date
 Item       Found     By        Location             Reason for Negative Response               Resolved       Resolved                         Resolution
                                                                                                YES / NO
                                                                                                YES / NO
                                                                                                YES / NO
                                                                                                YES / NO
                                                                                                YES / NO




                                                                          DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                                CV-23 07 00 – HVAC Piping Insulation -5
Intentional blank page
                        Based on DSF
                           Master
                                                                  Construction Verification Checklist
                        Specification
                        Dated 8/10/07                          CV-23 09 14 – Control Wiring and Devices




                                                                  System Type:       Control Wiring and Devices
                                                                          Area:
                                                                        Spec #:      23 09 14
                                                         Checklist Tracking ID:


Instructions:
     1.       Checklists are organized in groups by installation phase. Each phase is assigned a given responsible contractor which is solely responsible for the construction
              verification items defined within that group.
     2.       Checklists are to be completed in accordance with the stage of installation or finalization by the individuals responsible for installation.
     3.       Provide a description of the work completed since last entry for given area of system and the percentage of the total work completed for the system for that area and
              step of installation or finalization.
     4.       Circle Yes or No for each checklist item.
     5.       If the information requested for a checklist item does not apply to the given stage of installation for the system, list it as “N/A” and provide the reasoning under the
              negative responses section.
     6.       Explain all discrepancies or negative responses in the negative responses section of the checklist. All discrepancies, negative and “N/A” responses must be defined.
     7.       Once the total percentage for work complete is equal to 100% for a given checklist group the party responsible for completion of the checklist group is to mark that
              group as complete by the provided checkbox, initial and date in the spaces provided. Note completion of the checklist group is defined as the complete response to
              each checklist item within the group including negative responses and a final % Complete equal to 100%.
     8.       Provide checklist to lead contractor at completion of each work week.




                                                                              DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                                   CV-23 09 14 – Control Wiring and Devices-1
                     Based on DSF
                        Master
                                                              Construction Verification Checklist
                     Specification
                     Dated 8/10/07                         CV-23 09 14 – Control Wiring and Devices




A) WIRING INSTALLATION CHECKS
                                                             %                                                  Questions (See details below)
Date          Description of Work Performed               Complete      Initials     1)     2)         3)        4)     5)        6)       7)        8)       9)
                                                                                    YES    YES        YES       YES    YES      YES       YES       YES      YES
                                                                                    NO     NO         NO        NO      NO       NO       NO        NO       NO
                                                                                    YES    YES        YES       YES    YES      YES       YES       YES      YES
                                                                                    NO     NO         NO        NO      NO       NO       NO        NO       NO
                                                                                    YES    YES        YES       YES    YES      YES       YES       YES      YES
                                                                                    NO     NO         NO        NO      NO       NO       NO        NO       NO
                                                                                    YES    YES        YES       YES    YES      YES       YES       YES      YES
                                                                                    NO     NO         NO        NO      NO       NO       NO        NO       NO
                                                                                    YES    YES        YES       YES    YES      YES       YES       YES      YES
                                                                                    NO     NO         NO        NO      NO       NO       NO        NO       NO
                                                                                    YES    YES        YES       YES    YES      YES       YES       YES      YES
                                                                                    NO     NO         NO        NO      NO       NO       NO        NO       NO
                                                                                    YES    YES        YES       YES    YES      YES       YES       YES      YES
                                                                                    NO     NO         NO        NO      NO       NO       NO        NO       NO
                                                                                    YES    YES        YES       YES    YES      YES       YES       YES      YES
                                                                                    NO     NO         NO        NO      NO       NO       NO        NO       NO
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                                                            INITIALS:                                         DATE:

Question Details
  1) All cabling identified at both ends according to Section 23 09 14.
  2) A minimum of 5’ of cable provided in panel for all electronic input/output devices, sensors, relays and interlocking wiring to allow for termination by the DDC
     Contractor.
  3) All high voltage and low voltage wiring (includes low voltage cable) installed in metal conduit, Electrical Non-metallic Tubing (ENT), or Electrical Metallic Tubing
     (EMT), as scheduled per specifications.

                                                                          DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                               CV-23 09 14 – Control Wiring and Devices-2
                        Based on DSF
                           Master
                                                                   Construction Verification Checklist
                        Specification
                        Dated 8/10/07                           CV-23 09 14 – Control Wiring and Devices




   4)    All conduit installed and supported in accordance with electrical sections (Division 26) of this specification and the National Electrical Code.
   5)    Bushings installed at all conduit terminations.
   6)    Conduit is a minimum of 1/2 " for low voltage control wiring and pipe fill does not exceed 40%.
   7)    Control panels serving equipment fed by emergency power also served by emergency power.
   8)    All equipment requiring maintenance is accessible (valves, junction boxes, etc.).

Negative Responses
Group/       Date      Found                                                                                           Date
 Item       Found       By         Location              Reason for Negative Response                Resolved         Resolved                        Resolution
                                                                                                     YES / NO
                                                                                                     YES / NO
                                                                                                     YES / NO
                                                                                                     YES / NO
                                                                                                     YES / NO




                                                                              DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                                    CV-23 09 14 – Control Wiring and Devices-3
                   Based on DSF
                      Master
                                                         Construction Verification Checklist
                   Specification
                   Dated 8/10/07                      CV-23 09 14 – Control Wiring and Devices




B) CONTROL DEVICES INSTALLATION CHECKS
                                              %                                                 Questions (See details below)
Date    Description of Work Performed      Complete     Initials    1)
                                                                   YES
                                                                   NO
                                                                   YES
                                                                   NO
                                                                   YES
                                                                   NO
                                                                   YES
                                                                   NO
                                                                   YES
                                                                   NO
                                                                   YES
                                                                   NO
                                                                   YES
                                                                   NO
                                                                   YES
                                                                   NO
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                                                      INITIALS:                                       DATE:

Question Details
  1) Thermometers installed at each point of temperature transmission (sensors) and control, except reheat coils, unless the drawings indicate a thermometer is
     to be installed.




                                                                   DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                          CV-23 09 14 – Control Wiring and Devices-4
                 Based on DSF
                    Master
                                              Construction Verification Checklist
                 Specification
                 Dated 8/10/07             CV-23 09 14 – Control Wiring and Devices




Negative Responses
Group/    Date   Found                                                                      Date
 Item    Found    By      Location   Reason for Negative Response           Resolved       Resolved   Resolution
                                                                            YES / NO
                                                                            YES / NO
                                                                            YES / NO
                                                                            YES / NO
                                                                            YES / NO




                                                       DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                              CV-23 09 14 – Control Wiring and Devices-5
                   Based on DSF
                      Master
                                                          Construction Verification Checklist
                   Specification
                   Dated 8/10/07                       CV-23 09 14 – Control Wiring and Devices




C) FINALIZATION CHECKS
                                                        %                                              Questions (See details below)
Date         Description of Work Performed           Complete     Initials    1)     2)        3)       4)     5)        6)       7)     8)
                                                                             YES    YES       YES      YES    YES      YES       YES    YES
                                                                             NO     NO        NO       NO      NO       NO       NO     NO
                                                                             YES    YES       YES      YES    YES      YES       YES    YES
                                                                             NO     NO        NO       NO      NO       NO       NO     NO
                                                                             YES    YES       YES      YES    YES      YES       YES    YES
                                                                             NO     NO        NO       NO      NO       NO       NO     NO
                                                                             YES    YES       YES      YES    YES      YES       YES    YES
                                                                             NO     NO        NO       NO      NO       NO       NO     NO
                                                                             YES    YES       YES      YES    YES      YES       YES    YES
                                                                             NO     NO        NO       NO      NO       NO       NO     NO
                                                                             YES    YES       YES      YES    YES      YES       YES    YES
                                                                             NO     NO        NO       NO      NO       NO       NO     NO
                                                                             YES    YES       YES      YES    YES      YES       YES    YES
                                                                             NO     NO        NO       NO      NO       NO       NO     NO
                                                                             YES    YES       YES      YES    YES      YES       YES    YES
                                                                             NO     NO        NO       NO      NO       NO       NO     NO
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                                                     INITIALS:                                       DATE:

Question Details
  1) All penetrations through fire rated wall assemblies have been sealed per specification requirements.
  2) All penetrations through non-rated wall assemblies have been sealed per specification requirements for given space type.
  3) All wiring is properly labeled with control ID number of circuit within ½” of device and terminal connection.
  4) All control devices with the exception of dampers, valves, and terminal unit devices labeled with permanent printed labels that correspond to control

                                                                    DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                          CV-23 09 14 – Control Wiring and Devices-6
                     Based on DSF
                        Master
                                                            Construction Verification Checklist
                     Specification
                     Dated 8/10/07                       CV-23 09 14 – Control Wiring and Devices




         drawings.
   5) Temperature control wiring and tubing junction and pullboxes identified utilizing spray painted green covers.
   6) Pressure and/or differential set points of pressure sensors re-adjusted after final balancing is completed.
   7) Threshold settings for current switch adjusted to indicate belt or coupling loss after final balancing.
   8) As-built control drawings of all systems served by each local panel provided in a location adjacent to or inside of panel cover. Provide a protective cover
      or envelope for drawings.

Negative Responses
Group/      Date     Found                                                                                  Date
 Item      Found      By       Location            Reason for Negative Response             Resolved       Resolved                  Resolution
                                                                                            YES / NO
                                                                                            YES / NO
                                                                                            YES / NO
                                                                                            YES / NO
                                                                                            YES / NO




                                                                       DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                             CV-23 09 14 – Control Wiring and Devices-7
Intentional blank page
                        Based on DSF
                            Master
                                                                    Construction Verification Checklist
                         Specification
                                                                    CV-23 11 00 – Facilities Fuel Piping
                        Dated 8/10/07




                                                                  System Type:       Facilities Fuel Piping
                                                                          Area:
                                                                        Spec #:      23 11 00
                                                         Checklist Tracking ID:


Instructions:
     1.       Checklists are organized in groups by installation phase. Each phase is assigned a given responsible contractor which is solely responsible for the construction
              verification items defined within that group.
     2.       Checklists are to be completed in accordance with the stage of installation or finalization by the individuals responsible for installation.
     3.       Provide a description of the work completed since last entry for given area of system and the percentage of the total work completed for the system for that area and
              step of installation or finalization.
     4.       Circle Yes or No for each checklist item.
     5.       If the information requested for a checklist item does not apply to the given stage of installation for the system, list it as “N/A” and provide the reasoning under the
              negative responses section.
     6.       Explain all discrepancies or negative responses in the negative responses section of the checklist. All discrepancies, negative and “N/A” responses must be defined.
     7.       Once the total percentage for work complete is equal to 100% for a given checklist group the party responsible for completion of the checklist group is to mark that
              group as complete by the provided checkbox, initial and date in the spaces provided. Note completion of the checklist group is defined as the complete response to
              each checklist item within the group including negative responses and a final % Complete equal to 100%.
     8.       Provide checklist to lead contractor at completion of each work week.




                                                                              DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                                      CV-23 11 00 – Facilities Fuel Piping -1
                     Based on DSF
                         Master
                                                               Construction Verification Checklist
                      Specification
                                                               CV-23 11 00 – Facilities Fuel Piping
                     Dated 8/10/07




A) PRE-INSTALLATION CHECKS
                                                             %                                              Questions (See details below)
Date          Description of Work Performed               Complete      Initials     1)     2)         3)    4)     5)
                                                                                    YES    YES        YES   YES    YES
                                                                                    NO     NO         NO    NO      NO
                                                                                    YES    YES        YES   YES    YES
                                                                                    NO     NO         NO    NO      NO
                                                                                    YES    YES        YES   YES    YES
                                                                                    NO     NO         NO    NO      NO
                                                                                    YES    YES        YES   YES    YES
                                                                                    NO     NO         NO    NO      NO
                                                                                    YES    YES        YES   YES    YES
                                                                                    NO     NO         NO    NO      NO
                                                                                    YES    YES        YES   YES    YES
                                                                                    NO     NO         NO    NO      NO
                                                                                    YES    YES        YES   YES    YES
                                                                                    NO     NO         NO    NO      NO
                                                                                    YES    YES        YES   YES    YES
                                                                                    NO     NO         NO    NO      NO
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                                                            INITIALS:                                     DATE:

Question Details
  1) All piping, valves, etc. are clean and free of damage prior to installation.
  2) Temporary protective coating is provided on cast iron and steel valves during storage.

                                                                          DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                                  CV-23 11 00 – Facilities Fuel Piping -2
                     Based on DSF
                        Master
                                                             Construction Verification Checklist
                     Specification
                                                             CV-23 11 00 – Facilities Fuel Piping
                     Dated 8/10/07




   3) Temporary end caps are provided on piping and fittings until installation.
   4) Welder procedure qualification records (PQR) and welding procedure specifications (WPS) submitted to A/E and DSF.

Negative Responses
Group/     Date     Found                                                                                   Date
 Item     Found      By          Location          Reason for Negative Response              Resolved      Resolved       Resolution
                                                                                             YES / NO
                                                                                             YES / NO
                                                                                             YES / NO
                                                                                             YES / NO
                                                                                             YES / NO




                                                                       DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                                CV-23 11 00 – Facilities Fuel Piping -3
                     Based on DSF
                         Master
                                                                Construction Verification Checklist
                      Specification
                                                                CV-23 11 00 – Facilities Fuel Piping
                     Dated 8/10/07




B) GENERAL PIPING INSTALLATION CHECKS
                                                             %                                                   Questions (See details below)
Date          Description of Work Performed               Complete       Initials     1)     2)          3)       4)     5)        6)
                                                                                     YES    YES         YES      YES    YES      YES
                                                                                     NO     NO          NO       NO      NO       NO
                                                                                     YES    YES         YES      YES    YES      YES
                                                                                     NO     NO          NO       NO      NO       NO
                                                                                     YES    YES         YES      YES    YES      YES
                                                                                     NO     NO          NO       NO      NO       NO
                                                                                     YES    YES         YES      YES    YES      YES
                                                                                     NO     NO          NO       NO      NO       NO
                                                                                     YES    YES         YES      YES    YES      YES
                                                                                     NO     NO          NO       NO      NO       NO
                                                                                     YES    YES         YES      YES    YES      YES
                                                                                     NO     NO          NO       NO      NO       NO
                                                                                     YES    YES         YES      YES    YES      YES
                                                                                     NO     NO          NO       NO      NO       NO
                                                                                     YES    YES         YES      YES    YES      YES
                                                                                     NO     NO          NO       NO      NO       NO
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                                                             INITIALS:                                         DATE:

Question Details
  1) Piping is free to expand and contract without noise or damage to hangers, joints, or the building.
  2) Changes in pipe sizes are made with the proper size reducing fittings, reducing elbow or reducing tees, and no bushings are utilized.

                                                                          DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                                   CV-23 11 00 – Facilities Fuel Piping -4
                      Based on DSF
                          Master
                                                                 Construction Verification Checklist
                       Specification
                                                                 CV-23 11 00 – Facilities Fuel Piping
                      Dated 8/10/07




   3) Pipe hanger spacing complies with specification requirements.
   4) All equipment requiring maintenance is accessible (valves, etc.).
   5) Piping allows access to equipment that is part of this system or another system.

Negative Responses
Group/     Date      Found                                                                                     Date
 Item     Found       By           Location           Reason for Negative Response               Resolved     Resolved   Resolution
                                                                                                 YES / NO
                                                                                                 YES / NO
                                                                                                 YES / NO
                                                                                                 YES / NO
                                                                                                 YES / NO




                                                                           DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                                    CV-23 11 00 – Facilities Fuel Piping -5
               Based on DSF
                   Master
                                              Construction Verification Checklist
                Specification
                                              CV-23 11 00 – Facilities Fuel Piping
               Dated 8/10/07




C) Not Used

D) NATURAL GAS PIPING INSTALLATION CHECKS
                                             %                                            Questions (See details below)
Date      Description of Work Performed   Complete   Initials     1)     2)          3)    4)     5)
                                                                 YES    YES         YES   YES    YES
                                                                 NO     NO          NO    NO      NO
                                                                 YES    YES         YES   YES    YES
                                                                 NO     NO          NO    NO      NO
                                                                 YES    YES         YES   YES    YES
                                                                 NO     NO          NO    NO      NO
                                                                 YES    YES         YES   YES    YES
                                                                 NO     NO          NO    NO      NO
                                                                 YES    YES         YES   YES    YES
                                                                 NO     NO          NO    NO      NO
                                                                 YES    YES         YES   YES    YES
                                                                 NO     NO          NO    NO      NO
                                                                 YES    YES         YES   YES    YES
                                                                 NO     NO          NO    NO      NO
                                                                 YES    YES         YES   YES    YES
                                                                 NO     NO          NO    NO      NO
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                                         INITIALS:                                      DATE:



                                                       DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                CV-23 11 00 – Facilities Fuel Piping -6
                        Based on DSF
                            Master
                                                                   Construction Verification Checklist
                        Specification
                                                                   CV-23 11 00 – Facilities Fuel Piping
                        Dated 8/10/07




Question Details
   1)    Horizontal piping pitched down 1" in 60 feet in the direction of flow.
   2)    4" minimum depth dirt leg installed at the bottom of each vertical run and at each appliance.
   3)    All branch connections to the main branched from the top or side of the main.
   4)    If an above ground vent terminates in an area subject to snow accumulation, line terminated at least five feet above grade.
   5)    Each gas pressure reducing valve vent and relief valve vent run separately to a point outside of the building, terminated with a screened vent cap, and located according to
         gas utility regulations.

Negative Responses
Group/       Date      Found                                                                                         Date
 Item       Found       By           Location           Reason for Negative Response                Resolved        Resolved                        Resolution
                                                                                                    YES / NO
                                                                                                    YES / NO
                                                                                                    YES / NO
                                                                                                    YES / NO
                                                                                                    YES / NO




                                                                             DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                                      CV-23 11 00 – Facilities Fuel Piping -7
                     Based on DSF
                         Master
                                                                Construction Verification Checklist
                      Specification
                                                                CV-23 11 00 – Facilities Fuel Piping
                     Dated 8/10/07




E) VALVE & FITTING INSTALLATION CHECKS
                                                             %                                                   Questions (See details below)
Date          Description of Work Performed               Complete       Initials     1)     2)          3)       4)     5)
                                                                                     YES    YES         YES      YES    YES
                                                                                     NO     NO          NO       NO      NO
                                                                                     YES    YES         YES      YES    YES
                                                                                     NO     NO          NO       NO      NO
                                                                                     YES    YES         YES      YES    YES
                                                                                     NO     NO          NO       NO      NO
                                                                                     YES    YES         YES      YES    YES
                                                                                     NO     NO          NO       NO      NO
                                                                                     YES    YES         YES      YES    YES
                                                                                     NO     NO          NO       NO      NO
                                                                                     YES    YES         YES      YES    YES
                                                                                     NO     NO          NO       NO      NO
                                                                                     YES    YES         YES      YES    YES
                                                                                     NO     NO          NO       NO      NO
                                                                                     YES    YES         YES      YES    YES
                                                                                     NO     NO          NO       NO      NO
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                                                             INITIALS:                                         DATE:

Question Details
  1) All welded piping cleaned before all regulators and control valves by placing target cloth over piping and blowing compressed air through line until cloth is clean and free
     of debris.

                                                                          DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                                   CV-23 11 00 – Facilities Fuel Piping -8
                     Based on DSF
                         Master
                                                              Construction Verification Checklist
                      Specification
                                                              CV-23 11 00 – Facilities Fuel Piping
                     Dated 8/10/07




   2) All valves are in an upright vertical position with handles in a horizontal position and fully operated without removal or alteration of handle.
   3) Isolation valves provided at all equipment connections, main branches and sub-branches.
   4) Horizontal fuel oil supply, return, gauge and vent pipes are at least 18" below grade at its highest point and slopes 1/4" per foot upwards from the tank or special
      monitoring.
   5) Fuel oil return line from each engine to the main oil tank or the day tank contains no manual or automatic valves to restrict the flow.

Negative Responses
Group/     Date     Found                                                                                     Date
 Item     Found      By           Location          Reason for Negative Response              Resolved       Resolved                      Resolution
                                                                                              YES / NO
                                                                                              YES / NO
                                                                                              YES / NO
                                                                                              YES / NO
                                                                                              YES / NO




                                                                        DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                                 CV-23 11 00 – Facilities Fuel Piping -9
                     Based on DSF
                         Master
                                                                 Construction Verification Checklist
                      Specification
                                                                 CV-23 11 00 – Facilities Fuel Piping
                     Dated 8/10/07




F) TESTING CHECKS
                                                              %                                                   Questions (See details below)
Date          Description of Work Performed                Complete       Initials     1)     2)          3)       4)
                                                                                      YES    YES         YES      YES
                                                                                      NO     NO          NO       NO
                                                                                      YES    YES         YES      YES
                                                                                      NO     NO          NO       NO
                                                                                      YES    YES         YES      YES
                                                                                      NO     NO          NO       NO
                                                                                      YES    YES         YES      YES
                                                                                      NO     NO          NO       NO
                                                                                      YES    YES         YES      YES
                                                                                      NO     NO          NO       NO
                                                                                      YES    YES         YES      YES
                                                                                      NO     NO          NO       NO
                                                                                      YES    YES         YES      YES
                                                                                      NO     NO          NO       NO
                                                                                      YES    YES         YES      YES
                                                                                      NO     NO          NO       NO
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                                                              INITIALS:                                         DATE:

Question Details
  1) Piping tested utilizing air at specified pressure and duration as per specification for given fuel type.
  2) For natural gas piping, testing completed with air at specified pressure and duration as per specification with no measurable loss of pressure during test period.

                                                                           DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                                   CV-23 11 00 – Facilities Fuel Piping -10
                      Based on DSF
                          Master
                                                                  Construction Verification Checklist
                       Specification
                                                                  CV-23 11 00 – Facilities Fuel Piping
                      Dated 8/10/07




   3) All leaks identified during testing have been repaired and test re-done until satisfactory conditions are accomplished.
   4) Test conducted with all piping of tested system or section visible during testing.

Negative Responses
Group/     Date      Found                                                                                          Date
 Item     Found       By           Location           Reason for Negative Response                 Resolved        Resolved     Resolution
                                                                                                   YES / NO
                                                                                                   YES / NO
                                                                                                   YES / NO
                                                                                                   YES / NO
                                                                                                   YES / NO




                                                                            DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                                    CV-23 11 00 – Facilities Fuel Piping -11
                     Based on DSF
                         Master
                                                                Construction Verification Checklist
                      Specification
                                                                CV-23 11 00 – Facilities Fuel Piping
                     Dated 8/10/07




G) FINALIZATION CHECKS
                                                             %                                               Questions (See details below)
Date          Description of Work Performed               Complete      Initials     1)     2)          3)    4)
                                                                                    YES    YES         YES   YES
                                                                                    NO     NO          NO    NO
                                                                                    YES    YES         YES   YES
                                                                                    NO     NO          NO    NO
                                                                                    YES    YES         YES   YES
                                                                                    NO     NO          NO    NO
                                                                                    YES    YES         YES   YES
                                                                                    NO     NO          NO    NO
                                                                                    YES    YES         YES   YES
                                                                                    NO     NO          NO    NO
                                                                                    YES    YES         YES   YES
                                                                                    NO     NO          NO    NO
                                                                                    YES    YES         YES   YES
                                                                                    NO     NO          NO    NO
                                                                                    YES    YES         YES   YES
                                                                                    NO     NO          NO    NO
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                                                            INITIALS:                                      DATE:

Question Details
  1) All exposed piping which passes through a wall, ceiling or floor is provided with escutcheon plates.
  2) Piping labels and direction of flow is provided per specification requirements.

                                                                          DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                                  CV-23 11 00 – Facilities Fuel Piping -12
                      Based on DSF
                         Master
                                                                Construction Verification Checklist
                      Specification
                                                                CV-23 11 00 – Facilities Fuel Piping
                      Dated 8/10/07




   3) All penetrations through fire rated wall assemblies have been sealed per specification requirements.
   4) All penetrations through non-rated wall assemblies have been sealed per specification requirements for given space type.

Negative Responses
Group/     Date      Found                                                                                       Date
 Item     Found       By          Location           Reason for Negative Response               Resolved        Resolved         Resolution
                                                                                                YES / NO
                                                                                                YES / NO
                                                                                                YES / NO
                                                                                                YES / NO
                                                                                                YES / NO




                                                                          DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                                  CV-23 11 00 – Facilities Fuel Piping -13
Intentional blank page
                        Based on DSF
                           Master
                                                                    Construction Verification Checklist
                        Specification
                        Dated 8/10/07                                CV-23 21 13 – Hydronic Piping



                                                                  System Type:       Hydronic Piping
                                                                         Tag #:
                                                                          Area:
                                                                        Spec #:      23 21 13
                                                         Checklist Tracking ID:


Instructions:
     1.       Checklists are organized in groups by installation phase. Each phase is assigned a given responsible contractor which is solely responsible for the construction
              verification items defined within that group.
     2.       Checklists are to be completed in accordance with the stage of installation or finalization by the individuals responsible for installation.
     3.       Provide a description of the work completed since last entry for given area of system and the percentage of the total work completed for the system for that area and
              step of installation or finalization.
     4.       Circle Yes or No for each checklist item.
     5.       If the information requested for a checklist item does not apply to the given stage of installation for the system, list it as “N/A” and provide the reasoning under the
              negative responses section.
     6.       Explain all discrepancies or negative responses in the negative responses section of the checklist. All discrepancies, negative and “N/A” responses must be defined.
     7.       Once the total percentage for work complete is equal to 100% for a given checklist group the party responsible for completion of the checklist group is to mark that
              group as complete by the provided checkbox, initial and date in the spaces provided. Note completion of the checklist group is defined as the complete response to
              each checklist item within the group including negative responses and a final % Complete equal to 100%.
     8.       Provide checklist to lead contractor at completion of each work week.




                                                                              DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                                          CV-23 21 13 – Hydronic Piping-1
                     Based on DSF
                        Master
                                                                Construction Verification Checklist
                     Specification
                     Dated 8/10/07                               CV-23 21 13 – Hydronic Piping




A) PRE-INSTALLATION CHECKS
                                                             %                                           Questions (See details below)
Date          Description of Work Performed               Complete      Initials     1)     2)      3)
                                                                                    YES    YES     YES
                                                                                    NO     NO      NO
                                                                                    YES    YES     YES
                                                                                    NO     NO      NO
                                                                                    YES    YES     YES
                                                                                    NO     NO      NO
                                                                                    YES    YES     YES
                                                                                    NO     NO      NO
                                                                                    YES    YES     YES
                                                                                    NO     NO      NO
                                                                                    YES    YES     YES
                                                                                    NO     NO      NO
                                                                                    YES    YES     YES
                                                                                    NO     NO      NO
                                                                                    YES    YES     YES
                                                                                    NO     NO      NO
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                                                            INITIALS:                                 DATE:

Question Details
  1) All piping, valves, etc. are clean and free of damage prior to installation.
  2) Temporary protective coating is provided on cast iron and steel valves during storage.
  3) Temporary end caps are provided on piping and fittings until installation.




                                                                         DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                                     CV-23 21 13 – Hydronic Piping-2
                 Based on DSF
                    Master
                                               Construction Verification Checklist
                 Specification
                 Dated 8/10/07                  CV-23 21 13 – Hydronic Piping



Negative Responses
Group/    Date   Found                                                                 Date
 Item    Found    By      Location   Reason for Negative Response          Resolved   Resolved   Resolution
                                                                           YES / NO
                                                                           YES / NO
                                                                           YES / NO
                                                                           YES / NO
                                                                           YES / NO




                                                       DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                   CV-23 21 13 – Hydronic Piping-3
                      Based on DSF
                         Master
                                                                   Construction Verification Checklist
                      Specification
                      Dated 8/10/07                                 CV-23 21 13 – Hydronic Piping




B) PIPING INSTALLATION CHECKS
                                                               %                                                    Questions (See details below)
Date           Description of Work Performed                Complete       Initials      1)     2)          3)       4)     5)        6)       7)          8)       9)   10)
                                                                                        YES    YES         YES      YES    YES      YES       YES         YES      YES   YES
                                                                                        NO     NO          NO       NO      NO       NO       NO          NO       NO    NO
                                                                                        YES    YES         YES      YES    YES      YES       YES         YES      YES   YES
                                                                                        NO     NO          NO       NO      NO       NO       NO          NO       NO    NO
                                                                                        YES    YES         YES      YES    YES      YES       YES         YES      YES   YES
                                                                                        NO     NO          NO       NO      NO       NO       NO          NO       NO    NO
                                                                                        YES    YES         YES      YES    YES      YES       YES         YES      YES   YES
                                                                                        NO     NO          NO       NO      NO       NO       NO          NO       NO    NO
                                                                                        YES    YES         YES      YES    YES      YES       YES         YES      YES   YES
                                                                                        NO     NO          NO       NO      NO       NO       NO          NO       NO    NO
                                                                                        YES    YES         YES      YES    YES      YES       YES         YES      YES   YES
                                                                                        NO     NO          NO       NO      NO       NO       NO          NO       NO    NO
                                                                                        YES    YES         YES      YES    YES      YES       YES         YES      YES   YES
                                                                                        NO     NO          NO       NO      NO       NO       NO          NO       NO    NO
                                                                                        YES    YES         YES      YES    YES      YES       YES         YES      YES   YES
                                                                                        NO     NO          NO       NO      NO       NO       NO          NO       NO    NO
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                                                                INITIALS:                                         DATE:

Question Details
  1)   Piping is free to expand and contract without noise or damage to hangers, joints, or the building.
  2)   Piping is installed in a manner to ensure that insulation will not contact adjacent surfaces.
  3)   Piping is installed with sufficient pitch and arranged in a manner to ensure drainage of entire system, including provision of auxiliary drains as necessary.
  4)   Changes in pipe sizes are made with the proper size reducing fittings, reducing elbow or reducing tees, and no bushings are utilized.
  5)   Piping connections at air handling unit coils provide sufficient clearance such that valve handles will not interfere with adjacent piping insulation.
  6)   A minimum of two elbows provided in each pipe line prior to a piece of terminal equipment.
  7)   Pipe hanger spacing complies with Section 23 05 29, including provision of individual hangers within 1’ of each horizontal elbow, strainer, valve, etc.
  8)   All equipment requiring maintenance is accessible (valves, strainers, etc.).
  9)   Piping allows access to equipment that is part of this system or another system.

                                                                             DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                                        CV-23 21 13 – Hydronic Piping-4
                     Based on DSF
                        Master
                                                             Construction Verification Checklist
                     Specification
                     Dated 8/10/07                            CV-23 21 13 – Hydronic Piping



   10) Open pipe ends capped at completion of work day.

Negative Responses
Group/     Date     Found                                                                            Date
 Item     Found      By        Location            Reason for Negative Response          Resolved   Resolved   Resolution
                                                                                         YES / NO
                                                                                         YES / NO
                                                                                         YES / NO
                                                                                         YES / NO
                                                                                         YES / NO




                                                                     DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                                 CV-23 21 13 – Hydronic Piping-5
                     Based on DSF
                        Master
                                                                Construction Verification Checklist
                     Specification
                     Dated 8/10/07                               CV-23 21 13 – Hydronic Piping




C) VALVE, FITTING & VENT INSTALLATION CHECKS
                                                             %                                                  Questions (See details below)
Date          Description of Work Performed               Complete      Initials     1)     2)          3)       4)     5)        6)       7)        8)       9)      10)
                                                                                    YES    YES         YES      YES    YES      YES       YES       YES      YES      YES
                                                                                    NO     NO          NO       NO      NO       NO       NO        NO       NO       NO
                                                                                    YES    YES         YES      YES    YES      YES       YES       YES      YES      YES
                                                                                    NO     NO          NO       NO      NO       NO       NO        NO       NO       NO
                                                                                    YES    YES         YES      YES    YES      YES       YES       YES      YES      YES
                                                                                    NO     NO          NO       NO      NO       NO       NO        NO       NO       NO
                                                                                    YES    YES         YES      YES    YES      YES       YES       YES      YES      YES
                                                                                    NO     NO          NO       NO      NO       NO       NO        NO       NO       NO
                                                                                    YES    YES         YES      YES    YES      YES       YES       YES      YES      YES
                                                                                    NO     NO          NO       NO      NO       NO       NO        NO       NO       NO
                                                                                    YES    YES         YES      YES    YES      YES       YES       YES      YES      YES
                                                                                    NO     NO          NO       NO      NO       NO       NO        NO       NO       NO
                                                                                    YES    YES         YES      YES    YES      YES       YES       YES      YES      YES
                                                                                    NO     NO          NO       NO      NO       NO       NO        NO       NO       NO
                                                                                    YES    YES         YES      YES    YES      YES       YES       YES      YES      YES
                                                                                    NO     NO          NO       NO      NO       NO       NO        NO       NO       NO
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                                                            INITIALS:                                         DATE:

Question Details
  1) All valves are in an upright vertical position with handles in a horizontal position.
  2) All valves can be fully operated without removal or alteration of handle, including provisions for specified insulation thickness of piping.
  3) Where valves 2-1/2" and larger are located more than 12' above mechanical room floors, valve is installed with stem in the horizontal position and a chain wheel operator
     is provided.
  4) Manual air vents are provided at all high points in closed water systems.
  5) Isolation valves provided at all equipment connections, main branches and sub-branches, “T” connections, and as necessary for repairing the system as specified in
     contract documents.
  6) All strainers in piping system have ball valves installed at the tapped screen retainer.
  7) All ball valves installed in insulated piping are furnished with stem extensions to allow the handles to clear the insulation.

                                                                          DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                                     CV-23 21 13 – Hydronic Piping-6
                 Based on DSF
                    Master
                                               Construction Verification Checklist
                 Specification
                 Dated 8/10/07                  CV-23 21 13 – Hydronic Piping



Negative Responses
Group/    Date   Found                                                                 Date
 Item    Found    By      Location   Reason for Negative Response          Resolved   Resolved   Resolution
                                                                           YES / NO
                                                                           YES / NO
                                                                           YES / NO
                                                                           YES / NO
                                                                           YES / NO




                                                       DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                   CV-23 21 13 – Hydronic Piping-7
                      Based on DSF
                         Master
                                                                  Construction Verification Checklist
                      Specification
                      Dated 8/10/07                                CV-23 21 13 – Hydronic Piping



D) TESTING AND CLEANING CHECKS
                                                               %                                                   Questions (See details below)
Date           Description of Work Performed                Complete       Initials     1)     2)          3)       4)     5)
                                                                                       YES    YES         YES      YES    YES
                                                                                       NO     NO          NO       NO      NO
                                                                                       YES    YES         YES      YES    YES
                                                                                       NO     NO          NO       NO      NO
                                                                                       YES    YES         YES      YES    YES
                                                                                       NO     NO          NO       NO      NO
                                                                                       YES    YES         YES      YES    YES
                                                                                       NO     NO          NO       NO      NO
                                                                                       YES    YES         YES      YES    YES
                                                                                       NO     NO          NO       NO      NO
                                                                                       YES    YES         YES      YES    YES
                                                                                       NO     NO          NO       NO      NO
                                                                                       YES    YES         YES      YES    YES
                                                                                       NO     NO          NO       NO      NO
                                                                                       YES    YES         YES      YES    YES
                                                                                       NO     NO          NO       NO      NO
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                                                               INITIALS:                                         DATE:

Question Details
  1)   Piping tested utilizing water at specified pressure and duration as per specification.
  2)   All leaks identified during testing have been repaired and test re-done until satisfactory conditions are accomplished, DSF test report submitted.
  3)   Test conducted with all piping of tested system or section visible during testing.
  4)   After pressure testing system flushed with clean potable water according to procedures detailed in specifications and report provided.
  5)   All hydronic system piping is flushed in accordance with Section 23 21 13, DSF flushing report submitted.




                                                                            DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                                        CV-23 21 13 – Hydronic Piping-8
                 Based on DSF
                    Master
                                               Construction Verification Checklist
                 Specification
                 Dated 8/10/07                  CV-23 21 13 – Hydronic Piping



Negative Responses
Group/    Date   Found                                                                 Date
 Item    Found    By      Location   Reason for Negative Response          Resolved   Resolved   Resolution
                                                                           YES / NO
                                                                           YES / NO
                                                                           YES / NO
                                                                           YES / NO
                                                                           YES / NO




                                                       DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                   CV-23 21 13 – Hydronic Piping-9
                      Based on DSF
                         Master
                                                                 Construction Verification Checklist
                      Specification
                      Dated 8/10/07                               CV-23 21 13 – Hydronic Piping




E) FINALIZATION CHECKS
                                                              %                                                  Questions (See details below)
Date           Description of Work Performed               Complete      Initials     1)     2)          3)       4)
                                                                                     YES    YES         YES      YES
                                                                                     NO     NO          NO       NO
                                                                                     YES    YES         YES      YES
                                                                                     NO     NO          NO       NO
                                                                                     YES    YES         YES      YES
                                                                                     NO     NO          NO       NO
                                                                                     YES    YES         YES      YES
                                                                                     NO     NO          NO       NO
                                                                                     YES    YES         YES      YES
                                                                                     NO     NO          NO       NO
                                                                                     YES    YES         YES      YES
                                                                                     NO     NO          NO       NO
                                                                                     YES    YES         YES      YES
                                                                                     NO     NO          NO       NO
                                                                                     YES    YES         YES      YES
                                                                                     NO     NO          NO       NO
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                                                             INITIALS:                                         DATE:

Question Details
  1)   System filled and vented per specifications requirements for given system type.
  2)   Piping labels and direction of flow is provided per specification requirements.
  3)   All penetrations through fire rated wall assemblies have been sealed per specification requirements.
  4)   All penetrations through non-rated wall assemblies have been sealed per specification requirements for given space type.




                                                                           DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                                      CV-23 21 13 – Hydronic Piping-10
                 Based on DSF
                    Master
                                               Construction Verification Checklist
                 Specification
                 Dated 8/10/07                  CV-23 21 13 – Hydronic Piping



Negative Responses
Group/    Date   Found                                                                 Date
 Item    Found    By      Location   Reason for Negative Response          Resolved   Resolved   Resolution
                                                                           YES / NO
                                                                           YES / NO
                                                                           YES / NO
                                                                           YES / NO
                                                                           YES / NO




                                                       DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                   CV-23 21 13 – Hydronic Piping-11
Intentional blank page
 Based on DSF
    Master
                                              Construction Verification Checklist
 Specification
 Dated 8/10/07                                      CV-23 21 23 – Pumps




                                       Equipment Type:         Pumps
                                                   Tag #:
                                                Location:
                                                  Spec #:      23 21 23
                                                 System:
                                   Checklist Tracking ID:


Instructions:
     1.       Checklists are organized in groups by installation phase. Each phase is assigned a given responsible contractor which
              is solely responsible for the construction verification items defined within that group.
     2.       Checklists are to be completed in accordance with the stage of delivery, installation or start-up by the individuals
              responsible for installation.
     3.       Circle Yes or No, or provide the requested information for each checklist item.
     4        If the information requested for a checklist item is not listed or the item does not apply to the given unit or system, list
              it as “N/A” and provide the reasoning under the negative responses section.
     5.       Explain all discrepancies or negative responses in the negative responses section of the checklist. All discrepancies,
              negative and “N/A” responses must be defined.
     6.       At the completion of each checklist group the party responsible for completion of the checklist group is to mark that
              group as complete by the provided checkbox, initial and date the checklist group in the space provided. Note
              completion of the checklist group is defined as the complete response to each checklist item within the group including
              negative responses and the completion of all delivery, installation or start-up tasks related to the equipment for that
              group.
     7.       Provide checklist to lead contractor at completion of each work day.

Group/Item Group/Task Description                                                                   Submitted              Delivered
    A       MODEL VERIFICATION
          1 Manufacturer
          2 Model
          3 Serial Number
          4 Pump Type
          5 Inlet / Outlet Size (in)                                                                      /                     /
          6 Impeller Diameter (in)
          7 Capacity / Head (gpm / ft w.g.)                                                               /                     /
          8 Motor Speed / Power (rpm / hp)                                                                /                     /
          9 NEMA Nominal Efficiency
         10 Voltage / Phase / Frequency (V / - /Hz)                                                  /         /           /         /
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                                 INITIALS:                                          DATE:

Group/Item       Group/Task Description                                                                         Response
    B            PHYSICAL CHECKS
         1       Unit is free from physical damage.                                                      YES                   NO
         2       Openings are sealed with plastic.                                                       YES                   NO


                                                        DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                        CV-23 21 23 – Pumps -1
Based on DSF
   Master
                                             Construction Verification Checklist
Specification
Dated 8/10/07                                      CV-23 21 23 – Pumps




Group/Item Group/Task Description                                                                   Response
         3 All components present.                                                             YES              NO
         4 Installation and startup manual provided.                                           YES              NO
         5 Unit tags affixed.                                                                  YES              NO
         6 Manufacturer’s ratings readable/accurate                                            YES              NO
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                           INITIALS:                                   DATE:

Group/ItemGroup/Task Description                                                                     Response
    C     INSTALLATION
         1Unit is set on concrete housekeeping pad or concrete inertia pad and is              YES              NO
          level (base mounted pumps only).
       2 Unit secured as required by manufacturer and specifications.                          YES              NO
       3 Unit is supported independently of surrounding piping (inline pumps only).            YES              NO
       4 Equipment location coordinated with piping, ductwork, conduit and                     YES              NO
          equipment of other trades to allow sufficient clearances.
       5 Adequate clearance around unit for service.                                           YES              NO
       6 All components accessible for maintenance.                                            YES              NO
       7 Unit labeled and is easy to see.                                                      YES              NO
       8 Base filled with non-shrinking grout if required by manufacturer’s                    YES              NO
          installation instructions (base mounted pumps only).
       9 Pump coupling realigned after pump installation and prior to putting the              YES              NO
          pump into service.
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                           INITIALS:                                   DATE:

Group/Item      Group/Task Description                                                               Response
    D           WATER PIPING
         1      All piping components have been installed (in the correct order) as required   YES              NO
                by contract document or manufacturer.
          2     Piping arranged for ease of unit removal.                                      YES              NO
          3     Piping supported independent of unit and as required by specifications.        YES              NO
          4     Unit connected to supply and return piping using unions or flanges and         YES              NO
                isolation valves.
          5     Suction diffuser, long radius reducing elbows or concentric                    YES              NO
                reducers/increasers provided at inlet to unit.
          6     Piping and valves properly checked and free of leaks.                          YES              NO
          7     Thermometers and pressure gauges supplied on supply and return lines.          YES              NO
                Gauges are plumbed across the strainer in the suction diffuser and the
                across the impellor.
          8     Air vent and drain valve supplied on horizontal pump casings.                  YES              NO
          9     Piping insulation is complete and installed as per specifications.             YES              NO
         10     Drains provided for bases and seals and piped to nearest drain.                YES              NO
         11     All valves and test ports are easily accessible.                               YES              NO

                                                       DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                       CV-23 21 23 – Pumps -2
Based on DSF
   Master
                                           Construction Verification Checklist
Specification
Dated 8/10/07                                    CV-23 21 23 – Pumps




Group/Item Group/Task Description                                                             Response
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                              INITIALS:                          DATE:

Group/ItemGroup/Task Description                                                               Response
    E     ELECTRICAL
         1Local disconnect installed in accessible and visible location.                 YES              NO
         2Each motor terminal box is connected with a minimum 12", maximum 36"           YES              NO
          piece of flexible conduit to a fixed junction box.
       3 Motor NEMA Nominal Efficiency complies with Section 23 05 13.                   YES              NO
       4 Motor rotation in the proper direction.                                         YES              NO
       5 All electrical connections are tight.                                           YES              NO
       6 All electrical components are grounded.                                         YES              NO
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                            INITIALS:                            DATE:

Group/ItemGroup/Task Description                                                               Response
    F     CONTROLS INSTALLATION (if applicable)
         1All sensors and actuators installed per contract documents and are             YES              NO
          calibrated.
       2 Remote start and stop wiring installed and communication verified.              YES              NO
       3 Remote status wiring installed and communication verified.                      YES              NO
       4 Remote alarm wiring installed and communication verified.                       YES              NO
       5 Test ports installed at all control sensors.                                    YES              NO
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                            INITIALS:                            DATE:

Group/Item Group/Task Description                                                              Response
    G      MECHANICAL STARTUP
         1 Unit checked, aligned, and certified prior to startup and report submitted.   YES              NO
         2 Unit and motor lubricated before startup.                                     YES              NO
         3 Pump shaft rotates easily with power turned off.                              YES              NO
         4 System flushed, filled, and air purged.                                       YES              NO
         5 System starts and runs without any unusual noise or vibration.                YES              NO
         6 Manufacturer's startup checklist completed and attached.                      YES              NO
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                             INITIALS:                           DATE:

Group/Item Group/Task Description                                                              Response
    H      CONTROLS STARTUP (if applicable)
         1 Lead/lag sequence verified and acceptable.                                    YES              NO
         2 Control wiring labeled per specification requirements.                        YES              NO
         3                                                                               YES              NO
         4                                                                               YES              NO
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                            INITIALS:                            DATE:


                                                     DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                     CV-23 21 23 – Pumps -3
Based on DSF
   Master
                                    Construction Verification Checklist
Specification
Dated 8/10/07                             CV-23 21 23 – Pumps




Negative Responses
Group/     Date   Found                                                Date
 Item     Found    By     Reason for Negative Response   Resolved     Resolved   Resolution
                                                         YES / NO
                                                         YES / NO
                                                         YES / NO
                                                         YES / NO
                                                         YES / NO




                                             DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                             CV-23 21 23 – Pumps -4
                        Based on DSF
                           Master
                                                                   Construction Verification Checklist
                        Specification
                        Dated 8/10/07                             CV-23 25 00 – HVAC Water Treatment




                                                                  System Type:       HVAC Water Treatment
                                                                          Area:
                                                                        Spec #:      23 25 00
                                                         Checklist Tracking ID:


Instructions:
     1.       Checklists are organized in groups by installation phase. Each phase is assigned a given responsible contractor which is solely responsible for the construction
              verification items defined within that group.
     2.       Checklists are to be completed in accordance with the stage of installation or finalization by the individuals responsible for installation.
     3.       Provide a description of the work completed since last entry for given area of system and the percentage of the total work completed for the system for that area and
              step of installation or finalization.
     4.       Circle Yes or No for each checklist item.
     5.       If the information requested for a checklist item does not apply to the given stage of installation for the system, list it as “N/A” and provide the reasoning under the
              negative responses section.
     6.       Explain all discrepancies or negative responses in the negative responses section of the checklist. All discrepancies, negative and “N/A” responses must be defined.
     7.       Once the total percentage for work complete is equal to 100% for a given checklist group the party responsible for completion of the checklist group is to mark that
              group as complete by the provided checkbox, initial and date in the spaces provided. Note completion of the checklist group is defined as the complete response to
              each checklist item within the group including negative responses and a final % Complete equal to 100%.
     8.       Provide checklist to lead contractor at completion of each work week.




                                                                            DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                                   CV-23 25 00 – HVAC Water Treatment-1
                     Based on DSF
                        Master
                                                              Construction Verification Checklist
                     Specification
                     Dated 8/10/07                           CV-23 25 00 – HVAC Water Treatment




A) PRE-TREATMENT CHECKS
                                                             %                                          Questions (See details below)
Date           Description of Work Performed              Complete      Initials    1)     2)     3)     4)     5)
                                                                                   YES    YES    YES    YES    YES
                                                                                   NO     NO     NO     NO      NO
                                                                                   YES    YES    YES    YES    YES
                                                                                   NO     NO     NO     NO      NO
                                                                                   YES    YES    YES    YES    YES
                                                                                   NO     NO     NO     NO      NO
                                                                                   YES    YES    YES    YES    YES
                                                                                   NO     NO     NO     NO      NO
                                                                                   YES    YES    YES    YES    YES
                                                                                   NO     NO     NO     NO      NO
                                                                                   YES    YES    YES    YES    YES
                                                                                   NO     NO     NO     NO      NO
                                                                                   YES    YES    YES    YES    YES
                                                                                   NO     NO     NO     NO      NO
                                                                                   YES    YES    YES    YES    YES
                                                                                   NO     NO     NO     NO      NO
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                                                           INITIALS:                                  DATE:

Question Details
  1)   Piping system flushed, filled, vented and started.
  2)   Piping system and associated equipment are operational.
  3)   System capacity has been determined and documented.
  4)   Terminal control valves are in the full-open position.
  5)   MSDS sheets are submitted.


                                                                          DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                                 CV-23 25 00 – HVAC Water Treatment-2
                 Based on DSF
                    Master
                                             Construction Verification Checklist
                 Specification
                 Dated 8/10/07              CV-23 25 00 – HVAC Water Treatment




Negative Responses
Group/    Date   Found                                                                Date
 Item    Found    By      Location   Reason for Negative Response      Resolved      Resolved   Resolution
                                                                       YES / NO
                                                                       YES / NO
                                                                       YES / NO
                                                                       YES / NO
                                                                       YES / NO




                                                       DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                              CV-23 25 00 – HVAC Water Treatment-3
                      Based on DSF
                         Master
                                                                Construction Verification Checklist
                      Specification
                      Dated 8/10/07                            CV-23 25 00 – HVAC Water Treatment




B) CLEANING TREATMENT CHECKS
                                                              %                                                  Questions (See details below)
Date           Description of Work Performed               Complete      Initials     1)     2)          3)       4)     5)        6)       7)    8)    9)
                                                                                     YES    YES         YES      YES    YES      YES       YES   YES   YES
                                                                                     NO     NO          NO       NO      NO       NO       NO    NO    NO
                                                                                     YES    YES         YES      YES    YES      YES       YES   YES   YES
                                                                                     NO     NO          NO       NO      NO       NO       NO    NO    NO
                                                                                     YES    YES         YES      YES    YES      YES       YES   YES   YES
                                                                                     NO     NO          NO       NO      NO       NO       NO    NO    NO
                                                                                     YES    YES         YES      YES    YES      YES       YES   YES   YES
                                                                                     NO     NO          NO       NO      NO       NO       NO    NO    NO
                                                                                     YES    YES         YES      YES    YES      YES       YES   YES   YES
                                                                                     NO     NO          NO       NO      NO       NO       NO    NO    NO
                                                                                     YES    YES         YES      YES    YES      YES       YES   YES   YES
                                                                                     NO     NO          NO       NO      NO       NO       NO    NO    NO
                                                                                     YES    YES         YES      YES    YES      YES       YES   YES   YES
                                                                                     NO     NO          NO       NO      NO       NO       NO    NO    NO
                                                                                     YES    YES         YES      YES    YES      YES       YES   YES   YES
                                                                                     NO     NO          NO       NO      NO       NO       NO    NO    NO
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                                                             INITIALS:                                         DATE:

Question Details
  1)   All chemicals added to system according to manufacturer recommendations.
  2)   Neutralizer agents used on recommendation of system cleaner supplier and approval of Architect/Engineer.
  3)   Cleaning treatment procedures, metrics and circulation durations follow specification requirements for system type.
  4)   Strainer screens removed, cleaned and replaced after cleaning treatment.
  5)   Low points inspected, sludge removed and flushed with clean water.
  6)   DSF standard cleaning report completed and submitted.

                                                                         DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                                CV-23 25 00 – HVAC Water Treatment-4
                 Based on DSF
                    Master
                                             Construction Verification Checklist
                 Specification
                 Dated 8/10/07              CV-23 25 00 – HVAC Water Treatment




Negative Responses
Group/    Date   Found                                                                Date
 Item    Found    By      Location   Reason for Negative Response      Resolved      Resolved   Resolution
                                                                       YES / NO
                                                                       YES / NO
                                                                       YES / NO
                                                                       YES / NO
                                                                       YES / NO




                                                       DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                              CV-23 25 00 – HVAC Water Treatment-5
                      Based on DSF
                         Master
                                                                 Construction Verification Checklist
                      Specification
                      Dated 8/10/07                             CV-23 25 00 – HVAC Water Treatment




C) FINAL TREATMENT CHECKS
                                                               %                                              Questions (See details below)
Date           Description of Work Performed                Complete       Initials     1)     2)        3)    4)     5)        6)
                                                                                       YES    YES       YES   YES    YES      YES
                                                                                       NO     NO        NO    NO      NO       NO
                                                                                       YES    YES       YES   YES    YES      YES
                                                                                       NO     NO        NO    NO      NO       NO
                                                                                       YES    YES       YES   YES    YES      YES
                                                                                       NO     NO        NO    NO      NO       NO
                                                                                       YES    YES       YES   YES    YES      YES
                                                                                       NO     NO        NO    NO      NO       NO
                                                                                       YES    YES       YES   YES    YES      YES
                                                                                       NO     NO        NO    NO      NO       NO
                                                                                       YES    YES       YES   YES    YES      YES
                                                                                       NO     NO        NO    NO      NO       NO
                                                                                       YES    YES       YES   YES    YES      YES
                                                                                       NO     NO        NO    NO      NO       NO
                                                                                       YES    YES       YES   YES    YES      YES
                                                                                       NO     NO        NO    NO      NO       NO
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                                                               INITIALS:                                    DATE:

Question Details
  1)   System verified by chemical testing to be free of cleaning chemicals prior to final treatment.
  2)   All chemicals added to system according to manufacturer recommendations.
  3)   Corrosion and scale inhibitors provided at specified levels for closed loop systems.
  4)   Treatment processes, amounts, and dates recorded on DSF standard report format.



                                                                           DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                                  CV-23 25 00 – HVAC Water Treatment-6
                 Based on DSF
                    Master
                                             Construction Verification Checklist
                 Specification
                 Dated 8/10/07              CV-23 25 00 – HVAC Water Treatment




Negative Responses
Group/    Date   Found                                                                Date
 Item    Found    By      Location   Reason for Negative Response      Resolved      Resolved   Resolution
                                                                       YES / NO
                                                                       YES / NO
                                                                       YES / NO
                                                                       YES / NO
                                                                       YES / NO




                                                       DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                              CV-23 25 00 – HVAC Water Treatment-7
Intentional blank page
                        Based on DSF
                           Master
                                                                 Construction Verification Checklist
                        Specification
                        Dated 8/10/07                       CV-23 51 00 – Breechings, Chimneys and Stacks




                                                                  System Type:       Breechings, Chimneys and Stacks
                                                                         Tag #:
                                                                          Area:
                                                                        Spec #:      23 51 00
                                                         Checklist Tracking ID:


Instructions:
     1.       Checklists are organized in groups by installation phase. Each phase is assigned a given responsible contractor which is solely responsible for the construction
              verification items defined within that group.
     2.       Checklists are to be completed in accordance with the stage of installation or finalization by the individuals responsible for installation.
     3.       Provide a description of the work completed since last entry for given area of system and the percentage of the total work completed for the system for that area and
              step of installation or finalization.
     4.       Circle Yes or No for each checklist item.
     5.       If the information requested for a checklist item does not apply to the given stage of installation for the system, list it as “N/A” and provide the reasoning under the
              negative responses section.
     6.       Explain all discrepancies or negative responses in the negative responses section of the checklist. All discrepancies, negative and “N/A” responses must be defined.
     7.       Once the total percentage for work complete is equal to 100% for a given checklist group the party responsible for completion of the checklist group is to mark that
              group as complete by the provided checkbox, initial and date in the spaces provided. Note completion of the checklist group is defined as the complete response to
              each checklist item within the group including negative responses and a final % Complete equal to 100%.
     8.       Provide checklist to lead contractor at completion of each work week.




                                                                              DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                                CV-23 51 00 – Breechings, Chimneys and Stacks-1
                      Based on DSF
                         Master
                                                              Construction Verification Checklist
                      Specification
                      Dated 8/10/07                      CV-23 51 00 – Breechings, Chimneys and Stacks




A) APPLIANCE VENT INSTALLATION CHECKS
                                                              %                                                  Questions (See details below)
Date           Description of Work Performed               Complete       Initials     1)     2)         3)       4)     5)
                                                                                      YES    YES        YES      YES    YES
                                                                                      NO     NO         NO       NO      NO
                                                                                      YES    YES        YES      YES    YES
                                                                                      NO     NO         NO       NO      NO
                                                                                      YES    YES        YES      YES    YES
                                                                                      NO     NO         NO       NO      NO
                                                                                      YES    YES        YES      YES    YES
                                                                                      NO     NO         NO       NO      NO
                                                                                      YES    YES        YES      YES    YES
                                                                                      NO     NO         NO       NO      NO
                                                                                      YES    YES        YES      YES    YES
                                                                                      NO     NO         NO       NO      NO
                                                                                      YES    YES        YES      YES    YES
                                                                                      NO     NO         NO       NO      NO
                                                                                      YES    YES        YES      YES    YES
                                                                                      NO     NO         NO       NO      NO
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                                                              INITIALS:                                        DATE:

Question Details
  1)   All vents pitched up from equipment to point of termination outside of facility.
  2)   Hanger spacing complies with specification requirements.
  3)   Termination of vent is above and/or at least 10’ from any outside air intake, operable window, door, or equipment intake.
  4)   Vents are leak tight.
  5)   Drain connection provided at base of exhaust vent and piped to nearest drain.

                                                                           DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                              CV-23 51 00 – Breechings, Chimneys and Stacks-2
                 Based on DSF
                    Master
                                             Construction Verification Checklist
                 Specification
                 Dated 8/10/07          CV-23 51 00 – Breechings, Chimneys and Stacks




Negative Responses
Group/    Date   Found                                                                         Date
 Item    Found    By      Location   Reason for Negative Response           Resolved          Resolved   Resolution
                                                                            YES / NO
                                                                            YES / NO
                                                                            YES / NO
                                                                            YES / NO
                                                                            YES / NO




                                                        DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                            CV-23 51 00 – Breechings, Chimneys and Stacks-3
Intentional blank page
 Based on DSF
    Master                             Construction Verification Checklist
 Specification      CV-23 52 00 – Sealed Combustion, Modular (Non Condensing - Condensing)
 Dated 8/10/07                                      Boilers




                                         Equipment Type:       Sealed Combustion, Modular (Non
                                                               Condensing - Condensing) Boilers
                                                   Tag #:
                                                Location:
                                                  Spec #:      23 52 00
                                                 System:
                                   Checklist Tracking ID:


Instructions:
     1.       Checklists are organized in groups by installation phase. Each phase is assigned a given responsible contractor which
              is solely responsible for the construction verification items defined within that group.
     2.       Checklists are to be completed in accordance with the stage of delivery, installation or start-up by the individuals
              responsible for installation.
     3.       Circle Yes or No, or provide the requested information for each checklist item.
     4        If the information requested for a checklist item is not listed or the item does not apply to the given unit or system, list
              it as “N/A” and provide the reasoning under the negative responses section.
     5.       Explain all discrepancies or negative responses in the negative responses section of the checklist. All discrepancies,
              negative and “N/A” responses must be defined.
     6.       At the completion of each checklist group the party responsible for completion of the checklist group is to mark that
              group as complete by the provided checkbox, initial and date the checklist group in the space provided. Note
              completion of the checklist group is defined as the complete response to each checklist item within the group including
              negative responses and the completion of all delivery, installation or start-up tasks related to the equipment for that
              group.
     7.       Provide checklist to lead contractor at completion of each work day.

Group/Item Group/Task Description                                                                   Submitted              Delivered
    A      MODEL VERIFICATION
         1 Manufacturer
         2 Model
         3 Serial Number
         4 Total Input / Output Capacity (MBH)                                                            /                     /
         5 Gas inlet pressure (psi)
         6 Voltage / Phase / Frequency (V / - / Hz)                                                  /         /           /         /
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                                 INITIALS:                                          DATE:

Group/Item       Group/Task Description                                                                         Response
    B            PHYSICAL CHECKS
         1       Unit is free from physical damage.                                                      YES                   NO
         2       The water and gas openings are sealed with plastic plugs.                               YES                   NO
         3       All components present.                                                                 YES                   NO
         4       Installation and startup manual provided.                                               YES                   NO
         5       Unit tags affixed.                                                                      YES                   NO

                                                        DSF Project No. 11E2N
                        CV-23 52 00 – Sealed Combustion, Modular (Non Condensing - Condensing) Boilers-1
Based on DSF
   Master                             Construction Verification Checklist
Specification      CV-23 52 00 – Sealed Combustion, Modular (Non Condensing - Condensing)
Dated 8/10/07                                      Boilers




Group/Item Group/Task Description                                                                   Response
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                                INITIALS:                              DATE:

Group/ItemGroup/Task Description                                                                     Response
    C     INSTALLATION
         1Unit located indoors and protected from freezing temperatures.                     YES                NO
         2Unit not located near an air-moving device.                                        YES                NO
         3Proper clearances from combustible surfaces maintained per                         YES                NO
          manufacturer’s instructions and applicable codes.
       4 Installation area free of corrosive elements and flammable materials.               YES                NO
       5 Unit is set on concrete housekeeping pad and is level.                              YES                NO
       6 Unit secured as required by manufacturer and specifications.                        YES                NO
       7 Equipment location coordinated with piping, ductwork, conduit and                   YES                NO
          equipment of other trades to allow sufficient clearances.
       8 Adequate clearance around unit for service.                                         YES                NO
       9 All components accessible for maintenance.                                          YES                NO
      10 Unit labeled and is easy to see.                                                    YES                NO
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                           INITIALS:                                 DATE:

Group/Item      Group/Task Description                                                               Response
    D           VENTILATION AND COMBUSTION AIR SUPPLY
         1      Fresh air not taken from areas that contain negative pressure producing      YES                NO
                devices.
          2     Fresh air supply free of corrosive elements and flammable vapors.            YES                NO
          3     Fresh air openings located correctly with consideration given to the         YES                NO
                blocking effect of louvers and grilles.
       4
       5
       6
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                                INITIALS:                              DATE:

Group/ItemGroup/Task Description                                                                     Response
    E     VENT PIPE SYSTEM
         1Vent pipe system in accordance with “National Fuel Gas Code”, NFPA 54,             YES                NO
          ANSI Z223.1-Latest Edition or prevailing provisions of local codes.
       2 Overall ductwork length and restrictions comply with manufacturer                   YES                NO
          requirements.
       3 Flue way, draft hood or vent pipe system not obstructed in any way.                 YES                NO
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                         INITIALS:                                   DATE:

Group/Item      Group/Task Description                                                               Response

                                                       DSF Project No. 11E2N
                       CV-23 52 00 – Sealed Combustion, Modular (Non Condensing - Condensing) Boilers-2
Based on DSF
   Master                             Construction Verification Checklist
Specification      CV-23 52 00 – Sealed Combustion, Modular (Non Condensing - Condensing)
Dated 8/10/07                                      Boilers




Group/ItemGroup/Task Description                                                                    Response
    F     WATER PIPING
         1All piping components have been installed (in the correct order) as required      YES                NO
          by contract document or manufacturer.
       2 Piping arranged for ease of unit removal.                                          YES                NO
       3 Piping supported as required by specifications.                                    YES                NO
       4 Piping is clean.                                                                   YES                NO
       5 Unit connected to water supply, return, and drain piping using unions or           YES                NO
          flanges and isolation valves.
       6 Dielectric fittings installed to isolate dis-similar pipe materials.               YES                NO
       7 Piping and valves properly checked and free of leaks.                              YES                NO
       8 Thermometers and pressure gauges supplied on supply and return lines.              YES                NO
       9 Balancing valve supplied for each boiler branch (multiple boiler                   YES                NO
          arrangements only).
      10 Piping insulation is complete and installed as per specifications.                 YES                NO
      11 All valves and test ports are easily accessible.                                   YES                NO
      12 Valve tags attached.                                                               YES                NO
      13 Pressure and temperature relief valve(s) for correct pressure and                  YES                NO
          temperature installed.
      14 Pressure and temperature relief valve(s) piped with sufficient pipe diameter       YES                NO
          to drain designed for boiling water.
      15 Drain valve provided.                                                              YES                NO
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                              INITIALS:                             DATE:

Group/Item      Group/Task Description                                                              Response
    G           Not Used)
                                                                                            YES                NO

Group/Item Group/Task Description                                                                   Response
    H      GAS PIPING
         1 Gas supply is the same type as listed on the unit data plate.                    YES                NO
         2 Pressure reducing valves provide correct pressure to unit.                       YES                NO
         3 Gas cock / valve and union provided on gas supply.                               YES                NO
         4 Drip / dirt leg and cap provided on gas supply.                                  YES                NO
         5 Pressure relief valves are piped to outdoors.                                    YES                NO
         6 Piping and valves properly checked and free of leaks.                            YES                NO
         7 Proper gas train provided (FM/IRI arrangements).                                 YES                NO
         8 Gas utility company inspected installation (if required).                        YES                NO
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                            INITIALS:                               DATE:

Group/Item      Group/Task Description                                                              Response

                                                     DSF Project No. 11E2N
                      CV-23 52 00 – Sealed Combustion, Modular (Non Condensing - Condensing) Boilers-3
Based on DSF
   Master                             Construction Verification Checklist
Specification      CV-23 52 00 – Sealed Combustion, Modular (Non Condensing - Condensing)
Dated 8/10/07                                      Boilers




Group/Item Group/Task Description                                                                    Response
    I      ELECTRICAL
         1 Local disconnect installed in accessible and visible location.                    YES                NO
         2 All electrical connections are tight.                                             YES                NO
         3 All electrical components are grounded.                                           YES                NO
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                            INITIALS:                                DATE:

Group/Item      Group/Task Description                                                               Response
    J           CONTROLS INSTALLATION
         1      Control panel accessible and labeled properly.                               YES                NO
         2      Remote start and stop wiring installed and communication verified.           YES                NO
         3      Remote status wiring installed and communication verified.                   YES                NO
         4      Remote alarm wiring installed and communication verified.                    YES                NO
         5      Hot water temperature reset signal verified and programmed.                  YES                NO
         6      Actuators installed and calibration verified.                                YES                NO
         7      Low water cutoff switch installed and operational.                           YES                NO
         8      High temperature limit sensor installed and programmed per contract          YES                NO
                documents.
           9    High pressure limit sensor installed and programmed per contract             YES                NO
                documents (steam boilers only).
         10     Hot water supply and return temperature sensors installed and                YES                NO
                communication verified.
      11                                                                                     YES                NO
      12 Circulation pump wired and operational (if applicable).                             YES                NO
      13 Test ports installed near all control sensors.                                      YES                NO
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                            INITIALS:                                DATE:

Group/ItemGroup/Task Description                                                                     Response
    K     MECHANICAL STARTUP
         1System flushed, filled, and air purged.                                            YES                NO
         2Burner adjusted to proper settings and CO2, CO, and combustion                     YES                NO
          efficiencies are acceptable.
       3 System starts and runs without any unusual noise or vibration.                      YES                NO
       4 Pressure and temperature relief valve(s) set to proper pressure and                 YES                NO
          temperature and manually checked for functionality.
       5 Manufacturer's startup checklist completed and attached.                            YES                NO
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                          INITIALS:                                  DATE:

Group/Item      Group/Task Description                                                               Response
    L           CONTROLS STARTUP
         1      Low water cut off sequence verified and acceptable.                          YES                NO


                                                      DSF Project No. 11E2N
                       CV-23 52 00 – Sealed Combustion, Modular (Non Condensing - Condensing) Boilers-4
Based on DSF
   Master                            Construction Verification Checklist
Specification     CV-23 52 00 – Sealed Combustion, Modular (Non Condensing - Condensing)
Dated 8/10/07                                     Boilers




Group/Item Group/Task Description                                                                Response
         2 High temperature limit sequence verified and acceptable.                         YES                  NO
         3 High pressure limit sequence verified and acceptable (steam boilers only).       YES                  NO
         4 Flame safety sequences verified and acceptable.                                  YES                  NO
         5 Heating sequence verified and acceptable.                                        YES                  NO
         6 Temperature reset schedule verified and acceptable.                              YES                  NO
         7 Lead/lag sequence verified and acceptable.                                       YES                  NO
 CHECKLIST GROUP COMPLETE                           INITIALS:                                DATE:

Negative Responses
Group/      Date    Found                                                       Date
 Item      Found     By        Reason for Negative Response      Resolved      Resolved             Resolution
                                                                 YES / NO
                                                                 YES / NO
                                                                 YES / NO
                                                                 YES / NO
                                                                 YES / NO




                                                    DSF Project No. 11E2N
                      CV-23 52 00 – Sealed Combustion, Modular (Non Condensing - Condensing) Boilers-5
Intentional blank page
Based on DSF Master Specification Dated 4/1/08




                        Testing, Adjusting and Balancing Verification Test (FPT-23 05 93)
Test Duration
Date:                             Start Time:                               End Time

Estimated Duration:
Cx Provider(s):




Objectives
This test is performed to verify the accuracy of the testing, adjusting and balancing completed for the facility.
Instrumentation
AABC or NEBB specified equipment with specified accuracies.
Sampling Methodology
   1. Major equipment air flow (i.e. AHU’s, fans, etc.): Sample air flow performance of 100 % of all major equipment shown in
       the construction documents for all sample points indicated.
   2. Major equipment water flow (i.e. AHU’s, Chillers, Boilers, pumps, etc.): Sample water flow performance of 100 % of all
       major equipment shown in the construction documents for all sample points indicated.

Procedure
For each of the sample points listed under the results section, re-test the point in accordance with the procedures detailed within
specification section 23 05 93. Verify procedures utilized concur with these documents and record findings in the results section
below. In addition, for each point tested record the measured value and verify the result is within 10% of the original value recorded
and within the specified tolerances of the design setting for the point.

Results
Sample Point Name                Procedure         Design       T&B        Commission        Tolerance        Within         Notes
                                 Compliant                     Report         Test          Within 10%        Tolerance
                                                                Final                        of T & B         Specified in
                                                               Reading                      Report Final      23 05 93
                                                                                              Reading
Pump P-1 – GPM                  ��YES ��NO                                                    ��YES ��NO          ��YES ��NO
Pump P-2– GPM                   ��YES ��NO                                                    ��YES ��NO          ��YES ��NO
Boiler B-1 Pump                 ��YES ��NO                                                    ��YES ��NO          ��YES ��NO
Boiler B-2 Pump                 ��YES ��NO                                                    ��YES ��NO          ��YES ��NO




                                                        DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                             FPT-23 05 93-1
Based on DSF Master Specification Dated 4/1/08




Sample Point Name                Procedure        Design       T&B        Commission        Tolerance       Within           Notes
                                 Compliant                    Report         Test          Within 10%       Tolerance
                                                               Final                        of T & B        Specified in
                                                              Reading                      Report Final     23 05 93
                                                                                             Reading




Conclusion
Acceptable Criteria: All points listed are within listed tolerances of design and original recordings and were recorded in accordance
with TAB plan and/or NEBB standards.

    Comments:


    Observations:


    Final Status:  Accepted         Not Accepted
Relevant Trend Data
Static Pressure Setpoint (VFD fans ONLY), Hydronic Loop Differential Setpoint (VFD pumps ONLY).




                                                       DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                            FPT-23 05 93-2
Based on DSF Master Specification Dated 4/1/08




Witnesses
Name                                                         Signature




                                                 DSF Project No. 11E2N

                                                    FPT-23 05 93-3
Intentional blank page
                      Based on DSF Master Specification Dated 8/10/07


          Pumps Functional Performance Test (FPT-23 21 23)
Test Duration
Date:                            Start Time:                               End Time

Estimated Duration:
Cx Provider(s):



Applicable Equipment:

Objectives
This test is performed to investigate the functionality of HVAC pumps.
Instrumentation
                               Instrument                       Accuracy                    Measurement
                                   N/A                            N/A                           N/A
Stated Sequence

See Boiler Control
All units and all sequences.
Procedure
    1. Lead/Lag (if applicable)
           a. Have associated system or BAS call for lead pump to energize.
           b. Verify that pumps are energized.
           c. De-energize pumps via local disconnect switch.
Results

Conclusion
Acceptable Criteria: All setpoints comply with contract documents. Unit complies with all stated sequences in full.
 All alarm and safeties operate per specified sequence and initiate appropriate alarm conditions at the BAS head end.


    Comments:


    Observations:


    Final Status:  Accepted        Not Accepted
Witnesses
Name                                                                  Signature




                                                      DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                           FPT-23 21 23-1
Intentional blank page
                       Based on DSF Master Specification Dated 8/10/07


          Boiler Functional Performance Test (FPT-23 52 00)
Test Duration
Date:                              Start Time:                                End Time

Estimated Duration:
Cx Provider(s):



Applicable Equipment:


Objectives
This test is performed to investigate the ability of the boiler to provide heating water or steam for the facility.
Instrumentation
                                Instrument                         Accuracy                      Measurement
                                    N/A                              N/A                            N/A
Stated Sequence

Supervisory controller shall energize the boilers (and their respective circulating pump) and system pumps automatically when the
outside air temperature reaches the set point adjustable from 40 to 100 degrees F. Set for 55 degrees.

The entire system shall be controlled in accordance with boiler manufacturer's instructions. The signal center shall control the
sequence of boilers to fire to meet the load balance between outdoor temperature and water temperature in the return line.

The dedicated boiler pumps shall run for up to 5 minutes (adjustable) after the boiler stops firing or shall be provided with a sensor to
prevent the boiler temperature from rising and tripping the temperature limit.

The system return temperature shall vary according to the following schedule:

                                                                 OA        HWR
                                                                 -15°F     180°F
                                                                  50°F     150°F

It is recommended that the first boiler be brought on at 5 degrees below set point. The firing rate shall be modulated to hold set point.
When the firing rate reaches 90% and fires at this rate for more than 6 minutes, (adjustable) the second boiler shall be energized and
both boilers burners shall be modulated in unison to meet the set point. When the boilers firing rates goes to or below 33%
(adjustable), the lag boiler shall be turned off and the lead boiler shall run to meet set point. Provide lead/lag rotation

Provide a 140 degree low limit on the return water temperature
The internal boiler operating limits shall be set at 220 degrees (adjustable) and the high limit shall be set at 240 degrees (adjustable.)
Sampling Set
All units and all sequences.
Procedure
    1. Hot Water Temperature Reset
           a. Verify boilers are in occupied mode. If not override system into occupied mode.
           b. Record outside air temperature and hot water supply temperature.
           c. Override outside air temperature to be 10º above current outside air temperature.
           d. Verify hot water temperature decreases with override proportionally.
           e. Override outside air temperature to be 10º below current outside air temperature.
           f. Verify hot water temperature increases with override proportionally.

                                                              DSF Project No.

                                                              FPT-23 52 00-1
                  Based on DSF Master Specification Dated 8/10/07


         g. Return outside air temperature to normal operation.
2.   Staging Up
         a. Override hot water temperature set point to be 15º above current                                               reading.
         b. Verify lead boiler circulation pump energizes and lead boiler fires at low fire.
         c. Record the hot water supply and return temperatures, as well as the time lead boiler started.
         d. Lower the delay time between all stages to a maximum of 3 minutes.
         e. Verify lead boiler modulates to high fire after three minutes at low fire setting.
         f. Record the hot water supply and return temperatures.
         g. Verify lag boiler circulation pump energizes and lag boiler fires at low fire after lead boiler has been under operation
             at high fire for 3 minutes.
         h. Record the hot water supply and return temperatures.
         i. Verify lag boiler modulates to high fire after three minutes at low fire setting.
         j. Record the hot water supply and return temperatures.
         k. Repeat steps g to j for each additional lag boiler present.
         l. Verify lead and lag boilers continue to operate until hot water temperature set point is achieved and record time.
3.   Staging Down
         a. With all boilers firing, lower hot water temperature set point to be 15º below current reading.
         b. Record the hot water supply and return temperatures, as well as the time test started.
         c. Verify lag boiler(s) modulates to low fire after 3 minutes at new setpoint.
         d. Record the hot water supply and return temperatures.
         e. Verify lag boiler(s) shuts down after operation at low fire for 3 minutes.
         f. Verify lag boiler(s) circulation pump de-energizes thirty seconds after lag boiler(s) has shut down.
         g. Record the hot water supply and return temperatures.
         h. Verify lead boiler modulates to low fire after 3 minutes has passed since last lag boiler(s) shut down.
         i. Record the hot water supply and return temperatures.
         j. Verify lead boiler shuts down after operation at low fire for 3 minutes.
         k. Verify lead boiler circulation pump de-energizes thirty seconds after lead boiler has shut down.
         l. Record time of lead boiler shut down.
         m. Return system and settings to normal mode and original set points.
4.   Minimum Boiler Flow (primary pumping systems ONLY)
         a. Override hot water temperature set point to be 5º above current reading.
         b. Verify one boiler pump energizes and boiler fires at low fire.
         c. Override all control valves to close in hot water system. For 3-way valves ensure valves are set to bypass coil.
         d. Verify boiler has minimum flow per manufacturer requirements.
         e. Override all 3-way valves to coil.
         f. Verify boiler has minimum flow per manufacturer requirements.
         g. Override all control valves to close in hot water system. For 3-way valves ensure valves are set to bypass coil.
         h. Shut down ON boiler via local disconnect.
         i. Verify lag boiler pump energizes and lag boiler fires at low fire.
         j. Verify boiler has minimum flow per manufacturer requirements.
         k. Override all 3-way valves to coil.
         l. Verify boiler has minimum flow per manufacturer requirements.
         m. Override all control valves to close in hot water system. For 3-way valves ensure valves are set to bypass coil.
         n. Shut down ON boiler via local disconnect.
         o. Repeat steps ix through xiv for each lag boiler.
         p. Return system to normal operation and conditions.
5.   Unoccupied Mode
         a. Change the current time to be in unoccupied mode.
         b. Verify all connected loads to hot water system are also in unoccupied mode and not operational.
         c. Override boilers and pump to normal.
         d. Verify boilers and pumps do not come ON.
         e. Manually start one load served by the hot water system.
         f. Verify boilers and pumps are energized.
         g. Manually shut down the energized air handling unit from step e.
         h. Verify boilers and pumps shut down in accordance with proper cool down and minimum run times for boilers.
         i. Return system to and equipment to normal operations and occupied mode.

                                                       DSF Project No.

                                                       FPT-23 52 00-2
                      Based on DSF Master Specification Dated 8/10/07


    6.   Alarms and Safeties
             a. With lead boiler ON in occupied mode (adjust hot water temperature                                          set point
                 if necessary), manually shut OFF boiler via disconnect.
             b. Verify lag boiler energizes and alarm is generated at local control panel and/or BAS head end.
             c. Repeat steps a and b for each lag boiler.
             d. Return all boilers to normal operating conditions.
             e. With lead boiler ON in occupied mode (adjust hot water temperature set point if necessary), shut down circulation
                 pump for boiler via disconnect.
             f. Verify low flow alarm is initiated at local control panel and/or BAS head end and boiler shuts down.
             g. Repeat steps e and f for each lag boiler.
             h. Return all boilers to normal operating conditions.
             i. With lead boiler ON in occupied mode (adjust hot water temperature set point if necessary), lower high temperature
                 limit set point to be below current hot water temperature reading.
             j. Verify boiler shuts down and alarm is initiated at local control panel and/or BAS head end and boiler shuts down.
             k. Repeat steps i and j for each lag boiler.
             l. Return all boilers to normal operating conditions.
             m. With lead boiler ON in occupied mode (adjust hot water temperature set point if necessary), jump or remove wires
                 or close gas valve, as appropriate, to simulate an unsafe gas condition.
             n. Verify boiler shuts down and alarm is initiated at local control panel and/or BAS head end and boiler shuts down.
             o. Repeat steps m and n for each lag boiler.
             p. Return all boilers to normal operating conditions.
             q. With lead boiler ON in occupied mode (adjust hot water temperature set point if necessary), locate and trip EPO
                 (Emergency Power Off) switch.
             r. Verify boiler goes into emergency shutdown operations, an audible alarm is sounded in room, and an alarm is
                 initiated at local control panel and/or BAS head end.
             s. Return all boilers to normal operating conditions.
    7.   FULLY MODULATING BURNERS
             a. Repeat all procedures listed for hot water boiler applications. Modify tests to accommodate fully modulating
                 burners by adapting stage steps to coincide with boiler management system capacity percentages provided by
                 manufacturer.
Results
Hot Water Temperature Reset:
 Outside Air Temperature #1:
 Heating Water Setpoint #1:
 Outside Air Temperature #2:
 Heating Water Setpoint #2:

Hot water temperature setpoint adjusts proportionally with increases/decreases with outside air temperature?
                                                                                                   YES      NO

Staging Up:
 Starting HWS Temperature:
 Starting HWR Temperature:

 Boiler Tag
 Time Boiler Started:
 HWR Temperature at Low Fire Start:
 HWS Temperature at High Fire Start:

 Time Setpoint Reached:

Staging Down:
 Starting HWS Temperature:
 Starting HWR Temperature:

                                                          DSF Project No.

                                                           FPT-23 52 00-3
                      Based on DSF Master Specification Dated 8/10/07




 Boiler Tag:
 HWR Temperature at Low Fire Start:
 HWS Temperature at Boiler Shut Down:
 Time Boiler Shut Down:

 Time All Boilers Shut Down:

Boiler circulation pumps do not de-energize until 30 seconds after associated boiler has shut down?
                                                                                                   YES           NO

Minimum Boiler Flow (primary pumping systems ONLY):
 Boiler Tag:
 Boiler maintains minimum flow with all loads bypassed or isolated?          YES         YES         YES         YES         YES         YES

                                                                             NO          NO          NO          NO          NO          NO
 Boiler maintains minimum flow with all 2-way valved loads isolated          YES         YES         YES         YES         YES         YES
 and all 3-way valved loads open to load?
                                                                             NO          NO          NO          NO          NO          NO

Unoccupied Mode:
Boilers do not fire when placed into unoccupied mode?                                                 YES        NO
Boilers fire when load is sensed on hot water system during unoccupied mode?                          YES        NO

Alarms and Safeties:
 Boiler Tag:
 Lead/lag operation for boiler is operational and acceptable?          YES         YES         YES         YES         YES         YES

                                                                       NO          NO          NO          NO          NO          NO
 Low flow alarm sequence is operational and acceptable?                YES         YES         YES         YES         YES         YES

                                                                       NO          NO          NO          NO          NO          NO
 High temperature limit sequence is operational and acceptable?        YES         YES         YES         YES         YES         YES

                                                                       NO          NO          NO          NO          NO          NO
 Flame failure sequence is operational and acceptable?                 YES         YES         YES         YES         YES         YES

                                                                       NO          NO          NO          NO          NO          NO
 EPO switch sequence is operational and acceptable?                    YES         YES         YES         YES         YES         YES

                                                                       NO          NO          NO          NO          NO          NO

STEAM
Identical results to be recorded as specified for hot water applications. Modify results table to accommodate monitoring and
recording of steam supply pressure and set points in lieu of hot water temperature.

FULLY MODULATING BURNERS
Identical results to be recorded as specified for hot water applications. Modify results tables to include capacity percentages for
staging of burners and HWS and HWR temperatures and times at transfer to each stage.
Conclusion
Acceptable Criteria: Hot water temperature reset schedule adjusts hot water temperature setpoint in proportion to outside air
temperature per contract documents. Boiler staging and firing corresponds to designated heating sequence for facility with minimal
hunting. Whereas minimal hunting corresponds to hot water temperature readings differ from hot water temperature set point by no

                                                            DSF Project No.

                                                            FPT-23 52 00-4
                      Based on DSF Master Specification Dated 8/10/07


more than ±2º. All alarm and safeties operate per specified sequence and initiate                      appropriate alarm
conditions at local control panel and/or BAS head end.

    Comments:


    Observations:


    Final Status:  Accepted         Not Accepted
Relevant Trend Data
Boiler status, HWS temperature, HWR temperature, HWS setpoint, pump status, outside air temperature.

STEAM
Boiler status, steam pressure, steam pressure setpoint, outside air temperature.
Witnesses
Name                                                                   Signature




                                                           DSF Project No.

                                                            FPT-23 52 00-5
Intentional blank page
 1                                      SECTION 07 53 23
 2                        ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER ROOFING
 3                            BASED ON DSF MASTER SPECIFICATION DATED (R02/23/11)
 4
 5
 6                                              PART 1 - GENERAL
 7
 8   SCOPE
 9   The work under this section includes all labor, material, equipment and related services necessary to cut
10   and patch an existing fully-adhered EPDM membrane, and associated system components including metal
11   flashing and all roof related construction and insulation.
12
13   Note to Contractor: See GENERAL REQUIREMENT, Article 28.                              CONSTRUCTION WASTE
14   MANAGEMENT. “In accordance with the Department of Administration’s management practice, all
15   contractors shall reduce, reuse, salvage, and/or recycle construction waste to the extent that is feasible.”
16   Roofing materials removed and disposed of by this project are intended to be recycled. Contractor shall make
17   an effort to locate a recycling site nearest the project for delivery of all materials not intended for reuse by this
18   project. See further instructions at: “TECHNICAL SUBMITTALS AND OTHER DOCUMENTS”.
19
20
21   PART 1 - GENERAL
22      Scope
23      Related Work
24      Reference Standards
25      Guarantee
26      Quality Assurance
27      Product Delivery, Storage and Handling
28      Technical Submittals and Other Documents
29      Site Conditions
30   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
31      Membrane Materials
32      Insulation
33      Miscellaneous
34   PART 3 - EXECUTION
35      Examination
36      Substrate Preparation
37      Installation of New Roof System
38      Cleaning
39
40   RELATED WORK
41   Applicable provisions of Division 1 shall govern work under this Section. The Contractor shall consult
42   these provisions in detail prior to proceeding with work.
43
44   In the event that the Contractor wishes to make improvements in materials and/or techniques, or is required
45   to make improvements by his material manufacturer in order to obtain guarantees/warranties, he shall make
46   written request stating in full the nature of the proposed changes and stating that the changes, if approved,
47   will be accomplished at no increase in cost.
48
49   REFERENCE STANDARDS
50   ANSI/SPRI – American National Standards Institute/Single Ply Roofing Institute.
51

                                                DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    07 53 23 - 1 -
 1   ASTM D4637 - Vulcanized Rubber Sheet used in Single Ply Roof Membrane.
 2
 3   NRCA - Roofing and Waterproofing Manual.
 4
 5   UL - Fire Hazard Classifications.
 6
 7   GUARANTEE
 8   State of Wisconsin Roof System Guarantee: Provide written five (5) year guarantee warranting all roofing
 9   and flashing required under contract, to be watertight and free from defects in materials or workmanship
10   for period of time, as stipulated in guarantee form.
11
12   Contractor shall perform a minimum of two (2) roof system inspections during the term of this guarantee
13   with final inspection performed within last 6-months of term. Submit written inspection reports to DSF
14   Project Manager and Agency Representative prior to guarantee expiration.
15
16           It is recommended that the Contractor take digital photos of the finished work for their files and
17           future reference.
18
19   A copy of the required State of Wisconsin Roof System Guarantee form is appended hereto.
20
21   Provide a five year State guarantee for cutting and patching membrane for mechanical and electrical work
22   including penetrations or abandonment of existing roof penetrations that require minor roof system repair,
23   replacement and/or new roofing material installed into a portion of the existing roof system to seam in to
24   the existing roof system membrane to achieve a watertight condition.
25
26   The Contractors Performance-Payment Bond is only required to apply to this trade section during the
27   construction period and the first year of the guarantee period. Said Bond shall not apply to any extended
28   guarantee period beyond the first year. Such extended guarantees are limited to the applicable Contractor
29   and manufacturer as herein specified.
30
31   Elastic Sheet Manufacturer’s Warranty: Provide the elastic sheet manufacturer’s NDL (“No-Dollar-
32   Limit”)/”Total System” warranty covering defects in workmanship, membrane and all associated roof
33   system components supplied by the manufacturer for a period of ten years from the date of installation.
34
35   Include the following information on all guarantee and warranty submittals: State of Wisconsin [Owner],
36   Agency/Location/Address where work is performed, Building Name, Bldg. State Number, Roof Areas,
37   DSF Project Number and total sq. ft. of all roof areas.
38
39           Manufacturer material and installation requirements may vary concerning issuance of the NDL
40           (“No-Dollar-Limit”)/”Total System” warranty**.
41
42           Contractor quote shall include and provide all product(s), labor and installation methods necessary
43           and as specified herein, including manufacturer requirements not found specified herein, as
44           required by the approved manufacturer to obtain the specified warranty requested herein.
45
46           New membrane, insulation, shop fabricated and/or manufacturer fabricated metal flashing, pre-
47           molded and/or factory supplied associated roof system products, their fasteners and/or all products
48           used for adhesive and/or adherence purposes and sealants shall be covered by the manufacturer
49           NDL (“No-Dollar-Limit”)/”Total System” warranty specified herein and the State Guarantee.
50


                                              DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                  07 53 23 - 2 -
 1           Existing re-installed metal flashing and new wood blocking securement shall be covered in the
 2           State guarantee but not the manufacturer NDL (“No-Dollar-Limit”)/”Total System” warranty
 3           specified herein.
 4
 5   QUALITY ASSURANCE
 6
 7   Roofing Contractor shall be recognized by the manufacturer of the roof membrane system as an
 8   “approved” or “authorized” Contractor applicator of their system and all associated products. Within the
 9   past five (5) years, the contractor shall be able to document the successful completion of a minimum of
10   three (3) projects of similar size and scope of the work specified in this section.
11
12           Submittal: One (1) copy of the manufacturer’s current written documentation stating the Roofing
13           Contractor is an ”approved Contractor applicator” in good standing, for the work specified herein
14           shall to be submitted to DSF at the preconstruction meeting. Document shall be up to date,
15           indicate Contractor name, certification status, year of issue and duration of such status.
16
17   Roofing Contractor roofers employed on this project shall be recognized by the manufacturer of the roof
18   membrane system as an “approved” or “authorized” applicator. Within the past three (3) years, the worker
19   shall be able to document the successful completion of a minimum of one (1) project of similar size and
20   scope of the work specified in this section.
21
22   All roofers by trade, and employed on this project shall have a certificate of successful completion of
23   training for the system to be installed. Undocumented roofers shall not be allowed to perform the work
24   required, installing the roof system specified herein.
25
26           Submittal: One (1) copy of the manufacturer certificate of successful completion of training for
27           each roofer employed on this project shall be submitted to DSF at the preconstruction meeting.
28           Document shall be up to date, indicate worker name, certification status, year of issue and
29           duration of such status.
30
31           Submittal: One (1) copy of a list of all workers to be employed on this project shall be submitted
32           to DSF [AE] at the pre-construction meeting. The list shall indicate each workers name and trade.
33           Project supervisor and main contact person shall be identified.
34
35                    List shall include after-hour/weekend emergency phone contact personal and their office
36                    and cell phone numbers.
37
38   Labors, sheet metal workers or other non-roofer employees shall not be allowed to perform the
39   actual installation of any part of the manufacturer guaranteed/warranted roof system required by
40   this section without manufacturer documentation of training as required herein.
41
42           Submittal: One (1) copy of the manufacturer’s most current paper-copy installation and detail
43           manual shall be given to the Agency Representative at the preconstruction meeting.
44
45           Roofing Contractor shall perform work required using details provided within the specifications,
46           on the drawings or as required by the manufacturer for a proper watertight installation and to
47           allow issuance of warranties required herein.
48
49           All components included in the roof system installed by the work required shall be included in the
50           manufacturer watertight warranty for the duration of such warranty required herein. System
51           components required by the work but otherwise not warranted by the manufacturer shall be


                                              DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                  07 53 23 - 3 -
 1            upgraded to be manufacturer specific products at the time of bid such that they are covered by the
 2            warranty required herein.
 3
 4   Provide all equipment recommended by the manufacturer for proper installation of the materials specified.
 5   Roofing installations shall comply with fire resistive rating as defined in the Wisconsin Administrative
 6   Code. Required rating on these roofs: U.L. Class A.
 7
 8   Prior to the start of construction, it is required that the Contractor’s superintendent or foreman
 9   shall be in attendance at preconstruction/pre-installation meeting(s).
10
11   It is the responsibility of the Agency to perform inspection of the roof areas to be replaced by this project
12   and to provide the following services:
13
14        State Agency: Existing Electrical, Plumbing and Mechanical installations and associated equipment
15        pipe and duct runs shall be identified/verified by the State Agency as in use or be spray painted in
16        ORANGE by the Agency if they are abandoned or shall be abandoned and shall be removed by this
17        roofing Contractor, and verify that the electrical run is terminated, prior to start of work by
18        Contractor. Electrical conduct runs lying directly on the existing roof membrane shall be relocated by
19        the Agency prior to start of work.
20
21   PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
22   Make no deliveries to the project site until ready to install or approved storage is provided. The State will
23   not accept delivery nor will the State be responsible for any materials or equipment stored on the premises.
24
25   Deliver materials in the manufacturer's original, unopened containers and rolls with labels intact and
26   legible.
27
28   Deliver materials in sufficient quantity to allow continuity of work.
29
30   Materials used on the job must be stored in such a manner as not to create a nuisance or hazard.
31
32   Store materials on clean, raised platforms, with breathable, weather protective covering when stored
33   outdoors. Provide continuous protection from materials against weathering and moisture absorption.
34   Factory applied "shrink-wrapping" is not considered to be an acceptable weather protective covering.
35   Improper storage practices will be grounds for rejection of questionable materials.
36
37   Store primers, coatings, sealants and similar materials between 60 degrees and 80 degrees Fahrenheit.
38
39   DO NOT store materials in a manner which will overload any portion of the building.
40
41   Handle all materials in a manner which will not damage the material. All damaged materials shall be
42   removed from project site.
43
44   Select and operate material handling equipment and store materials as not to damage existing construction
45   or applied roofing, and without overloading the building structural system.
46
47   TECHNICAL SUBMITTALS AND OTHER DOCUMENTS
48   At the preconstruction meeting and prior to start of work, submit the following for approval to DSF
49   Project Manager.
50
51   The following information shall be included on all submitted documents:

                                                DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    07 53 23 - 4 -
 1
 2        Agency/Location/Address where work is performed, Building Name, Bldg. State Number, Roof
 3        Areas, DSF Project Number and total sq. ft. of all roof areas.
 4
 5   MANUFACTURER INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS: Provide one (1) copy of the manufacturer’s
 6   most current installation/instruction and detail manual concerning the installation of the roof system
 7   and all associated products that will be used in this project to be turned over to the Agency Representative
 8   at the preconstruction meeting.
 9
10   RECYCLED MATERIALS: Three (3) copies of a completed Waste Management Plan to DSF for
11   review. Include recycle business name, address, contact, and phone number where all recycled roofing
12   material removed by this project will be delivered.
13
14        Contractor shall submit a final summary of the progress reports, including the percentage of recycled
15        waste (weight or volume) to the quantity of waste that would have been otherwise land filled.
16
17        Submit recycler receipt for all deliveries showing all received product their weight and % calculation
18        as described in GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, Article 28.
19
20        Material kept for reuse and delivered to the Contractors property or given away at the site by the
21        Contractor shall be identified as well. The total sq. ft/bulk sum of all material shall be recorded and
22        submitted.
23
24   SEE “QUALITY ASSURANCE” HEREIN: One (1) copy of each of the following; Manufacturer’s
25   current written documentation stating the Roofing Contractor is an ”approved applicator” in good standing,
26   for the work specified herein, manufacturer certificate of successful completion of training for each roofer
27   employed, list of all workers to be employed on this project (workers name and trade. Project supervisor
28   and main contact person shall be identified) (List shall include after-hour/weekend emergency phone
29   contact personal and their office and cell phone numbers) and manufacturer’s most current paper-copy
30   installation and detail manual.
31
32   CONTRACTOR AND WORKER QUALIFICATION - SEE “QUALITY ASSURANCE” HEREIN:
33   Three (3) copies as required of each document.
34
35            Submittal: Three (3) copies of the manufacturer certificate of successful completion of training
36            for each roofer employed on this project shall be submitted to DSF at the preconstruction meeting.
37            Document shall be up to date, indicate worker name, certification status, year of issue and
38            duration of such status.
39
40            Submittal: Three (3) copies of a list of all workers to be employed on this project shall be
41            submitted to DSF [AE] at the pre-construction meeting. The list shall indicate each workers name
42            and trade. Project supervisor and main contact person shall be identified.
43
44   MATERIAL LIST: Three (3) copies of a list of all materials used on the project identified by
45   manufacturer's name, size, thickness, type or grade. List shall be submitted on Contractor's letterhead
46   stationery.
47
48   Contractor shall state the following on the material list submittal:
49
50                           “New products installed on this project do not contain asbestos”.
51


                                                DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    07 53 23 - 5 -
 1    ASBESTOS TESTING: Three (3) copies required. Contractor replacing the roof system is required to
 2   take a minimum of two (2) samples of existing roof system(s) encountered to be sent to a testing lab. Each
 3   test result shall properly identify the DSF Project No., project location, bldg. name, bldg. number & roof
 4   area/location where the test sample was taken. Test lab charges shall be the responsibility of the Contractor
 5   at no additional cost to the project.
 6
 7      A Contractor owner or employee shall have taken the exterior asbestos supervisor course and
 8      possess current documentation that they are an ‘Exterior Asbestos Supervisor’ able to take
 9      existing roof system samples as required to be tested for possible asbestos contamination.
10
11
12            Minimum of two test samples on each roof area of existing roof systems, one to be taken in the
13            field of the roof and one at the base flashing.
14
15   ASBESTOS: Three (3) copies of the necessary regulatory notifications for asbestos removal or three (3)
16   copies of core sample test results indicating the roofing materials slated for removal do not contain
17   asbestos. (Refer to General Requirements Article “HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES – ASBESTOS, LEAD
18   AND POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYLS (PCB’S)” for additional information.)
19
20            Test lab results must be submitted prior to start of work]
21
22   SAFETY REPORT
23   One (1) copy of a written report to be given to the Facility Representative at the preconstruction meeting,
24   describing in detail the Contractors implementation of specific OSHA regulations, Contractor’s worker
25   safety program methods/means, roof perimeter safety and identification of the “watch person” required at
26   all roof levels. Identify fire extinguisher and their locations, all equipment/operators on roof/ground in
27   setup/storage area and travel routes used while performing the work.
28
29   Roofing Contractor and supplier shall not scale the bid documents to establish the drain layouts.
30
31   Roofer shall verify that the submitted and approved tapered insulation drawing layout starts at the
32   established drain bowl.
33
34   Tapered insulation installed contrary to the low point of the drain, over flow or scupper locations shall be
35   cause for rejection of the work and therefore shall be removed, at no cost to the project, and re-installed to
36   start at the drain bowl.
37
38   MSDS DATA
39   One (1) copy of all MSDS paperwork for each products used on this project to be given to the Agency
40   Representative at the preconstruction meeting.
41
42   EMERGENCY AND OFFICE CONTACT PHONE LIST: One (1) copy of the Contractor’s office
43   superintendent and job foreman daytime, after hours and weekend phone contact numbers to be given to
44   the Agency Representative at the preconstruction meeting.
45
46   Contractor shall maintain at least one (1) copy of the following at the project site throughout
47   construction:
48
49        Specifications, drawings, addenda, value enhancement, change order and all approved submittals.
50


                                                DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    07 53 23 - 6 -
 1        Latest version of the manufacturer’s handbook including details and technical information concerning
 2        application techniques for all primary roofing system materials required by the work.
 3        Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) manual for all materials used on this project.
 4
 5   FINAL SUBMITTALS - AFTER THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT: Prior to final payment,
 6   submit the following to DSF Project Manager as one (1) package including a cover page listing all
 7   documents sent:
 8
 9   DIGITAL PHOTOS: Provide digital camera photos throughout the project as required by these
10   specifications and/or requested by DSF Project Manager. Contractor shall take multiple digital camera
11   photos of the following to be submitted electronically, via e-mail to DSF Project Manager. Cell phone
12   photos are not acceptable.
13
14           Contractor shall take and submit digital camera photos’s of the various difficult watertight
15           locations and mechanical fastening that will be hidden from view or otherwise concealed beneath
16           the completed work. Multiple photos shall be taken of the entire installation starting at the roof
17           deck and continuing throughout the roof system installation as it progresses in layers, as required
18           per specification
19
20           Contractor shall take and submit digital camera photos’s of all changes to the scope of work to
21           include existing conditions as the work takes place in its various stages of demolition and
22            of the new as it takes place in its various stages.
23
24           Contractor shall take and provide digital camera photos’s of the completed work. Photos shall
25           include the various metal flashing details, transitions and penetration height changes and in
26           general an over-all view of the field of all roof areas. Photos shall be identified by the roof area
27           where photos are taken.
28
29   RECYCLED MATERIALS: Three (3) copies of a completed Waste Management Plan to DSF Project
30   Manager for review. Include recycle business name, address, contact, and phone number where all recycled
31   roofing material removed by this project will be delivered.
32
33       Contractor shall submit a final summary of the progress reports, including the percentage of recycled
34       waste (weight or volume) to the quantity of waste that would have been otherwise land filled.
35
36       Submit recycler receipt for all deliveries showing all received product their weight and % calculation
37       as described in GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, Article 28.
38
39       Material kept for reuse and delivered to the Contractors property or given away at the site by the
40       Contractor shall be identified as well. The total sq. ft/bulk sum of all material shall be recorded and
41       submitted.
42
43   WASTE MANIFEST: Two (2) copies of the Waste Manifest Records to DSF Project Manager if required
44   in accordance with General Requirements Article “HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES – ASBESTOS, LEAD
45   AND POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYLS (PCB’S)”.
46
47   STATE OF WISCONSIN ROOF GUARANTEE: One (1) original copy of guarantee as required herein.
48   (Refer to GUARANTEE article in Part 1 of this Section).
49
50   MANUFACTURER ROOF WARRANTY: One (1) original copy [and two (2) copies] of all membrane
51   warranties as required herein. (Refer to GUARANTEE article in Part 1 of this Section).

                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                   07 53 23 - 7 -
 1
 2   MISCELLANEOUS METAL WARRANTY: One (1) original copy and two (2) copies of manufacturer
 3   warranty as required by Specification Section 07 63 00.
 4
 5   SETTLEMENT CERTIFICATE One (1) copy of each document.
 6
 7        The following information shall be included on all submittal documents.
 8
 9            Agency/Location/Address where work is performed, Building Name, Bldg. State Number, Roof
10            Areas, DSF Project Number and total sq. ft. of all roof areas.
11
12   SITE CONDITIONS
13   Apply roofing in dry weather. All roofing materials installed during rain shall be removed and replaced
14   with dry materials at the Contractor's expense.
15
16   DO NOT apply roofing unless authorized by the DSF Project Representative when the working hours
17   ambient temperature is below 32 degrees Fahrenheit. Under no circumstances will any seaming, flashing
18   or adhesive activities be allowed when the ambient temperature is below 20 degrees Fahrenheit, or the
19   wind chill factor is below 0 degrees Fahrenheit.
20
21   Existing materials designated to remain, which are damaged or defaced as a result of the work shall be
22   replaced at Contractor's expense to like new condition.
23
24   Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductors. Remove roof drain plugs when
25   no work is taking place or when rain is forecast.
26
27   Protection of surfaces:
28
29        Take every precaution to prevent water leakage, or debris falling into the building interior, or other
30        such occurrences. Contractor is responsible for any damage to the building interior, or contents,
31        during reroofing.
32
33        Provide special protection or avoid heavy traffic on completed work. Temporary protection shall be
34        erected/installed at all interior and exterior locations as required to prevent damage and/or marring of
35        the existing surface. Walkways and work platforms shall be provided as necessary.
36
37        Wall surfaces shall be protected with tarpaulins or other suitable cover to prevent damage, staining or
38        discoloration that might result from operations such as removal, disposal, replacement or removing of
39        equipment or materials to the roof surface. Windows, doorways, docks, walkways, etc. may require
40        special protection measures.
41
42   Disposal of materials:
43
44        All materials to be disposed of shall be loaded directly into trucks by means that will prevent damage
45        to existing or new surfaces and to control pollution. Free-fall of debris from heights over 15’ will not
46        be allowed.
47
48        Contractor is responsible for any charges, such as landfill fees, incurred for disposal of materials.
49
50                                             PART 2 - PRODUCTS
51

                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                   07 53 23 - 8 -
 1   MEMBRANE MATERIALS
 2   All products used in this installation shall be compatible with one another and the membrane intended for
 3   use.
 4
 5   Where specific manufacturers are named, products by other manufacturers may be considered equal in
 6   accordance with the provisions of Article 17 of the General Conditions.
 7
 8   Use new materials only; salvaged or used materials are unacceptable.
 9
10   Membrane: ASTM D4637, Type I; black, non-reinforced, 60 mil EPDM (Ethylene Propylene Diene
11   Monomer) elastomer manufactured and supplied by Carlisle SynTec Systems, Firestone Building Products,
12   Johns-Manville, Mulehide or Versico.
13
14   Uncured Flashing: 60 mil, uncured EPDM elastomer as recommended and supplied by the membrane
15   manufacturer.
16
17   Cured Flashing: ASTM D4637, Type I; black, non-reinforced, 60 mil EPDM elastomer as recommended
18   and supplied by the membrane manufacturer.
19
20   Perimeter Securement Strip: ASTM D4637, Type II; reinforced, 60 mil EPDM elastomer as recommended
21   and supplied by the membrane manufacturer.
22
23   MISCELLANEOUS
24   Bonding Adhesives, Cements, Tapes, Sealants and Accessories: As recommended by the surface
25   membrane manufacturer. Adhesives for splicing shall be butyl based.
26
27   Water-Base Adhesives: Are not-acceptable when adhering membrane to insulation over mechanically
28   fastened systems where the fastener plate will be in contact with the underside of the membrane to be
29   adhered to the insulation.
30
31   Termination Bar: ASTM B209, Series 3000, Temper H-14; minimum 0.10" thick, 1.25" wide aluminum
32   with reverse bend for sealant application along top edge.
33
34   Fasteners:
35
36        For Fastening Perimeter Securement Strip: Polymer coated screw and plate as recommended and
37        supplied by the membrane manufacturer.
38
39        For Fastening Membrane to Wood: 1-1/4" galvanized roofing nails through 1" metal discs.
40
41        For Fastening Termination Bar to Concrete or Masonry: Zinc alloy expansion shield with hardened
42        steel pin.
43
44   Pavers: Concrete pavers intended for rooftop use. Standard, nominal 2” x 2’ x 2’ [2" x 8" x 16"].
45
46   Reuse existing saved ballast if applicable.
47
48   Pourable Sealer: 2-part polyurethane or other sealer intended for use by the manufacturer to seal
49   manufacturer approved and supplied pitch pans and other penetrations. Sealer and pitch pan provided shall
50   be included in the manufacture warranty as specified herein or upgrade to be included in such warranty.
51

                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                   07 53 23 - 9 -
 1   Other products, not specifically described, but required for a complete and proper installation of the work
 2   in this section shall be selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the DSF Project
 3   Representative.
 4
 5                                            PART 3 - EXECUTION
 6   EXAMINATION
 7   Examine the areas and conditions under which work in this section will be installed. Bring to the DSF
 8   Project Representative's attention any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the
 9   work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
10
11            Proceeding with the work shall signify the Contractor’s acceptance of the substrate being covered
12            by the new installation.
13
14
15   SUBSTRATE PREPARATION
16   Plan work and take whatever action is necessary to prevent dirt and debris from entering the building
17   during removal of existing roofing materials.
18
19   All vertical surfaces to receive new flashing materials shall be thoroughly cleaned of existing adhesives,
20   sealants, bituminous materials, etc.
21
22   Verify that wood blocking, curbs and nailers are securely anchored and that roof openings and penetrations
23   are in place and set and braced. Verify that roof drains are properly clamped into position.
24
25            Pressure Treated Plywood and Lumber: These products shall not be specified or provided for use
26            in roofing projects as a substrate material intended to receive mechanical fasteners used to secure
27            metal roof panels, panel clips, metal coping, roof penetration curbs cap and Counterflashing, all
28            other metal flashing, roofing insulation and membrane installations that are a part of the roof
29            system.
30
31            The manufacture shall approve of all mechanical fasteners used to secure all roof system
32            components.
33
34   Verify that the substrate is clean, dry and free from sharp projections and depressions and that all surfaces
35   and site conditions are ready to receive new materials.
36
37   INSTALLATION OF NEW ROOF SYSTEM
38    Repair all damage to vapor retarder before installation of first layer of insulation.
39
40   Mechanical fasteners shall be sized to be long enough to fasten into the upper flute of the metal deck only.
41   No fasteners shall be installed that could be long enough to penetrate the lower flute of the metal deck.
42
43        Stagger insulation joints in all layers to include flat stock and tapered insulation, a minimum of 6" in
44        both directions.
45
46        Install insulation boards with edges in moderate contact without forcing. Cut insulation to fit neatly
47        to perimeters of roof areas and around penetrations and projections.
48
49   Provide sumps around all roof drains using tapered insulation as required or detailed. Unless otherwise
50   indicated, sump shall be 48” x 48”. Insulation shall have a constant, gradual slope from the perimeter of the
51   sump to the drain bowl. Severely sloped sumps will be rejected.

                                                DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                   07 53 23 - 10 -
 1
 2   Complete installation of roof drain assembly on a daily basis. Provide new clamping ring-to-bowl
 3   hardware (bolts, clamps, etc.). Replace broken or otherwise unusable clamping rings. Replace broken or
 4   missing strainers with new cast iron strainers.
 5
 6   Install membrane in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the following:
 7
 8        Use largest membrane panels practical to minimize field seams; where necessary, lap all seams in
 9        direction of flow.
10
11        Unroll membrane over the insulation and position without stretching. Allow to relax approximately
12        30 minutes prior to seaming.
13
14        Restrain membrane at the roof perimeter, at higher walls and around all curbed and other penetrations
15        base flashing using mechanically fastened continuous perimeter securement strip/metal termination
16        bar, per manufacturer’s instructions.
17
18        Prior to seaming, thoroughly clean membrane of excess dirt, dust, talc, etc. Scrub sheets with warm
19        soapy water and rinse with clean water to insure clean surfaces.
20
21        When using primers and adhesives, mix all materials by stirring proper lengths of time as
22        recommended by the manufacturer. Consult manufacturer's literature for application techniques
23        regarding use of rollers or brushes.
24
25        All field seams shall be minimum 3". Seams may be made using either adhesives or tapes. After
26        seaming, roll seams with a 2" wide steel roller, using positive pressure. ROLL PERPENDICULAR
27        TO SEAM ONLY.
28
29   Apply flashing to seal membrane to vertical elements, at all T-seams and at other appropriate locations in
30   accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the following:
31
32        Cured flashing shall be used over the water-dam portion of the roof edge/fascia at all roof perimeters.
33
34        Uncured flashing shall be used on mechanical equipment curbs, other penetrations and T-seams.
35        (Cured flashing may be substituted for uncured flashing where a minimum of 95% adhesion is
36        obtained.)
37
38        Totally bond (95 to 100%) all flashing to its substrate and round all exposed corners.
39
40        Use a minimum 6” x 6" patch of uncured flashing over T-seams. (A T-seam is defined as two field
41        seams which cross to form a "T".)
42
43        Forming of uncured flashing may be assisted with use of a hot air blower; take care not to overheat or
44        "burn" material.
45
46   Thoroughly clean and apply sealant to all field fabricated seams in the membrane and flashing systems in
47   accordance with the manufacturer's detailed specifications. Sealant shall be applied at the end of each day.
48
49   CLEANING
50   Inspect adjacent roof systems, their drain strainers and the grounds below the work area and remove debris
51   associated with this project.

                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                  07 53 23 - 11 -
1
2   Repair or replace defaced or disfigured finishes caused by work of this Section. In areas where finished
3   surfaces are soiled by asphalt or any other source of soiling caused by work of this Section, consult
4   manufacturer of surfaces and manufacture of product causing the stain for cleaning advice, product
5   recommendation and conform to their instructions.
6
7                                         *** END OF SECTION ***




                                             DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                07 53 23 - 12 -
 1                                         SECTION 23 05 00
 2                                  COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
 3                              BASED ON DSF MASTER SPECIFICATION DATED 6/28/10
 4
 5
 6                                          PART 1 - GENERAL
 7
 8   SCOPE
 9   This section includes information common to two or more technical specification sections or items that are
10   of a general nature, not conveniently fitting into other technical sections. Included are the following topics:
11   PART 1 - GENERAL
12            Scope
13            Related Work
14            Reference
15            Reference Standards
16            Quality Assurance
17            Continuity of Existing Services
18            Protection of Finished Surfaces
19            Sleeves and Openings
20            Sealing and Firestopping
21            Submittals
22            Off Site Storage
23            Request and Certification for Payment
24            Certificates and Inspections
25            Operating and Maintenance Data
26            Record Drawings
27   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
28            Identification
29            Sealing and Firestopping
30   PART 3 - EXECUTION
31            Demolition
32            Cutting and Patching
33            Building Access
34            Equipment Access
35            Coordination
36            Identification
37            Lubrication
38            Sleeves
39            Sealing and Firestopping
40            Agency Training
41
42   RELATED WORK
43   Section 01 91 01 – Commissioning Process
44   Section 23 05 13 - Common Motor Requirements for HVAC.
45
46   REFERENCE
47   Applicable provisions of Division 1 govern work under this section.
48
49   REFERENCE STANDARDS
50   Abbreviations of standards organizations referenced in other sections are as follows:
51
52   ABMA              American Boiler Manufacturers Association
53   AGA               American Gas Association
54   ANSI              American National Standards Institute
55   ASHRAE            American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers
56   ASME              American Society of Mechanical Engineers
57   ASTM              American Society for Testing and Materials
58   AWS               American Welding Society
59   EPA               Environmental Protection Agency
60   GAMA              Gas Appliance Manufacturers Association
61   ISA               Instrument Society of America
62   MCA               Mechanical Contractors Association
63   MICA              Midwest Insulation Contractors Association
64   MSS               Manufacturer's Standardization Society of the Valve & Fitting Industry, Inc.


                                                    DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                         23 05 00-1
 1   NBS               National Bureau of Standards
 2   NEBB              National Environmental Balancing Bureau
 3   NEC               National Electric Code
 4   NEMA              National Electrical Manufacturers Association
 5   NFPA              National Fire Protection Association
 6   SMACNA            Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association. Inc.
 7   UL                Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
 8   ASTM E814         Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire Stops
 9   ASTM E84          Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials
10   UL1479            Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops
11   UL723             Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials
12
13   QUALITY ASSURANCE
14   Refer to Division 1, General Conditions, Equals and Substitutions.
15
16   Where equipment or accessories are used which differ in arrangement, configuration, dimensions, ratings,
17   or engineering parameters from those indicated on the contract documents, the contractor is responsible for
18   all costs involved in integrating the equipment or accessories into the system and for obtaining the
19   performance from the system into which these items are placed. This may include changes found necessary
20   during the testing, adjusting, and balancing phase of the project.
21
22   CONTINUITY OF EXISTING SERVICES
23   Do not interrupt or change existing services without prior written approval from the DSF Project
24   Representative. When interruption is required, coordinate the down-time with the user agency to minimize
25   disruption to their activities. Unless specifically stated, all work involved in interrupting or changing
26   existing services is to be done during normal working hours.
27
28   PROTECTION OF FINISHED SURFACES
29   Refer to Division 1, General Requirements, Protection of Finished Surfaces.
30
31   Furnish one can of touch-up paint for each different color factory finish which is to be the final finished
32   surface of the product. Deliver touch-up paint with other "loose and detachable parts" as covered in the
33   General Requirements.
34
35   SLEEVES AND OPENINGS
36   Refer to Division 1, General Requirements, Sleeves and Openings.
37
38   SEALING AND FIRESTOPPING
39   Sealing and firestopping of sleeves/openings between ductwork, piping, etc. and the sleeve, structural or
40   partition opening shall be the responsibility of the contractor whose work penetrates the opening. The
41   contractor responsible shall hire individuals skilled in such work to do the sealing and fireproofing. These
42   individuals hired shall normally and routinely be employed in the sealing and fireproofing occupation.
43
44   SUBMITTALS
45   Refer to Division 1, General Conditions, Submittals.
46
47   Submit for all equipment and systems as indicated in the respective specification sections, marking each
48   submittal with that specification section number. Mark general catalog sheets and drawings to indicate
49   specific items being submitted and proper identification of equipment by name and/or number, as indicated
50   in the contract documents.
51
52   Before submitting electrically powered equipment, verify that the electrical power and control requirements
53   for the equipment are in agreement with the motor starter schedule on the electrical drawings. Include a
54   statement on the shop drawing transmittal to the architect/engineer that the equipment submitted and the
55   motor starter schedule are in agreement or indicate any discrepancies. See related comments in Section
56   23 05 13 in Part 1 under Electrical Coordination.
57
58   Include wiring diagrams of electrically powered equipment.
59
60   Submit sufficient quantities of shop drawings to allow the following distribution:
61            Operating and Maintenance Manuals                              2 copies
62            Testing, Adjusting and Balancing Contractor                    1 copy
63            Division of State Facilities                                   1 copy
64            A/E                                                            1 copy
65

                                                    DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                         23 05 00-2
 1   Not more than two weeks after award of contract but before any shop drawings are submittal, the contractor
 2   shall submit the following piping system data sheet for each piping service on the project. The approved
 3   piping system data sheet(s) will be made available to the DSF Project Representative for their use on this
 4   project.
 5
 6   Item                       Pipe Size        Service                                                 Remarks
 7   Pipe                       2" & smaller      Heating
 8                              2.5" - 4"
 9
10   Fittings                   2" & smaller      Heating
11                              2.5" & larger
12   Nipples                                     Heating
13   Branch takeoffs            2" & smaller
14   D=main, d=branch           2.5" & larger
15   Ball valves                2" & smaller     Heating
16   Butterfly                  2.5" & larger    Heating
17   Balancing valves           2" & smaller     Heating
18                              2.5" & larger
19   Triple duty valves         2" & smaller     Heating
20                              2.5" & larger
21   Strainers                  2" & smaller     Heating
22                              2.5" & larger
23   Thermometers               Mfr & scale      Heating
24   Press gauges               Mfr & scale      Heating
25   Insulation by pipe size    less than 1.25" Heating
26   (Type & thickness)         1.25"-2"
27                              2.5"-4"
28                              5"-6"
29                              over 6"
30   Hangers                    Type, mfr & figure no.
31   Hanger accessories
32   Pipe identification                          Heating
33
34   OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
35   All operations and maintenance data shall comply with the submission and content requirements specified
36   under section GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
37
38   OFF SITE STORAGE
39   Prior approval by DSF and the A/E will be needed. The contractor shall submit Storage Agreement Form
40   AD-BDC-74 to DSF for consideration of off site materials storage.
41
42   Generally, ductwork, metal for making ductwork, duct lining, sleeves, pipe/pipe fittings and similar
43   rough-in material will not be accepted for off site storage. For material that can be stored off site, no
44   material will be accepted for off site storage unless shop drawings for that material have been approved.
45
46   REQUEST AND CERTIFICATION FOR PAYMENT
47   Within 10 days after Notice to Proceed, the successful bidder will submit to the DSF Project Representative
48   in a form prescribed below and by the General Conditions of the Contract - Scheduling and Coordination of
49   Work, Reports, Records and Data, Payments to Contractor, a cost breakdown of the proposed values for
50   work performed which, if approved by DSF, will become the basis for construction progress and monthly
51   payments. The cost breakdown items shall reflect actual work progress stages as closely as feasible.
52
53   In addition, if payment is requested for approved off-site stored material, then that material shall be listed
54   as a line item in the request and certification for payment cost breakdown.
55
56   CERTIFICATES AND INSPECTIONS
57   Refer also to Division 1, General Conditions, Permits, Regulations, Utilities and Taxes.
58
59   Obtain and pay for all required State installation inspections except those provided by the
60   Architect/Engineer in accordance with Wis Adm Code Section ILHR 50.12. Deliver originals of these
61   certificates to the Division Project Representative. Include copies of the certificates in the Operating and
62   Maintenance Instructions.
63



                                                    DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                         23 05 00-3
 1
 2   OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
 3   Refer to Division 1, General Requirements, Operating and Maintenance Instructions.
 4
 5   Assemble material in three-ring or post binders, using an index at the front of each volume and tabs for each
 6   system or type of equipment. In addition to the data indicated in the General Requirements, include the
 7   following information:
 8
 9                Copies of all approved shop drawings.
10                Manufacturer's wiring diagrams for electrically powered equipment
11                Records of tests performed to certify compliance with system requirements
12                Certificates of inspection by regulatory agencies
13                Temperature control record drawings and control sequences
14                Parts lists for manufactured equipment
15                Valve schedules
16                Lubrication instructions, including list/frequency of lubrication done during construction
17                Warranties
18                Additional information as indicated in the technical specification sections
19
20   TRAINING OF OWNER PERSONNEL
21   Instruct user agency personnel in the proper operation and maintenance of systems and equipment provided
22   as part of this project.    Include not less than __1__ hour of instruction, using the Operating and
23   Maintenance manuals during this instruction. Demonstrate startup and shutdown procedures for all
24   equipment. All training to be during normal working hours.
25
26   RECORD DRAWINGS
27   Refer to Division 1, General Requirements, Record Drawings.
28
29   In addition to the data indicated in the General Requirements, maintain temperature control record drawings
30   on originals prepared by the installing contractor/subcontractor. Include copies of these record drawings
31   with the Operating and Maintenance manuals.
32
33
34                                          PART 2 - PRODUCTS
35
36   IDENTIFICATION
37   STENCILS:
38   Not less than 1 inch high letters/numbers for marking pipe and equipment.
39
40   SNAP-ON PIPE MARKERS:
41   Cylindrical self-coiling plastic sheet that snaps over piping insulation and is held tightly in place without the
42   use of adhesive, tape or straps. Not less than 1 inch high letters/numbers and flow direction arrows for
43   piping marking. W. H. Brady, Seton, Marking Services, or equal.
44
45   ENGRAVED NAME PLATES:
46   White letters on a black background, 1/16 inch thick plastic laminate, beveled edges, screw mounting,
47   Setonply Style 2060 by Seton Name Plate Company or Emedolite- Style EIP by EMED Co., or equal by
48   Marking Services, or W. H. Brady.
49
50   VALVE TAGS:
51   Round brass tags with 1/2 inch numbers, 1/4 inch system identification abbreviation, 1-1/4 inch minimum
52   diameter, with brass jack chains or brass "S" hooks around the valve stem, available from EMED Co., Seton
53   Name Plate Company, Marking Services, or W. H. Brady.
54
55   SEALING AND FIRESTOPPING
56
57   FIRE AND/OR SMOKE RATED PENETRATIONS:
58
59   Manufacturers:
60   3M, Hilti, Rectorseal, STI/SpecSeal, Tremco, or approved equal.
61
62   All firestopping systems shall be provided by the same manufacturer.
63
64   Submittals:


                                                     DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                          23 05 00-4
 1   Contractor shall submit product data for each firestop system. Submittals shall include product
 2   characteristics, performance and limitation criteria, test data, MSDS sheets, installation details and
 3   procedures for each method of installation applicable to this project. For non-standard conditions where no
 4   UL tested system exists, submit manufacturer's drawings for UL system with known performance for which
 5   an engineering judgement can be based upon.
 6
 7   Product:
 8   Fire stop systems shall be UL listed or tested by an independent testing laboratory approved by the
 9   Department of Commerce.
10
11   Use a product that has a rating not less than the rating of the wall or floor being penetrated. Reference
12   architectural drawings for identification of fire and/or smoke rated walls and floors.
13
14   Contractor shall use firestop putty, caulk sealant, intumescent wrapstrips, intumescent firestop collars,
15   firestop blocks, firestop mortar or a combination of these products to provide a UL listed system for each
16   application required for this project. Provide mineral wool backing where specified in manufacturer's
17   application detail.
18
19   NON-RATED PENETRATIONS:
20
21   Pipe Penetrations:
22   At pipe penetrations of non-rated interior partitions, floors and exterior walls above grade, use urethane
23   caulk in annular space between pipe insulation and sleeve. For non-rated drywall, plaster or wood
24   partitions where sleeve is not required use urethane caulk in annular space between pipe insulation and wall
25   material.
26
27
28                                       PART 3 - EXECUTION
29   DEMOLITION
30   Perform all demolition as indicated on the drawings to accomplish new work. Where demolition work is to
31   be performed adjacent to existing work that remains in an occupied area, construct temporary dust partition
32   to minimize the amount of contamination of the occupied space. Where pipe or duct is removed and not
33   reconnected with new work, cap ends of existing services as if they were new work. Coordinate work with
34   the user agency to minimize disruption to the existing building occupants.
35
36   All pipe, wiring and associated conduit, insulation, ductwork, and similar items demolished, abandoned, or
37   deactivated are to be removed from the site by the Contractor. All piping and ductwork specialties are to be
38   removed from the site by the Contractor unless they are dismantled and removed or stored by the user
39   agency. All designated equipment is to be turned over to the user agency for their use at a place and time so
40   designated. Maintain the condition of material and/or equipment that is indicated to be reused equal to that
41   existing before work began.
42
43   CUTTING AND PATCHING
44   Refer to Division 1, General Requirements, Cutting and Patching.
45
46   BUILDING ACCESS
47   Arrange for the necessary openings in the building to allow for admittance of all apparatus. When the
48   building access was not previously arranged and must be provided by this contractor, restore any opening to
49   its original condition after the apparatus has been brought into the building.
50
51   EQUIPMENT ACCESS
52   Install all piping, conduit, ductwork, and accessories to permit access to equipment for maintenance and
53   service. Coordinate the exact location of wall and ceiling access panels and doors with the General
54   Contractor, making sure that access is available for all equipment and specialties. Access doors in general
55   construction are to be furnished by the Mechanical Contractor and installed by the General Contractor.
56
57   COORDINATION
58   Verify that all devices are compatible for the surfaces on which they will be used. This includes, but is not
59   limited to, diffusers, register, grilles, and recessed or semi-recessed heating and/or cooling terminal units
60   installed in/on architectural surfaces.
61
62   Coordinate all work with other contractors prior to installation. Any installed work that is not coordinated
63   and that interferes with other contractor's work shall be removed or relocated at the installing contractor's
64   expense.
65

                                                   DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                        23 05 00-5
 1   Cooperate with the test and balance agency in ensuring Section 23 05 93 specification compliance. Verify
 2   system completion to the test and balance agency (flushing, pressure testing, chemical treatment, filling of
 3   liquid systems, proper pressurization and air venting of hydronic systems, clean filters, clean strainers, duct
 4   and pipe systems cleaned, controls adjusted and calibrated, controls cycled through their sequences, etc.),
 5   ready for testing, adjusting and balancing work. Install dampers, shutoff and balancing valves, flow
 6   measuring devices, gauges, temperature controls, etc., required for functional and balanced systems.
 7   Demonstrate the starting, interlocking and control features of each system so the test and balance agency
 8   can perform its work.
 9
10   IDENTIFICATION
11   Identify equipment in mechanical equipment rooms by stenciling equipment number and service with one
12   coat of black enamel against a light background or white enamel against a dark background. Use a primer
13   where necessary for proper paint adhesion. Do not label equipment such as cabinet heaters and ceiling fans
14   in occupied spaces.
15
16   Where stenciling is not appropriate for equipment identification, engraved name plates may be used.
17
18   Identify piping not less than once every 30 feet, not less than once in each room, adjacent to each access
19   door or panel, and on both side of the partition where exposed piping passes through walls, floors or roofs.
20   Place flow directional arrows at each pipe identification location. Use one coat of black enamel against a
21   light background or white enamel against a dark background for stenciling, or provide snap-on pipe markers
22   as specified in Part 2 – Products.
23
24   Identify valves with brass tags bearing a system identification and a valve sequence number. Valve tags are
25   not required at a terminal device unless the valves are greater than ten feet from the device or located in
26   another room not visible from the terminal unit. Provide a typewritten valve schedule indicating the valve
27   number and the equipment or areas supplied by each valve; locate schedules in each mechanical room and
28   in each Operating and Maintenance manual. Schedules in mechanical rooms to be framed under clear
29   plastic.
30
31   Use engraved name plates to identify control equipment.
32
33   LUBRICATION
34   Lubricate all bearings with lubricant as recommended by the manufacturer before the equipment is operated
35   for any reason. Once the equipment has been run, maintain lubrication in accordance with the
36   manufacturer's instructions until the work is accepted by DSF. Maintain a log of all lubricants used and
37   frequency of lubrication; include this information in the Operating and Maintenance Manuals at the
38   completion of the project.
39
40   SLEEVES
41
42   PIPE SLEEVES:
43   Provide galvanized sheet metal sleeves for pipe penetrations through interior and exterior walls to provide a
44   backing for sealant or firestopping. Patch wall around sleeve to match adjacent wall construction and
45   finish. Grout area around sleeve in masonry construction. In finished spaces where pipe penetration
46   through wall is exposed to view, sheet metal sleeve shall be installed flush with face of wall.
47
48   Pipe sleeves are not required in interior non-rated drywall, plaster or wood partitions and sleeves are not
49   required in existing poured concrete walls where penetrations are core drilled.
50
51   SEALING AND FIRESTOPPING
52
53   FIRE AND/OR SMOKE RATED PENETRATIONS:
54   Install approved product in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions where pipes penetrate a
55   fire/smoke rated surface. When pipe is insulated, use a product which maintains the integrity of the
56   insulation and vapor barrier.
57
58   NON-RATED PARTITIONS:
59
60   At all interior partitions and exterior walls, pipe penetrations are required to be sealed. Apply sealant to
61   both sides of the penetration in such a manner that the annular space between the pipe sleeve or cored
62   opening and the pipe or insulation is completely blocked.
63



                                                    DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                         23 05 00-6
1   AGENCY TRAINING
2   All training provided for agency shall comply with the format, general content requirements and submission
3   guidelines specified under Section 01 91 01 .
4
5
6                                              END OF SECTION




                                                 DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                      23 05 00-7
Intentional blank page
 1                                   SECTION 23 05 13
 2                    COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT
 3                             BASED ON DSF MASTER SPECIFICATION DATED 11/23/09
 4
 5
 6                                          PART 1 - GENERAL
 7
 8   SCOPE
 9   This sections includes requirements for single and three phase motors that are used with equipment
10   specified in other sections. Included are the following topics:
11   PART 1 - GENERAL
12            Scope
13            Related Work
14            Reference
15            Reference Standards
16            Quality Assurance
17            Shop Drawings
18            Operating and Maintenance Data
19            Electrical Coordination
20            Product Criteria
21   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
22            Three Phase, Single Speed Motors
23            Single Phase, Single Speed Motors
24   PART 3 - EXECUTION
25            Installation
26
27   RELATED WORK
28   Section 01 91 01 – Commissioning Process
29   Section 23 09 14 - Pneumatic and Electric Instrumentation and Control Devices for HVAC
30   Division 26 00 00 - Electrical
31
32   REFERENCE
33   Applicable provisions of Division 1 govern work under this section.
34
35   REFERENCE STANDARDS
36   ANSI/IEEE 112   Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators
37   ANSI/NEMA MG-1  Motors and Generators
38   ANSI/NFPA 70    National Electrical Code
39
40   QUALITY ASSURANCE
41   Refer to division 1, General Conditions, Equals and Substitutions.
42
43   SHOP DRAWINGS
44   Refer to division 1, General Conditions, Submittals.
45
46   Include with the equipment which the motor drives the following motor information: motor manufacturer,
47   horsepower, voltage, phase, hertz, rpm, full load efficiency. Include project wiring diagrams prepared by
48   the contractor specifically for this work.
49
50   OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
51   All operations and maintenance data shall comply with the submission and content requirements specified
52   under section GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
53
54   ELECTRICAL COORDINATION
55   All starters, overload relay heater coils, disconnect switches and fuses, relays, wire, conduit, pushbuttons,
56   pilot lights, and other devices required for the control of motors or electrical equipment are furnished and
57   installed by the Electrical Contractor, except as specifically noted elsewhere in this division of
58   specifications.
59
60   Electrical drawings and/or specifications show number and horsepower rating of all motors furnished by
61   this Contractor, together with their actuating devices if these devices are furnished by the Electrical
62   Contractor. Should any discrepancy in size, horsepower rating, electrical characteristics or means of control
63   be found for any motor or other electrical equipment after contracts are awarded, Contractor is to
64   immediately notify the architect/engineer of such discrepancy. Costs involved in any changes required due


                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    23 05 13-1
 1   to equipment substitutions initiated by this contractor will be the responsibility of this contractor. See
 2   related comments in Section 23 05 00 - Common Work Results for HVAC, under Shop Drawings.
 3
 4   Electrical Contractor will provide all power wiring and control wiring, except temperature control wiring.
 5
 6   Furnish project specific wiring diagrams to Electrical Contractor for all equipment and devices furnished by
 7   this Contractor and indicated to be wired by the Electrical Contractor.
 8
 9   PRODUCT CRITERIA
10   Motors to conform to all applicable requirements of NEMA, IEEE, ANSI, and NEC standards and shall be
11   listed by U.L. for the service specified.
12
13   Select motors for conditions in which they will be required to perform; i.e., general purpose, splashproof,
14   explosion proof, standard duty, high torque or any other special type as required by the equipment or motor
15   manufacturer's recommendations.
16
17   Furnish motors for starting in accordance with utility requirements and compatible with starters as specified.
18
19
20                                         PART 2 - PRODUCTS
21
22   THREE PHASE, SINGLE SPEED MOTORS
23   Use NEMA rated 208 volt, three phase, 60 hertz motors for all motors 1/2 HP and larger unless specifically
24   indicated.
25
26   Use NEMA general purpose, continuous duty, Design B , normal starting torque, T-frame or U-frame
27   motors with Class B or better insulation unless the manufacturer of the equipment on which the motor is
28   being used has different requirements. Use open drip-proof motors unless totally enclosed fan-cooled,
29   totally enclosed non-ventilated, explosion-proof, or encapsulated motors are specified in the equipment
30   sections.
31
32   Use grease lubricated anti-friction ball bearings with housings equipped with plugged/capped provision for
33   relubrication, rated for minimum AFBMA 9, L-10 life of 20,000 hours. Calculate bearing load with NEMA
34   minimum V-belt pulley with belt center line at the end of NEMA standard shaft extension. Stamp bearing
35   sizes on nameplate.
36
37   All open drip-proof motors to have a 1.15 service factor. Other motor types may have minimum 1.0 service
38   factors.
39
40   All motors 1 HP and larger, except specially wound motors and inline pump motors 56 frame and smaller,
41   to be high efficiency design with full load efficiencies which meet or exceed the values listed below when
42   tested in accordance with NEMA MG 1.
43
44               FULL LOAD NOMINAL MOTOR EFFICIENCY BY MOTOR SIZE AND SPEED
45                                    -----Open Drip-Proof Motors------
46                   MOTOR            -------Nominal Motor Speed-------
47                       HP           1200 rpm         1800 rpm         3600 rpm
48
49                             1                    82.5               85.5              77.0
50
51
52
53                                              ----
54   SINGLE PHASE, SINGLE SPEED MOTORS
55   Use NEMA rated 115 volt, single phase, 60 hertz motors for all motors 1/3 HP and smaller.
56
57   Use permanent split capacitor or capacitor start, induction run motors equipped with permanently lubricated
58   and sealed ball or sleeve bearings and Class A insulation. Service factor to be not less than 1.35.
59
60




                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    23 05 13-2
 1
 2
 3                                        PART 3 - EXECUTION
 4
 5   INSTALLATION
 6   Mount motors on a rigid base designed to accept a motor, using shims if required under each mounting foot
 7   to get a secure installation.
 8
 9   When motor will be flexible coupled to the driven device, mount coupling to the shafts in accordance with
10   the coupling manufacturer's recommendations. Using a dial indicator, check angular misalignment of the
11   two shafts; adjust motor position as necessary so that the angular misalignment of the shafts does not exceed
12   0.002 inches per inch diameter of the coupling hub. Again using the dial indicator, check the shaft for run-
13   out to assure concentricity of the shafts; adjust as necessary so that run-out does not exceed 0.002 inch.
14
15   Verify the proper rotation of each three-phase motor as it is being wired or before the motor is energized for
16   any reason.
17
18   Lubricate all motors requiring lubrication. Record lubrication material used and the frequency of use.
19   Include this information in the maintenance manuals.
20
21
22                                               END OF SECTION
23




                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    23 05 13-3
Intentional blank page
 1                                              SECTION 23 05 15
 2                                            PIPING SPECIALTIES
 3                              BASED ON DSF MASTER SPECIFICATION DATED 4/5/10
 4
 5
 6
 7                                          PART 1-GENERAL
 8
 9   SCOPE
10   This section contains specifications for HVAC piping specialties for all piping systems. Included are the
11   following topics:
12   PART 1 - GENERAL
13            Scope
14            Related Work
15            Reference
16            Quality Assurance
17            Shop Drawings
18            Operation and Maintenance Data
19            Design Criteria
20   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
21            Thermometers
22            Thermometer Sockets
23            Hose Connection Caps
24            Pressure Gauges
25            Air Vents
26   PART 3 - EXECUTION
27            Thermometers
28            Thermometer Sockets
29            Pressure Gauges
30            Air Vents
31            Construction Verification Items
32
33   RELATED WORK
34   Section 01 91 01 – Commissioning Process
35   Section 23 11 00 - Facility Fuel Piping
36   Section 23 21 13 - Hydronic Piping
37   Section 23 05 23 - General-Duty Valves for HVAC Piping
38   Section 23 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment
39   Section 23 07 00 - HVAC Insulation
40
41   REFERENCE
42   Applicable provisions of Division 1 govern work under this section.
43
44   QUALITY ASSURANCE
45   Refer to division 1, General Conditions, Equals and Substitutions.
46
47   SHOP DRAWINGS
48   Refer to division 1, General Conditions, Submittals.
49
50   Required for all items in this section.         Include materials of construction, dimensional data,
51   ratings/capacities/ranges, pressure drop data where appropriate, and identification as referenced in this
52   section and/or on the drawings.
53
54   OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
55   All operations and maintenance data shall comply with the submission and content requirements specified
56   under section GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
57
58   DESIGN CRITERIA
59   All piping specialties are to be rated for the highest pressures and temperatures in the respective system in
60   accordance with ANSI B31, but not less than 125 psig unless specifically indicated otherwise.
61
62
63                                         PART 2 - PRODUCTS
64
65   THERMOMETERS

                                            DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                  23 05 15-1
 1   Manufacturers: Ashcroft, Marsh, Taylor, H. O. Trerice, U. S. Gauge, Weiss, Weksler.
 2
 3   Stem Type, cast aluminum case, nine inch scale, clear acrylic window. adjustable angle brass stem with
 4   stem of sufficient length so the end of the stem is near the middle of a pipe without reducing the thickness of
 5   any insulation, red indicating fluid, black lettering against a white background, with scale ranges as follows:
 6
 7                Service                          Scale Range, °F             Min. Increment, °F
 8                Hot Water                            30 - 240                        2
 9
10   THERMOMETER SOCKETS
11   Brass with threaded connections suitable for thermometer stems and temperature control sensing elements
12   in pipeline. Furnish with extension necks for insulated piping systems.
13
14   HOSE CONNECTON CAPS
15   Hose connection caps shall be pressure rated for 150 psig at 180 deg F.
16
17   PRESSURE GAUGES
18   Manufacturers: Ametek/U. S. Gauge Division, Ashcroft, Marsh, Taylor, H. O. Trerice, Weiss, Weksler.
19
20   Cast aluminum case of not less than 4.5 inches in diameter, double strength glass window, black lettering on
21   a white background, phosphor bronze bourdon tube with bronze bushings, recalibration from the front of
22   the dial, 99% accuracy over the middle half of the scale, 98.5% accuracy over the remainder of the scale,
23   with scale range as follows:
24
25                Service                          Scale Range, psig             Min. Increment, psig
26                Hot Water                              0-60                          .5
27
28   PRESSURE SNUBBERS:
29   Bronze construction, suitable for system working pressure, 1/4" size.
30
31   COIL SYPHONS:
32   Bronze or steel construction, suitable for system working pressure, 1/4" size.
33
34   GAUGE VALVES:
35   Use valves as specified in Section 23 05 23 - General-Duty Valves for HVAC Piping. For water systems,
36   use 1/4" ball valves. For steam systems, use 1/4" gate valves suitable for system working pressure.
37
38   AIR VENTS
39
40   MANUAL KEY TYPE VENTS:
41   Bell and Gossett Model 4V; Eaton/Dole Model 9, 9B, or 14A.
42
43   Bronze body with nonferrous internal parts, screwdriver operated, designed to relieve air from the system
44   when vent is opened, rated at not less than 125 psig at 220°F.
45
46   MANUAL BALL VALVE VENTS:
47   Provide 1/4" ball valves for manual venting of air handling unit coils and where indicated elsewhere on
48   drawings and details. Reference specifications section 23 05 23.
49
50   AUTOMATIC VENTS:
51   Thrush Model 720, Bell and Gossett Model 107, Watson McDaniel Model AV813W
52
53   Cast iron body with nonferrous internal parts, designed to vent air automatically with float principle without
54   allowing air to enter the system, rated at not less than 125 psig at 220°F.
55
56
57                                        PART 3 - EXECUTION
58
59   THERMOMETERS
60
61   STEM TYPE:
62   Install in piping systems as indicated on the drawings and/or details using a separable socket in each
63   location.
64
65   DIAL TYPE FOR AIR TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT:

                                             DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                   23 05 15-2
 1   Install in ductwork where detailed or specified. Support capillary inside duct so it measures a uniform
 2   sample of air. Mount readout so it is readily visible on a portion of ductwork that is not externally insulated
 3   or on a sheetmetal angle support secured to a nearby structural element.
 4
 5   THERMOMETER SOCKETS
 6   Install at each point where a thermometer or temperature control sensing element is located in a pipeline.
 7
 8   P/T (PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE) TEST PLUGS
 9   Install in piping systems as indicated on the drawings and/or details. Do not insulate over test plugs.
10
11   PRESSURE GAUGES
12   Install in locations where indicated on the drawings and/or details, including any gauge piping, with scale
13   range appropriate to the system operating pressures.
14
15   PRESSURE SNUBBERS:
16   Install in gauge piping for all gauges used on water services.
17
18   COIL SYPHONS:
19   Install in gauge piping for all gauges used on steam services.
20
21   GAUGE VALVES
22   Install at each gauge location as close to the main as possible and at each location where a gauge tapping is
23   indicated.
24
25   AIR VENTS
26
27   AUTOMATIC VENTS:
28   Install on the top of air separators on systems using bladder type expansion tanks. Install at other locations
29   as indicated on the drawings or details. All locations to have a ball valve installed upstream of the vent for
30   maintenance purposes.
31
32   CONSTRUCTION VERIFICATION ITEMS
33   Contractor is responsible for utilizing the construction verification checklists supplied under specification
34   Section 01 91 01 in accordance with the procedures defined for construction verification checklists.
35
36
37                                                END OF SECTION
38




                                             DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                   23 05 15-3
Intentional blank page
 1                                        SECTION 23 05 23
 2                              GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING
 3                             BASED ON DSF MASTER SPECIFICATION DATED 12/11/08
 4
 5
 6                                             PART 1 - GENERAL
 7
 8   SCOPE
 9   This section includes valve specifications for all HVAC systems except where indicated under Related
10   Work. Included are the following topics:
11   PART 1 - GENERAL
12           Scope
13           Related Work
14           Reference
15           Quality Assurance
16           Submittals
17           Operation and Maintenance Data
18           Design Criteria
19   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
20           Manufacturers
21           Water System Valves
22                     Ball Valves
23                     Butterfly Valves
24                     Balance Valves
25                     Drain Valves
26                     Combination Shut-off, Check, and Balancing Valves
27                     Water Pressure Reducing Valves
28                     Water Relief Valves
29           Natural Gas Systems
30                     Shut-off Valves
31                     Gas Pressure Regulators
32   PART 3 - EXECUTION
33           General
34           Shut-off Valves
35           Balancing Valves
36           Calibrated Balancing Valves
37           Drain Valves
38           Safety Relief Valves
39           Combination Shut-off, Check, and Balancing Valves
40           Gas Pressure Regulators
41
42   RELATED WORK
43   Section 01 91 01 – Commissioning Process
44   Section 23 05 15 - Piping Specialties
45   Section 23 09 14 - Pneumatic and Electric Instrumentation and Control Devices for HVAC
46
47   REFERENCE
48   Applicable provisions of Division 1 govern work under this section.
49
50   QUALITY ASSURANCE
51   Refer to division 1, General Conditions, Equals and Substitutions.
52
53   SUBMITTALS
54   Refer to division 1, General Conditions, Submittals.
55
56   Contractors shall submit a schedule of all valves indicating type of service, dimensions, materials of
57   construction, and pressure/temperature ratings for all valves to be used on the project. Temperature ratings
58   specified are for continuous operation.
59
60   OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
61   All operations and maintenance data shall comply with the submission and content requirements specified
62   under section GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
63



                                            DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                  23 05 23-1
 1
 2   DESIGN CRITERIA
 3   Where valves are specified for individual mechanical services (i.e. hot water heating, steam, etc.) all valves
 4   shall be of the same manufacturer unless prior written approval is obtained from DSF.
 5
 6
 7                                         PART 2 - PRODUCTS
 8
 9   MANUFACTURERS
10   Anvil, Apollo, Armstrong, Bell & Gossett, Cash-Acme, Dresser Consolidated, Conval, Crane, Anderson
11   Greenwood and Crosby, Danfoss-Flomatic, DeZurik, Durco, Fisher, Grinnell, Griswold, Hammond,
12   Hancock, Hoffman, Jamesbury, Keystone, Kunkle, Leslie, Lunkenheimer/Cincinnati, Metraflex,
13   Milwaukee, Mueller, Newco, Nexus, Nibco, Powell, RP&C, Sarco, Spence, Stockham, Taco, Tasco,
14   Thrush-Amtrol, Vogt, Watts, or approved equal.
15
16   WATER SYSTEM VALVES
17   All water system valves to be rated at not less than 125 psig water working pressure at 240°F unless noted
18   otherwise.
19
20   BALL VALVES:
21   2" and smaller: Two piece bronze body; threaded or soldered ends, as appropriate to the pipe material;
22   stainless steel or chrome plated brass/bronze ball; conventional port; glass filled teflon seat; threaded
23   packing gland follower; blowout-proof stem; 600 psig WOG.
24
25   Valve stems shall allow operators to clear insulation without interference. Provide stem extensions when
26   valve operators interfere with pipe insulation.
27
28   Apollo 70-100/200 series, Hammond 8301/8311, Milwaukee BA100/150, Nibco T/S 585-70, Stockham
29   S206/216.
30
31   2-1/2" and over: Ball valves will not be accepted in sizes over 2 inch.
32
33   BUTTERFLY VALVES:
34   2" and smaller: Use ball valves; butterfly valves will not be accepted in sizes 2 inch and smaller.
35
36   2-1/2" and larger: Cast iron body; stainless steel shaft; Teflon, nylatron, or acetal bearings; EPDM resilient
37   seat. Disk to be bronze, aluminum-bronze, nickel plated ductile iron, cast iron with welded nickel edge, or
38   stainless steel. Pressure rated to 150 psig. Valve assembly to be bi-directionally bubble tight to 150 psig
39   with no downstream flange/pipe attached. Polymid or polyamide coated valves are not acceptable.
40
41   Valve stems shall allow operators to clear insulation without interference. Provide stem extensions when
42   valve operators interfere with pipe insulation.
43
44   Use threaded lug type valves for installation with class 125/150 flanges.
45
46   Centerline series 200, DeZurik BGS II, Keystone Fig. 222, Nibco LD2000 (2-1/2”-12”)/LD1000 (14” and
47   above), Victaulic 300 series (2-1/2”-12”)/709 series (14”-24”).
48
49   Provide ten-position lever actuators for valves 6" and smaller. Provide worm gear operators for valves 8"
50   and larger.
51
52   Where butterfly valves are indicated or specified to be installed at the location of a flow sensing device,
53   provide the butterfly valves with a memory stop.
54
55   BALANCE VALVES:
56   2" and smaller: Bronze or copper alloy body with calibrated ball, globe or venturi/valve arrangement,
57   integral pointer and calibrated scale to register degree of valve opening, memory stop, drain tapping,
58   threaded or soldered ends, with or without integral unions, P/T or Shraeder pressure taps with integral check
59   valves and seals, adjustable memory stop, suitable for 200 psig water working pressure at 250°F.
60
61   Armstrong CBV, Bell & Gossett Circuit Setter Plus, Griswold Quickset, Nexus Orturi, Nibco 1710 Series,
62   Taco Accu-Flo, Tour & Anderson STAS/STAD, Victaulic series 786/787.
63
64   2-1/2" and larger: Use butterfly valves as specified in this section along with a flow sensing device as
65   specified in Section 23 05 15.

                                            DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                  23 05 23-2
 1
 2   DRAIN VALVES:
 3   Use 3/4 inch ball valve with threaded hose adapter except strainer blowdown valves to be the same size as
 4   the blowdown connection.
 5
 6   COMBINATION SHUT-OFF, CHECK, AND BALANCE VALVES:
 7   2 inch and larger: Cast or ductile iron body, threaded or flanged or grooved end connections, stainless steel
 8   spring, bronze disc with EPDM seat, calibrated memory stop, backseating valve stem, inlet and outlet
 9   pressure tappings, capable of being repacked under full line pressure, and suitable for a minimum working
10   pressure of 175 psig at 240°F when used in hot water heating systems.
11
12   Armstrong Flo-Trex, Bell & Gossett Triple Duty, Taco Multi Purpose Valve, Thrush-Amtrol Tri-Flow.
13
14   WATER PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES:
15   Brass or bronze body, diaphragm operated, with an integral anti-syphon check valve, inlet strainer, and
16   adjustable reduced pressure range but pre-set for the scheduled pressure, 125 psig at 225°F.
17
18   Bell & Gossett, Cash-Acme, or Watts.
19
20   WATER RELIEF VALVES:
21   Iron or bronze body, direct pressure actuated, teflon seat, stainless steel stem and spring, suitable for 125
22   psig water working pressure at 240° F and ASME stamped, with Btu capacity and set point as scheduled.
23
24   Bell & Gossett, Cash-Acme, Consolidated, Kunkle, Watts.
25
26   NATURAL GAS SYSTEMS
27
28   SHUT OFF VALVES:
29   2" and smaller: Ball valve, bronze body, threaded ends, chrome-plated bronze or stainless steel ball, full or
30   conventional port, teflon seat, blowout-proof stem, two-piece construction, suitable for 150 psig working
31   pressure, U.L. listed for use as natural gas shut-off.
32
33   2-1/2" through 4": Cast iron body, flanged ends, bronze bearings, electroless nickel plated cast iron plug
34   with Hycar resilient plug seal, Buna-N stem seal packing, lever actuator, 175 psi W.O.G., U.L. listed for use
35   as natural gas shut-off.
36
37   GAS PRESSURE REGULATORS:
38   2" and smaller: Cast iron body, aluminum spring and diaphragm, Nitrile diaphragm, threaded ends, 150 psi
39   W.O.G., -20°F to 150°F.
40
41   SPECIALTY VALVES AND VALVE ACCESSORIES
42
43   GAUGE VALVES:
44   Water Service: Use 1/4" ball valves.
45
46   Steam Service: Use 1/4" gate valves suitable for system operating pressure.
47
48   STEM EXTENSIONS:
49   Provide stem extensions when valve operators interfere with pipe insulation.
50
51                                         PART 3 - EXECUTION
52
53   GENERAL
54   Properly align piping before installation of valves in an upright position; operators installed below the
55   valves will not be accepted.
56
57   Install valves in strict accordance with valve manufacturer's installation recommendations. Do not support
58   weight of piping system on valve ends.
59
60   Install all temperature control valves.
61
62   Install all valves with the stem in the upright position. Valves may be installed with the stem in the
63   horizontal position only where space limitations do not allow installation in an upright position or where
64   large valves are provided with chain wheel operators. Where valves 2-1/2" and larger are located more than


                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                     23 05 23-3
 1   12'-0" above mechanical room floors, install valve with stem in the horizontal position and provide a chain
 2   wheel operator. Valves installed with the stems down, will not be accepted.
 3
 4   Install stem extensions when shipped loose from valve.
 5
 6   Prior to flushing of piping systems, place all valves in the full-open position.
 7
 8   SHUT-OFF VALVES
 9   Install shut-off valves at all equipment, at each branch take-off from mains, and at each automatic valve for
10   isolation or repair.
11
12   WATER SYSTEM:
13   Butterfly valves installed at the location of a flow sensing device are to have a memory stop.
14
15   BALANCING VALVES
16   Provide balancing valves for all major equipment and at each major branch takeoff and at the discharge of
17   each pump as indicated on drawings and details.
18
19   DRAIN VALVES
20   Provide drain valves for complete drainage of all systems. Locations of drain valves include low points of
21   piping systems, equipment locations specified or detailed including reheat coils, other locations required for
22   drainage of systems.
23
24   SAFETY RELIEF VALVES
25
26   Use air pressure to clean piping prior to installation of safety relief valves.
27
28   Install relief valves in locations indicated on drawings, downstream of all pressure reducing valves, and on
29   all boilers.
30
31   Install valves in the vertical position, with drain holes, including those from dip pan elbows, piped to the
32   nearest drain.
33
34   Inlet and outlet piping connecting to valves must be the same size as valve connections or larger.
35
36   Vent steam safety valves to a location outside of building, in the most direct manner possible. Install drip
37   pan elbow as detailed at first vertical rise of the vent pipe. Keep pipe between safety valve and drip pan
38   elbow as short and straight as possible.
39
40   Support piping and drip pan elbow independently to prevent stress at connections to safety valves. Install
41   vent pipe so that its weight does not rest on the drip pan elbow. Extend drain line from drip pan elbow and
42   relief valve to nearest drain.
43
44   Pipe discharge from water system relief valves to nearest drain.
45
46   COMBINATION SHUT-OFF, CHECK, AND BALANCING VALVES
47   Contractor may use combination shut-off, check and balancing valves where separate shut-off valve, check
48   valve, and balancing valve are specified or detailed in pump discharge piping.
49
50   GAS PRESSURE REGULATORS
51   When the gas pressure regulator is equipped with a vent connection, run a connection size vent to outside
52   air in accordance with codes. Use a larger size vent when required by the manufacturer's installation
53   instructions.
54
55
56                                                 END OF SECTION




                                              DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    23 05 23-4
 1                                    SECTION 23 05 29
 2                  HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
 3                              BASED ON DSF MASTER SPECIFICATION DATED 5/6/10
 4
 5
 6                                          PART 1 - GENERAL
 7
 8   SCOPE
 9   This section includes specifications for supports of all HVAC equipment and materials as well as piping
10   system anchors. Included are the following topics:
11   PART 1 - GENERAL
12            Scope
13            Related Work
14            Reference
15            Reference Standards
16            Quality Assurance
17            Description
18            Shop Drawings
19            Design Criteria
20   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
21            Pipe Hanger and Support Manufacturers
22            Structural Supports
23            Pipe Hangers and Supports
24            Concrete Inserts
25   PART 3 - EXECUTION
26            Installation
27            Hanger and Support Spacing
28
29   RELATED WORK
30   Section 01 91 01 – Commissioning Process
31   Section 23 07 00 - HVAC Insulation
32
33   REFERENCE
34   Applicable provisions of Division 1 shall govern work under this section.
35
36   REFERENCE STANDARDS
37   MSS SP-58  Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design and Manufacture.
38   MSS SP-59  Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application.
39
40   QUALITY ASSURANCE
41   Refer to Division 1, General Conditions, Equals and Substitutions.
42
43   DESCRIPTION
44   Provide all supporting devices as required for the installation of mechanical equipment and materials. All
45   supports and installation procedures are to conform to the latest requirements of the ANSI Code for
46   pressure piping.
47
48   Do not hang any mechanical item directly from a metal deck or run piping so it rests on the bottom chord of
49   any truss or joist.
50
51   Support apparatus and material under all conditions of operation, variations in installed and operating
52   weight of equipment and piping, to prevent excess stress, and allow for proper expansion and contraction.
53
54   Protect insulation at all hanger points; see Related Work above.
55
56   SHOP DRAWINGS
57   Refer to division 1, General Conditions, Submittals.
58
59   Schedule of all hanger and support devices indicating shields, attachment methods, and type of device for
60   each pipe size and type of service. Reference section 23 05 00.
61
62   All submittals are to comply with submission and content requirements specified in specification Section 01
63   91 01 .
64


                                              DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    23 05 29-1
 1   DESIGN CRITERIA
 2   Materials and application of pipe hangers and supports shall be in accordance with MSS Standard Practice
 3   SP-58 and SP-69 unless noted otherwise.
 4
 5   Piping connected to base mounted pumps, compressors, or other rotating or reciprocating equipment is to
 6   have vibration isolation supports for a distance of one hundred pipe diameters or three supports away from
 7   the equipment, whichever is greater. Standard pipe hangers/supports as specified in this section are
 8   required beyond the 100 pipe diameter/3 support distance.
 9
10   Piping flexible connections and vibration isolation supports are required for piping connected to coils that
11   are in a fan assembly where the entire assembly is mounted on vibration supports; the vibration isolation
12   supports are required for a distance of one hundred pipe diameters or three supports away from the
13   equipment, whichever is greater. Piping flexible connection and vibration isolation supports are not
14   required when the fan section is separately and independently isolated by means of vibration supports and
15   duct flexible connections. Standard pipe hangers/supports as specified in this section are required when
16   there are no vibration isolation devices in the piping and beyond the 100 pipe diameter/3 support distance.
17
18   Piping supported by laying on the bottom chord of joists or trusses will not be accepted.
19
20   Fasteners depending on soft lead for holding power or requiring powder actuation will not be accepted.
21
22   Allow sufficient space between adjacent pipes and ducts for insulation, valve operation, routine
23   maintenance, etc.
24
25                                         PART 2 - PRODUCTS
26
27   PIPE HANGER AND SUPPORT MANUFACTURERS
28   Anvil, B-Line, Fee and Mason, Kindorf, Michigan Hanger, Unistrut, or approved equal. Anvil figure
29   numbers are listed below; equivalent material by other manufacturers is acceptable.
30
31   STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS
32   Provide all supporting steel required for the installation of mechanical equipment and materials, whether or
33   not it is specifically indicated or sized, including angles, channels, beams, etc. to suspend or floor support
34   tanks and equipment.
35
36   PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
37   HANGERS FOR STEEL PIPE SIZES 1/2” THROUGH 2”:
38   Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis, black finish. Anvil figure 65 or 260.
39
40   HANGERS FOR STEEL PIPE SIZES 2-1/2” AND OVER:
41   Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis, black finish. Anvil figure 260.
42
43   Adjustable steel yoke, cast iron roll, double hanger.   Anvil figure 181.
44
45   COPPER PIPE SUPPORT:
46   Carbon steel ring, adjustable, copper plated or polyvinylchloride coated.
47
48   INSULATION PROTECTION SHIELDS:
49   Galvanized carbon steel of not less than 18 gauge for use on insulated pipe 2-1/2 inch and larger. Minimum
50   shield length is 12 inches. Equal to Anvil figure 167.
51
52   STEEL HANGER RODS:
53   Threaded both ends, threaded one end, or continuous threaded, black finish.
54
55   Size rods for individual hangers and trapeze support as indicated in the following schedule.
56
57   Total weight of equipment, including valves, fittings, pipe, pipe content, and insulation, are not to exceed
58   the limits indicated.
59
60                              Maximum Load (Lbs.)                      Rod Diameter
61                              (650°F Maximum Temp.)                    (inches)  .
62                                    610                                     3/8
63                                    1130                                    1/2
64                                    1810                                    5/8
65

                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                     23 05 29-2
 1   Provide rods complete with adjusting and lock nuts.
 2
 3   CONCRETE INSERTS
 4   Carbon steel expansion anchors, vibration resistant, with ASTM B633 zinc plating. Use drill bit of same
 5   manufacturer as anchor. Hilti, Rawl, Redhead.
 6
 7
 8                                         PART 3 - EXECUTION
 9
10   INSTALLATION
11   Install supports to provide for free expansion of the piping and duct system. Support all piping from the
12   structure using concrete inserts, beam clamps, ceiling plates, wall brackets, or floor stands. Fasten ceiling
13   plates and wall brackets securely to the structure and test to demonstrate the adequacy of the fastening.
14
15   Piping shall be supported independently from ductwork and all other trades.
16
17   Where piping can be conveniently grouped to allow the use of trapeze type supports, use standard structural
18   shapes for the supporting steel.
19
20   Perform all welding in accordance with standards of the American Welding Society. Clean surfaces of
21   loose scale, rust, paint or other foreign matter and properly align before welding. Use wire brush on welds
22   after welding. Welds shall show uniform section, smoothness of weld metal and freedom from porosity and
23   clinkers. Where necessary to achieve smooth connections, joints shall be dressed smooth.
24
25   HANGER AND SUPPORT SPACING
26   Place a hanger within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow, valve, strainer, or similar piping specialty item.
27
28   Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at the same elevation, provide multiple or trapeze
29   hangers.
30
31   Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping.
32
33   Adjust hangers to obtain the slope specified in the piping section of this specification.
34
35   Space hangers for pipe as follows:
36
37                     Pipe Material               Pipe Size          Max. Spacing
38                       Steel                 1/2" through 1-1/4"       6'-6"
39                       Steel                 1-1/2" through 6"         10'-0"
40
41
42
43                                                END OF SECTION
44




                                                DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                      23 05 29-3
Intentional blank page
 1                                        SECTION 23 05 93
 2                         TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
 3                              BASED ON DSF MASTER SPECIFICATION DATED 5/14/09
 4
 5
 6                                          PART 1 - GENERAL
 7
 8   SCOPE
 9   This section includes air and water testing, adjusting and balancing for the entire project. Included are the
10   following topics:
11
12   PART 1 - GENERAL
13          Scope
14          Related Work
15          Reference
16          Reference Standards
17          Description
18          Pre-Installation Meeting and Scheduling
19          Pre-Balance Conference
20          Submittals
21   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
22          Instrumentation
23   PART 3 - EXECUTION
24          Preliminary Procedures
25          Existing Equipment
26          Performing Testing, Adjusting and Balancing
27          Deficiencies
28
29   RELATED WORK
30
31   Section 01 91 01 – Commissioning Process
32   Section 23 05 00 Common Work Results for HVAC
33   Section 23 07 00 HVAC Insulation
34   Section 23 09 14 Pneumatic and Electric Instrumentation and Control Devices for HVAC
35
36   REFERENCE
37   Applicable provisions of the General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and General
38   Requirements in Division 1 govern work under this section.
39
40   REFERENCE STANDARDS
41   AABC       National Standards for Total System Balance, Sixth Edition, 2002.
42   ASHRAE     ASHRAE Handbook, 2007 HVAC Applications, Chapter 37, Testing Adjusting and
43              Balancing.
44   NEBB       Procedural Standards for Testing Adjusting Balancing of Environmental Systems,
45              Seventh Edition, 2005.
46
47   DESCRIPTION
48   The Contractor will separately contract with an independent test and balance agency to perform all testing,
49   adjusting, and balancing of air and hydronic systems required for this project. Work related to the testing,
50   adjusting, and balancing that must be performed by the installing mechanical contractor is specified in
51   other section of these specifications.
52
53   Provide total mechanical systems testing, adjusting and balancing. Requirements include the balance of air
54   and water distribution, adjustment of new and existing systems and equipment to provide design
55   requirements indicated on the drawings, electrical measurement and verification of performance of all
56   mechanical equipment, all in accordance with standards published by AABC or NEBB.
57
58   Test, adjust and balance all air and hydronic systems so that each room, piece of equipment or terminal
59   device meets the design requirements indicated on the drawings and in the specifications.
60
61   Accomplish testing, adjusting and balancing work in a timely manner that allows partial occupancy of
62   major buildings, occupancy of one building when the project involves many buildings, and completion of
63   the entire project in the time stated in the Instruction to Bidders and in accordance with the completion
64   schedule established for this project.

                                              DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    23 05 93-1
 1
 2   Verify that provisions are being made to accomplish the specified testing, adjusting and balancing work. If
 3   problems are found, handle as specified in Part 3 under Deficiencies.
 4
 5   QUALITY ASSURANCE
 6
 7   Qualifications
 8   An independent Firm specializing in the Testing and Balancing of HVAC systems for a minimum of 3
 9   years. A Firm not engaged in the commerce of furnishing or providing equipment or material generally
10   related to HVAC work other then that specifically related to installing Testing and Balancing components
11   necessary for work in this section such as, but not limited to sheaves, pulleys, and balancing dampers.
12
13   A certified member of AABC or certified by NEBB in the specific area of work performed. Maintain
14   certification for the entire duration of the project. If certification of firm or any staff performing work is
15   terminated or expires during the duration of the project, contact DSF immediately.
16
17   Technicians on this project must have satisfactorily completed work on a minimum of (3) three projects of
18   at least 50% in size, and of similar complexity.
19
20   Submit Qualifications of firm and project staff to DSF upon requested.
21
22
23   PRE-INSTALLATION MEETING AND SCHEDULING
24   The test and balance agency is required to attend a pre-installation meeting with all other project
25   contractors before the construction process is started. The test and balance agency shall give the Lead
26   Contractor a detailed schedule of testing and balancing tasks for incorporation into the project schedule.
27   Reference General Conditions Article 12 for Lead Contractor responsibilities for scheduling.
28
29   PRE-BALANCE CONFERENCE
30   90 days prior to beginning testing, adjusting and balancing, schedule and conduct a conference with the
31   Architect/Engineer, DSF's Project Representative and the mechanical system and temperature control
32   system installing Contractors. Provide AE and Commissioning Provider (CxP) with a complete copy of the
33   TAB plan for the project. The objective is final coordination and verification of system operation and
34   readiness for testing, adjusting and balancing procedures and scheduling procedures with the above
35   mentioned parties. Indicate work required to be completed prior to testing, adjusting, and balancing and
36   identify the party responsible for completion of that work.
37
38   SUBMITTALS
39   See also Related Work in this section.
40
41   Submit testing, adjusting and balancing reports bearing the seal and signature of the NEBB or AABC
42   Certified Test and Balance Supervisor. The reports certify that the systems have been tested, adjusted and
43   balanced in accordance with the referenced standards; are an accurate representation of how the systems
44   have been installed and are operating; and are an accurate record of all final quantities measured to
45   establish normal operating values of the systems.
46
47   Submission:
48
49   Distribute electronic copies of the Report to the Contractor, the Lead Contractor, the DSF Project
50   Representative, the Agency Contact, the Prime A/E, the DSF Project Manager, Jim Polfuss
51   (James.Polfuss@wisconsin.gov), John Chapman (John.Chapman@wisconsin.gov), Jim Kropp
52   (James.Kropp@wisconsin.gov) and Melody Schulte (melody.schulte@wisconsin.gov)
53
54   Enter a RFI, with a copy of the Testing and Balancing Report Summary as an upload, indicating that the
55   Testing and Balancing Report is posted on the WisBuild Project Overview page and requesting review of
56   the report.
57
58   Format: Cover page identifying project name, project number and descriptive title of contents. Divide the
59   contents of the report into the below listed divisions:
60
61                General Information
62                Summary
63                Hydronic Systems
64                Special Systems


                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                     23 05 93-2
 1
 2   Contents: Provide the following minimum information, forms and data:
 3
 4   General Information: Inside cover sheet identifying Test and Balance Agency, Contractor, Architect,
 5   Engineer, Project Name and Project Number. Include addresses, contact names and telephone numbers.
 6   Also include a certification sheet containing the seal and signature of the Test and Balance Supervisor.
 7
 8   Summary: Provide summary sheet describing mechanical system deficiencies. Describe objectionable
 9   noise or drafts found during testing, adjusting and balancing. Provide recommendations for correcting
10   unsatisfactory performances and indicate whether modifications required are within the scope of the
11   contract, are design related or installation related. List instrumentation used during testing, adjusting and
12   balancing procedures.
13
14   The remainder of the report to contain the appropriate standard NEBB or AABC forms for each respective
15   item and system. Fill out forms completely. Where information cannot be obtained or is not applicable
16   indicate same.
17
18
19                                         PART 2 - PRODUCTS
20
21   INSTRUMENTATION
22   Provide all required instrumentation to obtain proper measurements. Application of instruments and
23   accuracy of instruments and measurements to be in accordance with the requirements of NEBB or AABC
24   Standards and instrument manufacturer's specifications.
25
26   All instruments used for measurements shall be accurate, and calibration histories for each instrument to be
27   available for examination by DSF upon request. Calibration and maintenance of all instruments to be in
28   accordance with the requirements of NEBB or AABC Standards
29
30
31                                        PART 3 - EXECUTION
32
33   DAILY REPORTS
34
35   Submit to DSF's Project Representative daily work activity reports for each day on which testing and
36   balancing work is performed. Reports shall include description of day's activities and description of any
37   system deficiencies.
38
39   PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES
40
41   Review preconstruction meeting report, applicable construction bulletins, applicable change orders and
42   approved shop drawings of equipment, outlets/inlets and temperature controls.
43
44   Check dampers and valves for correct positioning, equipment for proper rotation and belt tension,
45   temperature controls for completion of installation and hydronic systems for proper charge and purging of
46   air.
47
48   Notify DSF's Project Representative on a daily basis during balancing. Identify deficiencies preventing
49   completion of testing, adjusting and balancing procedures. Do not proceed until systems are fully
50   operational with all components necessary for complete testing, adjusting and balancing. Installing
51   Contractors are required to provide personnel to check and verify system completion, readiness for
52   balancing and assist Balancing Agency in providing specified system performance.
53
54   PERFORMING TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING
55
56   Perform testing, adjusting and balancing procedures on each system identified, in accordance with the
57   detailed procedures outlined in the referenced standards except as may be modified below.
58
59   Unless specifically instructed in writing, all work in this specification section is to be performed during the
60   normal workday.
61
62




                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                     23 05 93-3
 1   Cut insulation, ductwork and piping for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary for
 2   adequate performance of procedures. Patch using materials identical to those removed, maintaining vapor
 3   barrier integrity and pressure rating of systems.
 4
 5   Measure and record system measurements at the fan and/or pump to determine total flow. Adjust
 6   equipment as required to yield specified total flow at terminals. Proceed taking measurements in mains and
 7   branches as required for final terminal balancing. Perform terminal balancing to specified flows balancing
 8   branch dampers, deflectors, extractors and valves prior to adjustment of terminals.
 9
10   Final water system measurements must be within the following range of specified gpm:
11       Heating flow rates                             0% to -10%
12
13   Contact the temperature control Contractor for assistance in operation and adjustment of controls during
14   testing, adjusting and balancing procedures. Cycle controls and verify proper operation and setpoints.
15   Include in report description of temperature control operation and any deficiencies found.
16
17   Permanently mark equipment settings, including damper and valve positions, control settings, and similar
18   devices allowing settings to be restored. Set and lock memory stops.
19
20   Leave systems in proper working order, replacing belt guards, closing access doors and electrical boxes,
21   and restoring temperature controls to normal operating settings.
22
23   Coordinate and assist CxP with all verification activities defined within section 01 91 01 including
24   providing all required sampling date necessary for the commissioning process.
25
26   DEFICIENCIES
27   Division 23 00 00 contractor to correct any installation deficiencies found by the test and balance agency
28   that were specified and/or shown on the Contract Documents to be performed as part of that division of
29   work. Test and balance agency will notify the DSF's Project Representative of these items and instructions
30   will be issued to the Division 23 00 00 contractor for correction of the deficient work. All corrective work
31   to be done at no cost to the State of Wisconsin. Retest mechanical systems, equipment, and devices once
32   corrective work is complete as specified.
33
34   FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING
35   Contractor is responsible for performing the functional performance test procedures and completing the
36   functional performance test form required under specification Section 01 91 01 Commissioning Process..
37   Notify the A/E and commissioning provider 5 business days prior to performing functional performance
38   testing so that they may witness. Reference 01 91 01 and functional performance test form FPT-23 05 93
39   for specific requirements.
40
41                                              END OF SECTION
42
43




                                              DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    23 05 93-4
 1                                             SECTION 23 07 00
 2                                            HVAC INSULATION
 3                             BASED ON DSF MASTER SPECIFICATION DATED 11/18/10
 4
 5                                         PART1 - GENERAL
 6
 7   SCOPE
 8   This section includes insulation specifications for heating, ventilating and air conditioning piping,
 9   ductwork and equipment. Included are the following topics:
10   PART 1 - GENERAL
11           Scope
12           Related Work
13           Reference Standards
14           Quality Assurance
15           Description
16           Definitions
17           Shop Drawings
18           Operation and Maintenance Data
19           Environmental Requirements
20   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
21           Materials
22           Insulation Types
23           Jackets
24           Insulation Inserts and Pipe Shields
25           Accessories
26   PART 3 - EXECUTION
27           Examination
28           Installation
29           Protective Jacket Installation
30           Piping, Valve and Fitting Insulation
31           Piping Protective Jackets
32           Pipe Insulation Schedule
33           Duct Insulation
34           Duct Insulation Schedule
35           Construction Verification Items
36
37   RELATED WORK
38   Section 01 91 01 – Commissioning Process
39   Section 23 05 00 - Common Work Results for HVAC
40   Section 23 11 00 - Facility Fuel Piping
41   Section 23 21 13 - Hydronic Piping
42   Section 23 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment
43
44   REFERENCE
45   Applicable provisions of Division 1 govern work under this section.
46
47   REFERENCE STANDARDS
48   ASTM C165  Test Method for Compressive Properties of Thermal Insulations
49   ASTM C177  Heat Flux and Thermal Transmission Properties
50   ASTM C195  Mineral Fiber Thermal Insulation Cement
51   ASTM C449  Mineral Fiber Hydraulic Setting Thermal Insulation Cement
52   ASTM C518  Heat Flux and Thermal Transmission Properties
53   ASTM C553  Mineral Fiber Blanket and Felt Insulation
54   ASTM D1000 Methods for Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive-Coated Tapes Used for Electrical and
55              Electronic Applications
56   ASTM E84   Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials
57   ASTM E814  Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Penetration Firestop Systems
58   MICA       National Commercial & Industrial Insulation Standards
59   NFPA 225   Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials
60   UL 723     Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials
61
62   QUALITY ASSURANCE
63   Refer to division 1, General Conditions, Equals and Substitutions
64


                                              DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                   23 07 00-1
 1   Label all insulating products delivered to the construction site with the manufacturer's name and
 2   description of materials.
 3
 4   Insulation systems shall be applied by experienced contractors. Within the past five (5) years, the
 5   contractor shall be able to document the successful completion of a minimum of three (3) projects of at
 6   least 50% of the size and similar scope of the work specified in this section.
 7
 8   DESCRIPTION
 9   Furnish and install all insulating materials and accessories as specified or as required for a complete
10   installation. The following types of insulation are specified in this section:
11              Pipe Insulation
12              Equipment Insulation
13
14   Install all insulation in accordance with the latest edition of MICA (Midwest Insulation Contractors
15   Association) Standard and manufacturer's installation instructions. Exceptions to these standards will only
16   be accepted where specifically modified in these specifications, or where prior written approval has been
17   obtained from the DSF Project Representative.
18
19   DEFINITIONS
20   Concealed: shafts, furred spaces, space above finished ceilings, utility tunnels and crawl spaces. All other
21   areas, including walk-through tunnels, shall be considered as exposed.
22
23   SHOP DRAWINGS
24   Refer to division 1, General Conditions, Submittals.
25
26   Submit a schedule of all insulating materials to be used on the project, including adhesives, fastening
27   methods, fitting materials along with material safety data sheets and intended use of each material. Include
28   manufacturer's technical data sheets indicating density, thermal characteristics, jacket type, and
29   manufacturer's installation instructions.
30
31   OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
32   All operations and maintenance data shall comply with the submission and content requirements specified
33   under section GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
34
35   ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
36   Do not store insulation materials on grade or where they are at risk of becoming wet. Do not install
37   insulation products that have been exposed to water.
38
39   Protect installed insulation work with plastic sheeting to prevent water damage.
40
41                                        PART 2 - PRODUCTS
42
43   MATERIALS
44   Manufacturers: Armacell, Certainteed, Manson, Childers, Dow, Extol, Fibrex, Halstead, H.B. Fuller,
45   Imcoa, Johns Manville, Knauf, Owens-Corning, Partek, Pittsburgh Corning, Rubatex, VentureTape or
46   approved equal.
47
48   Materials or accessories containing asbestos will not be accepted.
49
50   Use composite insulation systems (insulation, jackets, sealants, mastics, and adhesives) that have a flame
51   spread rating of 25 or less and smoke developed rating of 50 or less, with the following exceptions:
52
53       Pipe insulation which is not located in an air plenum may have a flame spread rating not over 25 and a
54       smoke developed rating no higher than 450 when tested in accordance with UL 723 and ASTM E84.
55
56   INSULATION TYPES
57   Insulating materials shall be fire retardant, moisture and mildew resistant, and vermin proof. Insulation
58   shall be suitable to receive jackets, adhesives and coatings as indicated.
59
60   FLEXIBLE FIBERGLASS INSULATION:
61   Minimum nominal density of 0.75 lbs. per cu. ft., and thermal conductivity of not more than 0.3 at 75
62   degrees F, rated for service to 250 degrees F.
63
64   RIGID FIBERGLASS INSULATION:


                                              DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                   23 07 00-2
 1   Minimum nominal density of 3 lbs. per cu. ft., and thermal conductivity of not more than 0.23 at 75
 2   degrees F, minimum compressive strength of 25 PSF at 10% deformation, rated for service to 450 degrees
 3   F.
 4
 5
 6   JACKETS
 7
 8   ALL SERVICE JACKETS (ASJ):
 9   Heavy duty, fire retardant material with white kraft reinforced foil vapor barrier, factory applied to
10   insulation with a self-sealing pressure sensitive adhesive lap, maximum permeance of .02 perms and
11   minimum beach puncture resistance of 50 units.
12
13   Vapor retarding tape shall be specifically designed and manufactured for use with the vapor retarding
14   jacket specified above. Tape shall be provided by the same manufacturer that provides jacketing. Vapor
15   retarding tapes used with vapor retarding jackets shall have a maximum permeance of 0.01 perms.
16
17   FABRIC REINFORCED MASTIC JACKETS (FMJ):
18   Glass fiber reinforcing fabric imbedded in weather barrier mastic as per manufacturer’s recommended
19   procedure for 2 coat application.
20
21   FOIL SCRIM ALL SERVICE JACKETS (FSJ):
22   Glass fiber reinforced foil kraft laminate, factory applied to insulation. Maximum permeance of .02 perms
23   and minimum beach puncture resistance of 25 units.
24
25
26   INSULATION INSERTS AND PIPE SHIELDS
27   Manufacturers: B-Line, Pipe Shields, Value Engineered Products
28
29   Construct inserts with calcium silicate or polyisocyanurate (service temperatures below 300 degrees F
30   only), minimum 140 psi compressive strength. Piping 12” and larger, supplement with high density 600 psi
31   structural calcium silicate insert. Provide galvanized steel shield. Insert and shield to be minimum 180
32   degree coverage on bottom supported piping and full 360 degree coverage on clamped piping. On roller
33   mounted piping and piping designed to slide on support, provide additional load distribution steel plate.
34
35   Where contractor proposes shop/site fabricated inserts and shields, submit schedule of materials,
36   thicknesses, gauges and lengths for each pipe size to demonstrate equivalency to
37   preengineered/premanufactured product described above. On low temperature systems, high density rigid
38   polyisocyanurate may be substituted for calcium silicate provided insert and shield length and shield gauge
39   are increased to compensate for lower insulation compressive strength.
40
41   Precompressed 20# density molded fiberglass blocks, Hamfab or equal, of the same thickness as adjacent
42   insulation may be substituted for calcium silicate inserts with one 1”x6” block for piping through 2-1/2”
43   and three 1”x6” blocks for piping through 4”. Submit shield schedule to demonstrate equivalency to
44   preengineered/premanufactured product described above.
45
46   Wood blocks will not be accepted.
47
48   ACCESSORIES
49   All products shall be compatible with surfaces and materials on which they are applied, and be suitable for
50   use at operating temperatures of the systems to which they are applied.
51
52   Adhesives, sealants, and protective finishes shall be as recommended by insulation manufacturer for
53   applications specified.
54
55   Insulation bands to be 3/4 inch wide, constructed of aluminum or stainless steel. Minimum thickness to be
56   .015 inch for aluminum and .010 inch for stainless steel.
57
58   Tack fasteners to be stainless steel ring grooved shank tacks.
59
60   Staples to be clinch style.
61
62   Insulating cement to be ANSI/ASTM C195, hydraulic setting mineral wool.
63
64   Finishing cement to be ASTM C449.


                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    23 07 00-3
 1
 2   Fibrous glass or canvas fabric reinforcing shall have a minimum untreated weight of 6 oz./sq. yd.
 3
 4   Bedding compounds to be non-shrinking and permanently flexible.
 5
 6   Vapor barrier coatings to have maximum applied water vapor permeance of .05 perms.
 7
 8   Fungicidal water base coating (Foster 40-20 or equal) to be compatible with vapor barrier coating.
 9
10
11                                        PART 3 - EXECUTION
12
13   EXAMINATION
14   Verify that all piping, equipment, and ductwork are tested and approved prior to installing insulation. Do
15   not insulate systems until testing and inspection procedures are completed.
16
17   Verify that all surfaces are clean, dry and without foreign material before applying insulation materials.
18
19   INSTALLATION
20   All materials shall be installed by skilled labor regularly engaged in this type of work. All materials shall
21   be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations, building codes, and industry
22   standards. Do not install products when the ambient temperature or conditions are not consistent with the
23   manufacturer’s recommendations. Surfaces to be insulated must be clean and dry.
24
25   Locate insulation and cover seams in the least visible location. All surface finishes shall be extended in
26   such a manner as to protect all raw edges, ends and surfaces of insulation.
27
28   Install insulation with smooth and even surfaces. Poorly fitted joints or use of filler in voids will not be
29   accepted. Provide neatly beveled and coated terminations at all nameplates, uninsulated fittings, or at other
30   locations where insulation terminates.
31
32   Install fabric reinforcing without wrinkles. Overlap seams a minimum of 2 inches.
33
34   Use full length material (as delivered from manufacturer) wherever possible. Scrap piecing of insulation or
35   pieces cut undersize and stretched to fit will not be accepted.
36
37   All pipe and duct insulation shall be continuous through walls, ceiling or floor openings and through
38   sleeves except where firestop or firesafing materials are required. Vapor barriers shall be maintained
39   continuous through all penetrations.
40
41   Provide a continuous unbroken moisture vapor barrier on insulation applied to systems noted below.
42   Attachments to cold surfaces shall be insulated and vapor sealed to prevent condensation.
43
44   Provide a complete vapor barrier for insulation on the following systems:
45               Cold Water Make-Up
46
47   PROTECTIVE JACKET INSTALLATION
48
49   PVC FITTING COVERS AND JACKETS (PFJ):
50   Lap seams and joints a minimum of 2 inches and continuously seal PVC with welding solvent
51   recommended by jacket manufacturer. Lap slip joint ends 4" without fasteners where required to absorb
52   expansion and contraction. For sections where vapor barrier is not required and jacket requires routine
53   removal, tack fasteners may be used. Secure PVC fitting covers with tack fasteners. For systems requiring
54   a vapor barrier, apply a 1-1/2” band of mastic over ends, throat, seams and penetrations.
55
56   PIPING, VALVE, AND FITTING INSULATION
57   GENERAL:
58   Install insulation with butt joints and longitudinal seams closed tightly. Provide minimum 2” lap on jacket
59   seams and 2” tape on butt joints, firmly cemented with lap adhesive unless otherwise noted. Additionally
60   secure with staples along seams and butt joints. Coat staples, longitudinal and transverse seams with vapor
61   barrier mastic on systems requiring vapor barrier.
62
63   Install insulation continuous through pipe hangers and supports with hangers and supports on the exterior
64   of insulation. Where a vapor barrier is not required or where roller hangers are not being used, hangers and


                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    23 07 00-4
 1   supports may be attached directly to piping with insulation completely covering hanger or support and
 2   jacket sealed at support rod penetration. Where riser clamps are required to be attached directly to piping
 3   requiring vapor barrier, extend insulation and vapor barrier jacketing/coating around riser clamp.
 4
 5   Where insulated piping is installed on hangers and supports, the insulation shall be installed continuous
 6   through the hangers and supports. High density inserts shall be provided as required to prevent the weight
 7   of the piping from crushing the insulation. Pipe shields are required at all support locations. The insulation
 8   shall not be notched or cut to accommodate the supporting channels.
 9
10   INSULATION INSERTS AND PIPE SHIELDS:
11   Provide pipe shields at all hanger and support locations. Rigid insulation inserts shall be installed between
12   the pipe and the insulation shields. Quantity and placement of inserts shall be according to the
13   manufacturer’s installation instructions, however the inserts shall be no less than 12” in length. Inserts shall
14   be of equal thickness to the adjacent insulation and shall be vapor sealed as required for system.
15
16   Provide insulation inserts and pipe shields at all hanger and support locations. Inserts may be omitted on
17   3/4” and smaller copper piping provided 12” long 22 gauge pipe shields are used.
18
19   FITTINGS AND VALVES:
20   Fittings, valves, unions, flanges, couplings and specialties may be insulated with factory molded or built up
21   insulation of the same thickness as adjoining insulation. Where the ambient temperature exceeds 150
22   degrees F, cover insulation with fabric reinforcing and mastic. Where the ambient temperatures do not
23   exceed 150 degrees, furnish and install PVC fitting covers.
24
25
26   Provide a protective PVC (PFJ) or Fabric Reinforced Mastic (FMJ) jacket for the following insulated
27   piping:
28
29             All piping within mechanical rooms
30
31
32   PIPE INSULATION SCHEDULE:
33   Provide insulation on new and existing remodeled piping as indicated in the following schedule:
34
35
36   Service                  Insulation            Jacket             Insulation Thickness by Pipe Size
37
38                                                             ≤ 1-1/4”     1-1/2"    2" to    4" to 6"    8" and
39                                                                                    <4"                  larger
40   Heating Hot Water        Rigid Fiberglass      ASJ         1.5"        1.5"      2"         2"        2"
41
42
43   Cold Water Piping        Rigid Fiberglass      ASJ         0.5"        0.5"      1"         1"        1"
44
45
46   For systems with fluid temperatures 65° F or less, furnish and install removable elastomeric insulation
47   covers, plugs or caps for all mechanical equipment and devices that require access by balancing contractors
48   or service and maintenance personnel. Examples include but are not limited to: flow sensing devices,
49   circuit setters, manual ball valve air vents, drain valves, blowdown valves, pressure/temperature test plugs,
50   grease fittings, pump bearing caps, equipment labels, etc. Covers shall be tight fitting to ensure a complete
51   vapor barrier.
52
53   DUCT INSULATION
54   GENERAL:
55   Secure flexible duct insulation on sides and bottom of ductwork over 24" wide and all rigid duct insulation
56   with weld pins. Space fasteners 18” on center or less as required to prevent sagging.
57
58   Secure rigid board insulation to ductwork with weld pins. Apply insulation with joints firmly butted as
59   close as possible to the equipment surface. Pins shall be located a maximum of 3” from each edge and
60   spaced no greater than 12” on center.
61
62   Install weld pins without damage to the interior galvanized surface of the duct. Clip pins back to washer
63   and cover penetrations with tape of same material as jacket. Firmly butt seams and joints and cover with 4”



                                                 DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                      23 07 00-5
 1   tape of same material as jacket. Seal tape with plastic applicator and secure with staples. All joints, seams,
 2   edges and penetrations to be fully vapor sealed.
 3
 4   DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE:
 5   Provide duct insulation on new and existing remodeled ductwork in the following schedule:
 6
 7   Service                                    Insulation Type           Jacket         Insulation Thickness
 8   Combustion air ducts                       Rigid Fiberglass           FSJ                    2"
 9
10
11   CONSTRUCTION VERIFICATION ITEMS
12   Contractor is responsible for utilizing the construction verification checklists supplied under specification
13   Section 01 91 01 in accordance with the procedures defined for construction verification checklists.
14
15
16                                               END OF SECTION




                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    23 07 00-6
 1                               SECTION 23 09 14
 2   PNEUMATIC AND ELECTRIC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL DEVICES FOR HVAC
 3                               BASED ON DSF MASTER SPECIFICATION DATED 1/31/11
 4
 5
 6                                          PART 1 - GENERAL
 7
 8   SCOPE
 9   This sections includes pneumatic control system specifications for all HVAC work as well as related
10   pneumatic control for systems found in other specification sections. Included are the following topics:
11
12   PART 1 - GENERAL
13          Scope
14          Related Work
15          Reference
16          Reference Standards
17          System Description
18          Submittals
19          Demolition
20          Design Criteria
21          Operation and Maintenance Data
22          Material Delivery and Storage
23   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
24          Control System Instrumentation
25          Temperature Control Panels
26          Temperature Sensors
27          Power Supplies
28   PART 3 - EXECUTION
29          Installation
30          Wire and Air Piping Conduit and Tubing Installation Schedule
31          Construction Verification Items
32          Agency Training
33
34   RELATED WORK
35   Section 01 91 01 – Commissioning Process
36   Section 23 05 93 - Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC - Coordination
37   Section 23 09 93 - Sequence of Operation
38   Division 26 - Electrical - Installation requirements & Equipment provided to be controlled or monitored
39
40   REFERENCE
41   Applicable provisions of Division 1 govern work under this section.
42
43   REFERENCE STANDARDS
44   ANSI B16.22   Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings
45   ASTM D 635    Standard Test Method for Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of
46                 Plastics in a Horizontal Position
47
48   SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
49
50   System is to be electric/electronic.
51
52   SUBMITTALS
53   Include the following information:
54
55   Manufacturer’s data sheets indicating model number, pressure/temperature ratings, capacity, methods and
56   materials of construction, installation instructions, and recommended maintenance. General catalog sheets
57   showing a series of the same device is not acceptable unless the specific model is clearly marked.
58
59   Schematic flow diagrams of systems showing pumps and boiler and other control devices. Label each
60   device with setting or adjustable range of control. Indicate all wiring, clearly, differentiating between
61   factory and field installed wiring. Wiring should be shown in schematics that detail contact states, relay
62   references, etc. Diagrammatic representations of devices alone are not acceptable.
63


                                             DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                   23 09 14-1
 1   A complete description of each control sequence for equipment that is not controlled by direct digital
 2   controls.
 3
 4   Prior to request for final payment, submit record documents which accurately record actual location of
 5   control components including panels, thermostats, wiring, and sensors. Incorporate changes required
 6   during installation and start-up.
 7
 8   All submittals are to comply with submission and content requirements specified in specification Section
 9   01 91 01.
10
11   DEMOLITION
12   Where existing control devices, piping, or wiring are discontinued from use, remove and turn over to
13   owner. If owner does not want them remove from premises. Remove any previously abandoned control
14   devices in a similar manner.
15
16   DESIGN CRITERIA
17   Size all control apparatus to properly supply and/or operate and control the apparatus served.
18
19   Provide control devices subject to corrosive environments with corrosion protection or construct them so
20   they are suitable for use in such an environment.
21
22   Provide devices exposed to outside ambient conditions with weather protection or construct them so they
23   are suitable for outdoor installation.
24
25   Use only UL labeled products that comply with NEMA Standards. Electrical components and installation
26   to meet all requirements of the electrical sections (Division 26) of project specifications.
27
28   OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
29   All operations and maintenance data shall comply with the submission and content requirements specified
30   under section GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
31
32   MATERIAL DELIVERY AND STORAGE
33   Provide factory shipping cartons for each piece of equipment and control device. This contractor is
34   responsible for storage of equipment and materials inside and protected from the weather.
35
36
37                                        PART 2 - PRODUCTS
38
39   CONTROL SYSTEM INSTRUMENTATION
40
41   TEMPERATURE CONTROL PANELS
42   Constructed of steel or extruded aluminum, baked enamel finish. Install controls, relays, transducers and
43   automatic switches inside panels. Label devices with permanent printed labels and provide asbuilt
44   wiring/piping diagram within enclosure. Provide raceways for wiring and poly within panel for neat
45   appearance and to separate high and low voltage wiring. Provide termination blocks Provide label within
46   the panel indicating circuit number of 120VAC serving panel. Label outside of panel with panel number
47   corresponding to plan tags and asbuilt control drawings as well as building system(s) served.
48
49   TEMPERATURE SENSORS
50   Thermistor temperature sensor manufacturers: PreCon, BAPI, and ACI
51
52   Use thermistor or RTD type temperature sensing elements constructed so accuracy and life expectancy is
53   not affected by moisture, physical vibration, or other conditions that exist in each application.
54   RTD’s shall be of nickel or platinum construction and have a base resistance of 1000 at 70F and 77F
55   respectively. 100 platinum RTD’s are acceptable if used with temperature transmitters.
56
57
58   RTD
59            Accuracy                                              minimum + 0.65F
60            Range                                                 minimum -40 - 220F
61
62   Thermistor
63           Accuracy (All)                                         minimum + 0.36F
64           Range                                                  minimum -30 - 230F

                                              DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    23 09 14-2
 1            Heat Dissipation Constant                               minimum 2.7 mW/°C
 2
 3   Temperature Transmitter
 4          Accuracy                                                  minimum + 0.1F or +0.2% of span
 5          Output                                                    4-20 mA
 6
 7   Provide limited range or extended range sensors if required to sense the range expected for a respective
 8   point. Use RTD type sensors for extended ranges beyond -30 to 230F. If RTD’s are incompatible with
 9   DDC controller direct temperature input use temperature transmitters in conjunction with RTD’s.
10
11   Use wire size appropriate to limit temperature offset due to wire resistance to 1.0F. If offset is greater
12   than 1.0F due to wire resistance, use temperature transmitter. If feature is available in DDC controller,
13   compensate for wire resistance in software input definition.
14
15   In piping systems use temperature sensors with separable wells designed to be used with temperature
16   element.
17
18   POWER SUPPLIES
19   Provide all required power supplies for transducers, sensors, transmitters and relays. All low voltage
20   transformers shall have a resettable secondary circuit breaker and be listed as class 2 power supplies.
21
22
23                                        PART 3 - EXECUTION
24
25   INSTALLATION
26   Install system with trained mechanics and electricians employed by the control equipment manufacturer or
27   an authorized representative of the manufacturer. Where installing contractor is an authorized
28   representative of the control manufacturer, such authorization shall have been in effect for a period of no
29   less than three years.
30
31   Install all control equipment, accessories, wiring, and piping in a neat and workmanlike manner. All
32   control devices must be installed in accessible locations. This contractor shall verify that all control devices
33   furnished under this Section are functional and operating the mechanical equipment as specified in Section
34   23 09 93.
35
36   Label all control devices with the exception of dampers, valves, and terminal unit devices with permanent
37   printed labels that correspond to control drawings. Temperature control junction and pullboxes shall be
38   identified utilizing spray painted green covers. Other electrical system identification shall follow the 26 05
39   53 specification.
40
41   Provide all electrical relays and wiring, line and low voltage, for control systems, devices and components.
42   Install all high voltage and low voltage wiring (includes low voltage cable) in metal conduit, Electrical
43   Non-metallic Tubing (ENT), or Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT), as scheduled below and hereafter
44   referred to generically as conduit. See Wire and Air Piping Conduit Installation Schedule below for
45   specific conduit or tubing to be used. All conduit must be installed in accordance with electrical sections
46   (Division 26) of this specification and the National Electrical code.
47
48   Conduit shall be a minimum of 1/2 " for low voltage control provided the pipe fill does not exceed 40%.
49
50   Minimum low voltage wiring gauge to be 18 AWG for outputs and 20 AWG for inputs. All low voltage
51   wiring to be stranded.
52
53   Low voltage wiring can be run without conduit above accessible lay-in tile ceilings. All wiring in
54   mechanical rooms, above inaccessible hard ceilings, exterior locations, and in any exposed areas, and in all
55   other locations should be in conduit. Wire for wall sensors must be run in conduit. Wiring for radiation
56   valves shall be run in conduit where routed through walls.
57
58   Where wiring is installed free-air, installation shall consider the following:
59
60      Wiring shall run at right angles and be kept clear of other trades work.
61
62      Wiring shall be supported utilizing "J" or "Bridal-type" steel mounting rings anchored to ceiling
63       concrete, piping supports, walls above ceiling or structural steel beams. Mounting rings shall be of
64       open design (not a closed loop) to allow additional wire to be strung without being threaded through


                                                DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                      23 09 14-3
 1       the ring. For mounting rings that do not completely surround the wire, attach the wire to the mounting
 2       ring with a strap.
 3
 4      Supports shall be spaced at a maximum 4-foot interval unless limited by building construction. If
 5       wiring "sag" at mid-span exceeds 6-inches; another support shall be used.
 6
 7      Wiring shall never be laid directly on the ceiling grid or attached in any manner to the ceiling grid
 8       wires.
 9
10      Wall penetrations shall be sleeved.
11
12   Wiring shall not be attached to existing cabling, existing tubing, plumbing or steam piping, ductwork,
13   ceiling supports or electrical or communications conduit.
14
15   Control panels serving equipment fed by emergency power shall also be served by emergency power. This
16   contractor shall be responsible for all 120VAC power, not provided in the Division 26 specifications,
17   required for equipment provided under this section.
18
19   Install "hand/off/auto" selector switches on systems where automatic interlock controls are specified and
20   "hand/off/auto" selector switches are not supplied with the equipment controlled. Control panel power will
21   not be required for “hand” switch to operate. When switch is in "hand" position, allow manual operation
22   of the selected device without operating the interlocked motors but allowing all unit safety devices to stay
23   in the circuit.
24
25   All electrical wiring are to be permanently tagged or labeled within one inch of terminal strip with a
26   numbering system to correspond with the "Record Drawings".
27
28   After completion of installation, test and adjust control equipment. Submit data showing set points and
29   final adjustments of controls.
30
31   WIRE AND AIR PIPING CONDUIT AND TUBING INSTALLATION SCHEDULE
32   The following conduit schedule shall apply to both polyethylene tubing and wire in conduit where conduit
33   is specified for air tubing or wiring. Conduit and tubing referenced below shall meet specifications in
34   Section 26 05 33 and as defined below.
35
36   Conduit other than that specified below for specific applications shall not be used.
37
38   Exposed Dry Interior Locations: Rigid steel conduit. Intermediate metal conduit. Electrical metallic tubing.
39
40   CONSTRUCTION VERIFICATION ITEMS
41   Contractor is responsible for utilizing the construction verification checklists supplied under specification
42   Section 01 91 01 in accordance with the procedures defined for construction verification checklists.
43
44   AGENCY TRAINING
45   All training provided for agency shall comply with the format, general content requirements and
46   submission guidelines specified under Section 01 91 01 .
47
48   Contractor to provide factory authorized representative and/or field personnel knowledgeable with the
49   operations, maintenance and troubleshooting of the system and/or components defined within this section
50   for a minimum period of 1 hour.
51
52
53
54                                               END OF SECTION




                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                     23 09 14-4
 1                                      SECTION 23 09 93
 2                         SEQUENCE OF OPERATION FOR HVAC CONTROLS
 3                             BASED ON DFD MASTER SPECIFICATION DATED 4/28/11
 4
 5
 6
 7                                          PART1-GENERAL
 8
 9   SCOPE
10   This section includes control sequences for HVAC equipment as well as equipment furnished by others
11   that may need monitoring or control. Included are the following topics:
12
13   PART 1 - GENERAL
14           Scope
15           Related Work
16           Description of Work
17           Submittals
18           Operation and Maintenance Data
19           Design Criteria
20   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
21           Not Applicable
22   PART 3 - EXECUTION
23          General
24           Boiler Control - B-1, B-2
25           Functional Performance Testing
26                   
27   RELATED WORK
28   Applicable provisions of Division 1 govern work under this Section.
29
30   Section 01 91 01 – Commissioning Process
31   Section 23 09 14 - Pneumatic and Electric Controls
32   Section 23 05 93 - Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC – Coordination
33   Division 23 - HVAC - Equipment provided to be controlled or monitored
34   Division 26 - Electrical - Equipment provided to be controlled or monitored
35   Division 28 - Electronic Safety and Security
36
37   REFERENCE
38   Section 23 09 14 work includes furnishing and installing all field devices, including electronic sensors for
39   the DDC of this section, equipment, and all related field wiring, interlocking control wiring between
40   equipment, pneumatic tubing, sensor mounting, etc., that is covered in that section.
41
42   Motorized control dampers and actuators, thermowells (temperature sensing wells), automatic control
43   valves and their actuators are also covered in Section 23 09 14.
44
45   DESCRIPTION OF WORK
46   Control sequences are hereby defined as the manner and method by which automatic controls function.
47   Requirements for each type of operation are specified in this section.
48
49   Operation equipment, devices and system components required for automatic control systems are specified
50   in other Division 23 control sections of these specifications.
51
52   All temperature, humidity, and pressure sensing, and all other control signal transportation for the control
53   sequences shall be furnished under Section 23 09 14. All pneumatic, electronic, and electric input/output
54   signals shall be extended under Section 23 09 14, with adequate lead length for termination within the
55   appropriate control panel.
56
57   SUBMITTALS
58   Refer to Division 1, General Conditions, Submittals, Section 23 05 00 and Sections, and 23 09 14 for
59   descriptions of what should be included in the submittals.
60
61   Shop drawings shall be provided by contractor(s) providing equipment under their Sections. The
62   contractor providing the 23 09 14 equipment shall provide a complete narrative of the sequence of
63   operation for equipment that is controlled directly from that equipment . The narrative of the sequence of


                                              DFD Project No. 11E2N
                                                   23 09 93-1
 1   operation shall not be a verbatim copy of the sequences contained herein, but shall reflect the actual
 2   operation as applied by the contractor.
 3
 4   OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
 5   All operations and maintenance data shall comply with the submission and content requirements specified
 6   under section GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
 7
 8
 9   DESIGN CRITERIA
10
11   Reference Section 23 09 14.
12
13                                           PART2-PRODUCTS
14
15   Not applicable to this Section – reference Sections and 23 09 14 for product descriptions.
16
17                                         PART 3 - EXECUTION
18
19   CONTROL SEQUENCES
20
21   GENERAL:
22
23   SETPOINTS:
24   All setpoints indicated in the control specification are to be adjustable. The setpoints indicated herein are
25   only specified as a calculated starting point (or initial system operation). It is expected that setpoint
26   adjustments and control loop tuning shall be required to provide optimum system operation based on
27   requirements of the building.      Document all final setpoints on the as-built control drawings. Any
28   questions regarding the intended operation of the HVAC equipment and control systems shall be referred
29   to the HVAC design engineer through the appropriate construction communication process.
30
31   ANTI-CYCLING:
32   When HVAC equipment or a sequence is specified to be started and stopped by a temperature, humidity,
33   pressure setpoint or any other controlled variable, there shall be an adjustable differential setpoint that shall
34   be set to prevent short cycling of the systems and equipment due to minor changes in the controlled
35   variable. Temperature differential setpoints shall be set at 2º F and non-temperature setpoints shall be set
36   at 10% of the controlled range unless otherwise specified. Setpoints shall indicate at when the process
37   should be turned on. Heating and cooling differentials shall be set for above setpoint and will be used to
38   turn the process off. For example, an economizer sequence called to switch at 68º F, would turn on at 68º
39   F and off at 70º F since it is a cooling function. A heating lockout setpoint of 50º F would turn on heating
40   control at 50º F and off at 52º F Non-temperature differentials shall be set above setpoint if the setpoint is
41   indicating a minimum value or below setpoint if the setpoint is indicating a maximum value. Provide
42   minimum runtime timers for loads that are cycled to prevent over-cycling. Timers shall be set as specified
43   or as needed to prevent damage or excessive wear to the equipment. Unless otherwise specified in the
44   individual control sequences, fans and pumps shall have a minimum runtime on timers of 15 minutes (adj.)
45   and off timers of 5 minutes (adj.). Safeties shall override runtime timers.
46
47   DEADBANDS:
48   Provide deadbands for all control loops to prevent constant hunting of output signals to controlled devices.
49   Deadbands shall be set to provide adequate control around setpoint as follows unless otherwise specified in
50   the individual control sequences:
51
52   Temperature Control: ±0.1º F
53
54   EQUIPMENT START/STOP FAILURE STATES:
55   All start/stop points for equipment shall utilize normally open contacts unless called out specifically in the
56   individual control sequences.
57




                                                DFD Project No. 11E2N
                                                     23 09 93-2
 1   BOILER CONTROL - B-1, B-2

 2   Supervisory controller provided with the boilers shall perform the following sequence.

 3   Supervisory controller shall energize the boilers (and their respective circulating pump) and system pumps
 4   automatically when the outside air temperature reaches the set point adjustable from 40 to 100 degrees F.
 5   Set for 55 degrees.

 6   The entire system shall be controlled in accordance with boiler manufacturer's instructions. The signal
 7   center shall control the sequence of boilers to fire to meet the load balance between outdoor temperature
 8   and water temperature in the return line.

 9   The dedicated boiler pumps shall run for up to 5 minutes (adjustable) after the boiler stops firing or shall be
10   provided with a sensor to prevent the boiler temperature from rising and tripping the temperature limit.

11   The system return temperature shall vary according to the following schedule:
12
13                                                     OA         HWR
14                                                     -15°F      180°F
15                                                      50°F      150°F

16   It is recommended that the first boiler be brought on at 5 degrees below set point. The firing rate shall be
17   modulated to hold set point. When the firing rate reaches 90% and fires at this rate for more than 6
18   minutes, (adjustable) the second boiler shall be energized and both boilers burners shall be modulated in
19   unison to meet the set point. When the boilers firing rates goes to or below 33% (adjustable), the lag
20   boiler shall be turned off and the lead boiler shall run to meet set point. Provide lead/lag rotation

21   Provide a 140 degree low limit on the return water temperature. The lead boiler shall fire to prevent the
22   return water temperature from falling below the low limit.

23   The internal boiler operating limits shall be set at 220 degrees (adjustable) and the high limit shall be set at
24   240 degrees (adjustable.
25
26   FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING
27   Contractor is responsible for utilizing the functional performance test procedures supplied under
28   specification Section 01 91 01 in accordance with the procedures defined for functional performance test
29   procedures.
30
31
32                                                END OF SECTION




                                                DFD Project No. 11E2N
                                                     23 09 93-3
Intentional blank page
 1                                             SECTION 23 11 00
 2                                           FACILITY FUEL PIPING
 3                              BASED ON DSF MASTER SPECIFICATION DATED 5/1/08
 4
 5                                          PART 1 - GENERAL
 6
 7   SCOPE
 8   This section contains specifications for fuel pipe and fuel pipe fittings for this project. Included are the
 9   following topics:
10   PART 1 - GENERAL
11            Scope
12            Related Work
13            Reference
14            Reference Standards
15            Shop Drawings
16            Quality Assurance
17            Delivery, Storage, and Handling
18            Design Criteria
19            Welder Qualifications
20            Natural Gas Service
21   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
22            Natural Gas
23            Vents and Relief Valves
24            Unions and Flanges
25   PART 3 - EXECUTION
26            Preparation
27            Erection
28            Welded Pipe Joints
29            Threaded Pipe Joints
30            Natural Gas
31            Vents and Relief Valves
32            Unions and Flanges
33            Piping System Leak Tests
34            Piping System Test Report
35            Construction Verification Items
36
37   RELATED WORK
38   Section 01 91 01 – Commissioning Process
39   Section 23 05 23 - General-Duty Valves for HVAC Piping
40   Section 23 05 15 - Piping Specialties
41   Section 23 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment
42   Section 23 25 00 - HVAC Water Treatment.
43
44   REFERENCE
45   Applicable provisions of Division 1 govern work under this section.
46
47   REFERENCE STANDARDS
48
49   ANSI B16.3        Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings
50   ASTM A53          Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc Coated Welded and Seamless
51   ASTM A234         Pipe Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and Elevated
52                     Temperatures
53
54   SHOP DRAWINGS
55   Refer to division 1, General Conditions, Submittals.
56
57   Contractor shall submit schedule indicating the ASTM specification number of the pipe being proposed
58   along with its type and grade and sufficient information to indicate the type and rating of fittings for each
59   service.
60
61   TYPE E OR S STEEL PIPE:
62   Mill certification papers, also known as material test reports, for the pipe furnished for this project, in
63   English. Heat numbers on these papers to match the heat numbers stencilled on the pipe. Chemical analysis


                                              DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    23 11 00-1
 1   indicated on the mill certification papers to meet or exceed the requirements of the referenced ASTM
 2   specification.
 3
 4   QUALITY ASSURANCE
 5   Order all Type E and Type S steel pipe with heat numbers rolled, stamped, or stenciled to each length or
 6   each bundle, depending on the size of the pipe, and in accordance with the appropriate ASTM specification.
 7
 8   Any installed material not meeting the specification requirements must be replaced with material that meets
 9   these specifications without additional cost to the Owner.
10
11   DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
12   Promptly inspect shipments to insure that the material is undamaged and complies with specifications.
13
14   Cover pipe to eliminate rust and corrosion while allowing sufficient ventilation to avoid condensation. Do
15   not store materials directly on grade. Protect pipe, tube, and fitting ends so they are not damaged. Where
16   end caps are provided or specified, take precautions so the caps remain in place.
17
18   Offsite storage agreements will not relieve the contractor from using proper storage techniques.
19
20   Storage and protection methods must allow inspection to verify products.
21
22   DESIGN CRITERIA
23   Use only new material, free of defects, rust and scale, and meeting the latest revision of ASTM
24   specifications as listed in this specification.
25
26   Construct all piping for the highest pressures and temperatures in the respective system in accordance with
27   ANSI B31, but not less than 125 psig unless specifically indicated otherwise.
28
29   Non-metallic piping will be acceptable only for the services indicated. It will not be acceptable in occupied
30   spaces and ventilation plenum spaces, including plenum ceilings.
31
32   Where weld fittings or mechanical grooved fittings are used, use only long radius elbows having a
33   centerline radius of 1.5 pipe diameters.
34
35    Where ASTM A53 grade A pipe is specified, ASTM A53 grade B pipe may be substituted at Contractor's
36   option. Where the grade or type is not specified, Contractor may choose from those commercially
37   available.
38
39   WELDER QUALIFICATIONS
40
41   Before any metallic welding is performed, Contractor to submit his Standard Welding Procedure
42   Specification together with the Procedure Qualification Record as required by Section IX of the ASME
43   Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and/or the National Certified Pipe Welding Bureau.
44
45   Before any polyethylene fusion welding is performed, Contractor to submit certification that the welders to
46   be used on this project have successfully demonstrated proper welding procedures in accordance with the
47   Code of Federal Regulations, Title 49, Part 192, Section 192.285.
48
49   The A/E or DSF reserves the right to test the work of any welder employed on the project, at the
50   Contractor's expense. If the work of the welder is found to be unsatisfactory, the welder shall be prevented
51   from doing further welding on the project.
52
53
54
55                                         PART 2 - PRODUCTS
56
57
58   NATURAL GAS
59
60   2" and Smaller: ASTM A53, type E or S, standard weight (schedule 40) black steel pipe with ASTM
61   A197/ANSI B16.3 class 150 black malleable iron threaded fittings or ASTM A234 grade WPB/ANSI
62   B16.9 standard weight, seamless, carbon steel weld fittings.
63


                                              DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    23 11 00-2
 1   2-1/2" and Larger: ASTM A53, type E or S, standard weight black steel pipe with ASTM A234 grade
 2   WPB/ANSI B16.9 standard weight, seamless, carbon steel weld fittings.
 3
 4   VENTS AND RELIEF VALVES
 5   Use pipe and pipe fittings as specified for the system to which the relief valve or vent is connected.
 6
 7   UNIONS AND FLANGES
 8   2" and Smaller: ASTM A197/ANSI B16.3 malleable iron unions with brass seats. Use black malleable iron
 9   on black steel piping and galvanized malleable iron on galvanized steel piping. Use unions of a pressure
10   class equal to or higher than that specified for the fittings of the respective piping service but not less than
11   250 psi.
12
13   2-1/2" and Larger: ASTM A181 or A105, grade 1 hot forged steel flanges of threaded, welding and of a
14   pressure class compatible with that specified for valves, piping specialties and fittings of the respective
15   piping service. Flanges smaller than 2-1/2" may be used as needed for connecting to equipment and piping
16   specialties. Use raised face flanges ANSI B16.5 for mating with other raised face flanges on equipment
17   with flat ring or full face gaskets. Use ANSI B16.1 flat face flanges with full face gaskets for mating with
18   other flat face flanges on equipment.
19
20                                         PART 3 - EXECUTION
21
22   PREPARATION
23   Remove all foreign material from interior and exterior of pipe and fittings.
24
25   ERECTION
26   Install all piping parallel to building walls and ceilings and at heights which do not obstruct any portion of a
27   window, doorway, stairway, or passageway. Where interferences develop in the field, offset or reroute
28   piping as required to clear such interferences. In all cases, consult drawings for exact location of pipe
29   spaces, ceiling heights, door and window openings, or other architectural details before installing piping.
30
31   Provide anchors, expansion joints, swing joints and/or expansion loops so that piping may expand and
32   contract without damage to itself, equipment, or building.
33
34   Mitered ells, notched tees, and orange peel reducers are not acceptable. On threaded piping, bushings are
35   not acceptable.
36
37   "Weldolets" and "Threadolets" may be used for branch takeoffs up to one-half (1/2) the diameter of the
38   main.
39
40   Install all valves, and piping specialties, including items furnished by others, as specified and/or detailed.
41   Make connections to all equipment installed by others where that equipment requires the piping services
42   indicated in this section.
43
44   WELDED PIPE JOINTS
45   Make all welded joints by fusion welding in accordance with ASME Codes, ANSI B31, and State Codes
46   where applicable.
47
48   Electrodes shall be Lincoln, or approved equal, with coating and diameter as recommended by the
49   manufacturer for the type and thickness of work being done.
50
51   THREADED PIPE JOINTS
52   Use a Teflon based thread lubricant or Teflon tape when making joints; no hard setting pipe thread cement
53   or caulking will be allowed.
54
55   NATURAL GAS
56   Pitch horizontal piping down 1" in 60 feet in the direction of flow. Install a 4" minimum depth dirt leg at
57   the bottom of each vertical run and at each appliance. When installing mains and branches, cap gas tight
58   each tee or pipe end which will not be immediately extended. All branch connections to the main shall be
59   from the top or side of the main.
60
61   If an above ground vent terminates in an area subject to snow accumulation, terminate the line at least five
62   feet above grade.
63


                                                DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                      23 11 00-3
 1   Install a shut off valve at each appliance. Provide a valved connection at the main for equipment and
 2   appliances furnished by others.
 3
 4   Each gas pressure reducing valve vent and relief valve vent shall be run separately to a point outside of the
 5   building, terminated with a screened vent cap, and located according to gas utility regulations.
 6
 7   Clean all welded piping before all regulators and control valves. Test by placing target cloth over piping
 8   and blow with compressed air. Clean piping until target cloth is clean and free of debris.
 9
10   VENTS AND RELIEF VALVES
11   Install vent and relief valve discharge lines as indicated on the drawings, as detailed, and as specified for
12   each specific valve or piping specialty item. In no event is a termination to occur less than six feet above a
13   roof line.
14
15   UNIONS AND FLANGES
16   Install a union or flange, as required, at each automatic control valve and at each piping specialty or piece
17   of equipment which may require removal for maintenance, repair, or replacement. Where a valve is located
18   at a piece of equipment, locate the flange or union connection on the equipment side of the valve.
19   Concealed unions or flanges are not acceptable.
20
21   PIPING SYSTEM LEAK TESTS
22   Verify that the piping system being tested is fully connected to all components and that all equipment is
23   properly installed, wired, and ready for operation. If required for the additional pressure load under test,
24   provide temporary restraints at expansion joints or isolate them during the test. Verify that hangers can
25   withstand any additional weight load that may be imposed by the test.
26
27   Provide all piping, fittings, blind flanges, and equipment to perform the testing.
28
29   Conduct pressure test with test medium of air or water unless specifically indicated. Minimum test time is
30   indicated in the table below; additional time may be necessary to conduct an examination for leakage. Each
31   test must be witnessed by the Division's representative. If leaks are found, repair the area with new
32   materials and repeat the test; caulking will not be acceptable.
33
34   Do not insulate pipe until it has been successfully tested.
35
36   For hydrostatic tests, use clean water and remove all air from the piping being tested by means of air vents
37   or loosening of flanges/unions. Measure and record test pressure at the high point in the system.
38
39   For air tests, gradually increase the pressure to not more than one half of the test pressure; then increase the
40   pressure in steps of approximately one-tenth of the test pressure until the required test pressure is reached.
41   Examine all joints and connections with a soap bubble solution or equivalent method. The piping system
42   exclusive of possible localized instances at pump or valve packing shall show no evidence of leaking. After
43   testing is complete, slowly release the pressure in a safe manner.
44
45   Measure natural gas system test pressure with a water manometer or an equivalent device calibrated in
46   increments not greater than 0.1 inch water column. System will not be approved until it can be
47   demonstrated that there is no measurable loss of test pressure during the test period.
48
49       System                                              Pressure          Medium      Duration
50       Natural gas                                         100 psig          Air         24 hr
51
52   All pressure tests are to be documented on a Division of State Facilities form included in this specification.
53
54   On piping that can not be tested because of connection to an active line, provide temporary blind flanges
55   and hydrostatically test new section of piping. After completion of test, remove temporary flanges and
56   make final connections to piping. Die penetrate test pass weld or x-ray the piping that was not
57   hydrostatically tested up to the active system.
58
59   CONSTRUCTION VERIFICATION ITEMS
60   Contractor is responsible for utilizing the construction verification checklists supplied under specification
61   Section 01 91 01 in accordance with the procedures defined for construction verification checklists.
62
63                                                END OF SECTION

                                                DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                      23 11 00-4
                             PIPING SYSTEM TEST REPORT

State of Wisconsin
Department of Administration                    Date
Division of State Facilities                    Submitted:

Project Name:

Location:                                                        DSF Project No:

Contractor:

          □   HVAC                      □   Refrigeration              □   Controls
          □   Power Plant               □   Plumbing                   □   Sprinkler
          Test Medium:      □   Air     □   Water     □      Other

Test performed per specification section No.

Specified Test Duration ______ Hours            Specified Test Pressure                PSIG

System Identification:

Describe Location:




                         Test Date:

Start Test Time:                                Initial Pressure:                      PSIG

Stop Test Time:                                 Final Pressure:                        PSIG


Tested By:                                          Witnessed By:

Title:                                              Title:

Signed:                                             Signed:

Date:                                               Date:

Comments:




                                      DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                            23 11 00-5
Intentional blank page
 1                                             SECTION 23 21 13
 2                                             HYDRONIC PIPING
 3                              BASED ON DSF MASTER SPECIFICATION DATED 5/1/08
 4
 5                                         PART 1 - GENERAL
 6
 7   SCOPE
 8   This section contains specifications for all HVAC hydronic pipe and pipe fittings for this project. Included
 9   are the following topics:
10   PART 1 - GENERAL
11             Scope
12             Related Work
13             Reference
14             Reference Standards
15             Shop Drawings
16             Quality Assurance
17             Delivery, Storage, and Handling
18             Design Criteria
19             Welder Qualifications
20   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
21             Heating Hot Water
22             Makeup Water
23             Chemical Treatment
24             Vents and Relief Valves
25             Cooling Coil Condensate
26             Unions and Flanges
27             Gaskets
28             Unions and Flanges
29   PART 3 - EXECUTION
30             Preparation
31             Erection
32             Welded Pipe Joints
33             Threaded Pipe Joints
34             Copper Pipe Joints
35             Water Systems
36             Makeup Water
37             Chemical Treatment
38             Vents and Relief Valves
39             Unions and Flanges
40             Gaskets
41             Piping System Leak Tests
42             Hydronic Piping System Flushing
43             Construction Verification Items
44             Piping System Test Report
45
46   RELATED WORK
47   Section 01 91 01 – Commissioning Process
48   Section 23 05 23 - General-Duty Valves for HVAC Piping
49   Section 23 05 15 - Piping Specialties
50   Section 23 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment
51   Section 23 07 00 - HVAC Insulation
52   Section 23 25 00 - HVAC Water Treatment.
53
54   REFERENCE
55   Applicable provisions of Division 1 govern work under this section.
56
57   REFERENCE STANDARDS
58
59   ANSI B16.3        Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings
60   ANSI B16.4        Cast Iron Threaded Fittings
61   ANSI B16.5        Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
62   ANSI B16.22       Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings
63   ASTM A53          Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc Coated Welded and Seamless
64   ASTM A105         Forgings, Carbon Steel, for Piping Components

                                              DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    23 21 13-1
 1   ASTM A126         Gray Cast Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings
 2   ASTM A181         Forgings, Carbon Steel for General Purpose Piping
 3   ASTM A197         Cupola Malleable Iron
 4   ASTM A234         Pipe Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and Elevated
 5                     Temperatures
 6   ASTM B75          Seamless Copper Tube
 7   ASTM B88          Seamless Copper Water Tube
 8
 9   SHOP DRAWINGS
10   Refer to division 1, General Conditions, Submittals.
11
12   Contractor shall submit schedule indicating the ASTM specification number of the pipe being proposed
13   along with its type and grade and sufficient information to indicate the type and rating of fittings for each
14   service.
15
16   TYPE F STEEL PIPE:
17   Statement from manufacturer on his letterhead that the pipe furnished meets the ASTM specification
18   contained in this section.
19
20   TYPE E OR S STEEL PIPE:
21   Mill certification papers, also known as material test reports, for the pipe furnished for this project, in
22   English. Heat numbers on these papers to match the heat numbers stencilled on the pipe. Chemical analysis
23   indicated on the mill certification papers to meet or exceed the requirements of the referenced ASTM
24   specification.
25
26   COPPER TUBE:
27   Statement from manufacturer on his letterhead that the pipe furnished meets the ASTM specification
28   contained in this section.
29
30   QUALITY ASSURANCE
31   Order all Type E and Type S steel pipe with heat numbers rolled, stamped, or stenciled to each length or
32   each bundle, depending on the size of the pipe, and in accordance with the appropriate ASTM specification.
33
34   Any installed material not meeting the specification requirements must be replaced with material that meets
35   these specifications without additional cost to the Owner.
36
37   DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
38   Promptly inspect shipments to insure that the material is undamaged and complies with specifications.
39
40   Cover pipe to eliminate rust and corrosion while allowing sufficient ventilation to avoid condensation. Do
41   not store materials directly on grade. Protect pipe, tube, and fitting ends so they are not damaged. Where
42   end caps are provided or specified, take precautions so the caps remain in place. Protect fittings, flanges,
43   and unions by storage inside or by durable, waterproof, above ground packaging.
44
45   Offsite storage agreements will not relieve the contractor from using proper storage techniques.
46
47   Storage and protection methods must allow inspection to verify products.
48
49   DESIGN CRITERIA
50   Use only new material, free of defects, rust and scale, and meeting the latest revision of ASTM
51   specifications as listed in this specification.
52
53   Construct all piping for the highest pressures and temperatures in the respective system in accordance with
54   ANSI B31, but not less than 125 psig unless specifically indicated otherwise.
55
56   Where weld fittings or mechanical grooved fittings are used, use only long radius elbows having a
57   centerline radius of 1.5 pipe diameters.
58
59   Where ASTM A53 type F pipe is specified, ASTM A53 grade A type E or S, or ASTM A53 grade B type E
60   or S may be substituted at Contractor's option. Where ASTM A53 grade A pipe is specified, ASTM A53
61   grade B pipe may be substituted at Contractor's option. Where the grade or type is not specified, Contractor
62   may choose from those commercially available.
63


                                              DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    23 21 13-2
 1   Where ASTM B88, type L hard temper copper tubing is specified, ASTM B88, type K hard temper copper
 2   tubing may be substituted at Contractor's option.
 3
 4   WELDER QUALIFICATIONS
 5   Before any metallic welding is performed, the Contractor shall submit his Standard Welding Procedure
 6   Specifications, Procedure Qualification Records and Qualification Test Records for each Welder along with
 7   associated continuity records to demonstrate compliance with ASME Section IX, paragraph QW-322.
 8
 9   The Contractor shall maintain a complete set of welder qualification documents at the jobsite, including
10   Test Records and Continunity Records for each welder.
11
12   The A/E or DSF reserves the right to test the work of any welder employed on the project, at the
13   Contractor's expense. Testing will include a visual examination of the pipe and weld and may include
14   radiography of any suspect welds. If the work of the welder is found to be unsatisfactory, the welder shall
15   be prevented from doing further welding on the project. Any welds deemed unacceptable will be repaired
16   at the contractor’s expense.
17
18                                         PART 2 - PRODUCTS
19
20   HEATING HOT WATER
21   2" and Smaller: ASTM A53, type F, standard weight (schedule 40) black steel pipe with ASTM
22   A126/ANSI B16.4, class 125, standard weight cast iron threaded fittings.
23
24   2-1/2" and Larger: ASTM A53, standard weight (schedule 40) black steel pipe with ASTM A234 grade
25   WPB/ANSI B16.9 standard weight, seamless, carbon steel weld fittings.
26
27   Contractor may use ASTM B88 seamless, type L, hard temper copper tube with ANSI B16.22 wrought
28   copper solder-joint fittings in lieu of steel pipe for all sizes. Mechanically formed tee fittings may be used
29   in lieu of wrought copper solder-joint tee fittings for branch takeoff up to one-half (1/2) the diameter of the
30   main.
31
32   CHEMICAL TREATMENT
33   Use pipe and pipe fittings as specified for the system to which the chemical treatment piping is connected.
34   Plastic pipe furnished with the chemical treatment materials may also be used if its pressure/temperature
35   rating is acceptable for the service.
36
37   VENTS AND RELIEF VALVES
38   Use pipe and pipe fittings as specified for the system to which the relief valve or vent is connected.
39
40   UNIONS AND FLANGES
41   2" and Smaller: ASTM A197/ANSI B16.3 malleable iron unions with brass seats. Use black malleable iron
42   on black steel piping and galvanized malleable iron on galvanized steel piping. Use ANSI B16.18 cast
43   copper alloy unions on copper piping. Use unions of a pressure class equal to or higher than that specified
44   for the fittings of the respective piping service but not less than 250 psi.
45
46   2-1/2" and Larger: ASTM A181 or A105, grade 1 hot forged steel flanges of threaded, welding and of a
47   pressure class compatible with that specified for valves, piping specialties and fittings of the respective
48   piping service. Flanges smaller than 2-1/2" may be used as needed for connecting to equipment and piping
49   specialties. Use raised face flanges ANSI B16.5 for mating with other raised face flanges on equipment
50   with flat ring or full face gaskets. Use ANSI B16.1 flat face flanges with full face gaskets for mating with
51   other flat face flanges on equipment.
52
53   GASKETS
54   Water and Glycol Systems: Branded, compressed, non-asbestos sheet gaskets. Klingersil C4401, Garlock
55   3000, JM Clipper 978 or approved equal.
56
57




                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                     23 21 13-3
 1
 2
 3                                         PART 3 - EXECUTION
 4
 5   ERECTION
 6   Carefully inspect all pipe, fittings, valves, equipment and accessories before installation. Any items that are
 7   unsuitable, cracked or otherwise defective shall be rejected and removed from the job site immediately.
 8   Excluding minor surface rust, piping that exhibits significant oxidation or corrosion will be rejected.

 9   Exercise care at every stage of storage, handling, laying and erecting to prevent entry of foreign matter into
10   piping, fittings, valves, equipment and accessories. Do not erect or install any item that is not clean.

11   Remove all lose dirt, scale, oil, chips, burrs and other foreign material from the internal and external
12   surfaces of all pipe and piping components prior to assembly, including debris associated with cutting,
13   threading and welding.

14   During fabrication and assembly, remove slag and weld spatter from internal pipe surfaces at all joints by
15   peening, chipping and wire brushing.

16   During construction, until system is fully operational, keep all openings in piping and equipment closed
17   except when actual work is being performed on that item of the system. Use plugs, caps, blind flanges or
18   other items designed for this purpose.

19   Furnish and install all flanges, caps, bypasses, drains, valves, etc. required to facilitate flushing and draining
20   all heating and cooling system piping.
21
22   Install all piping parallel to building walls and ceilings and at heights which do not obstruct any portion of a
23   window, doorway, stairway, or passageway. Where interferences develop in the field, offset or reroute
24   piping as required to clear such interferences. In all cases, consult drawings for exact location of pipe
25   spaces, ceiling heights, door and window openings, or other architectural details before installing piping.
26
27   Provide anchors, expansion joints, swing joints and/or expansion loops so that piping may expand and
28   contract without damage to itself, equipment, or building.
29
30   Mitered ells, notched tees, and orange peel reducers are not acceptable. On threaded piping, bushings are
31   not acceptable.
32
33   "Weldolets" and "Threadolets" may be used for branch takeoffs up to one-half (1/2) the diameter of the
34   main.
35
36   Install drains throughout the systems to permit complete drainage.
37
38   Do not route piping through transformer vaults or above transformers, panelboards, or switchboards,
39   including the required service space for this equipment, unless the piping is serving this equipment
40
41   Install all valves, control valves, and piping specialties, including items furnished by others, as specified
42   and/or detailed. Make connections to all equipment installed by others where that equipment requires the
43   piping services indicated in this section.
44
45   WELDED PIPE JOINTS
46   Make all welded joints by fusion welding in accordance with ASME Codes, ANSI B31, and State Codes
47   where applicable.
48
49   All pipe welding shall be completed by Qualified Welders in accordance with the Contractor’s Procedure
50   Specifications.
51
52   Contractor will ensure that these steps are followed where pipe sections will be joined by welding:
53       1. Cleaning – Welding surfaces will be clean and free of defects.
54       2. Alignment – Inside diameter of piping components will be aligned as accurately as possible.
55           Internal misalignment shall not exceed 1/16”.

                                                DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                      23 21 13-4
 1       3.   Spacing – Pipe sections will be spaced to allow deposition of weld filler material through the entire
 2            weld joint thickness.
 3       4.   Girth Butt Welds:
 4                a. Girth butt welds shall be complete penetration welds.
 5                b. Concavity will not exceed 1/32”
 6                c. Under cuts will not exceed 1/32”
 7                d. As welded surfaces are permitted however surfaces will be free from coarse ripples,
 8                     grooves, abrupt ridges and valleys.
 9
10   Electrodes shall be Lincoln, or approved equal, with coating and diameter as recommended by the
11   manufacturer for the type and thickness of work being done.
12
13   THREADED PIPE JOINTS
14   Use a Teflon based thread lubricant or Teflon tape when making joints; no hard setting pipe thread cement
15   or caulking will be allowed.
16
17   COPPER PIPE JOINTS
18   Remove all slivers and burrs remaining from the cutting operation by reaming and filing both pipe surfaces.
19   Clean fitting and tube with emery cloth or sandpaper. Remove residue from the cleaning operation, apply
20   flux, and assemble joint. Use 95-5 solder or brazing to secure joint as specified for the specific piping
21   service.
22   Where mechanically formed tee fittings are allowed, form mechanically extracted collars in a continuous
23   operation, consisting of drilling a pilot hole and drawing out the tube surface to form a collar having a
24   height of not less than three times the thickness of the tube wall. Use an adjustable collaring device. Notch
25   and dimple the branch tube. Braze the joint, applying heat properly so that pipe and tee do not distort;
26   remove distorted connections.
27
28   WATER SYSTEM
29   Run water mains level or pitch horizontal mains up 1 inch in 40 feet in the direction of flow. Install manual
30   air vents at all high points where air may collect. If vent is not in an accessible location, extend air vent
31   piping to the nearest code acceptable drain location with vent valve located at the drain.
32
33   Use a minimum of two elbows in each pipe line to a piece of terminal equipment to provide flexibility for
34   expansion and contraction of the piping systems. Offset pipe connections at equipment to allow for service,
35   such as removal of the terminal device.
36
37   Use eccentric fittings for changes in horizontal pipe sizes with the fittings installed for proper air venting.
38   Concentric fittings may be used for changes in vertical pipe sizes.
39
40   MAKEUP WATER
41   Install where indicated and/or specified, including all valves, piping specialties and dielectric unions
42   required for a functional system.
43
44   CHEMICAL TREATMENT
45   Install chemical treatment piping as indicated on the drawings, as detailed, and as recommended by the
46   supplier of the chemical treatment equipment.
47
48   VENTS AND RELIEF VALVES
49   Install vent and relief valve discharge lines as indicated on the drawings, as detailed, and as specified for
50   each specific valve or piping specialty item. In no event is a termination to occur less than six feet above a
51   roof line.
52
53   UNIONS AND FLANGES
54   Install a union or flange, as required, at each automatic control valve and at each piping specialty or piece
55   of equipment which may require removal for maintenance, repair, or replacement. Where a valve is located
56   at a piece of equipment, locate the flange or union connection on the equipment side of the valve.
57   Concealed unions or flanges are not acceptable.
58
59   GASKETS
60   Store horizontally in cool, dry location and protect from sunlight, water and chemicals. Inspect flange
61   surfaces for warping, radial scoring or heavy tool marks. Inspect fasteners, nuts and washers for burrs or
62   cracks. Replace defective materials.
63


                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                     23 21 13-5
 1   Align flanges parallel and perpendicular with bolt holes centered without using excessive force. Center
 2   gasket in opening. Lubricate fastener threads, nuts and washers with lubricant formulated for application.
 3
 4   Draw flanges together evenly to avoid pinching gasket. Tighten fasteners in cross pattern sequence (12 – 6
 5   o’clock, 3 – 9 o’clock, etc.), one pass by hand and four passes by torque wrench at 30% full torque, 60%
 6   full torque and two passes at full torque per ASME B16.5.
 7
 8   PIPING SYSTEM LEAK TESTS
 9   Verify that the piping system being tested is fully connected to all components and that all equipment is
10   properly installed, wired, and ready for operation. If required for the additional pressure load under test,
11   provide temporary restraints at expansion joints or isolate them during the test. Verify that hangers can
12   withstand any additional weight load that may be imposed by the test.
13
14   Provide all piping, fittings, blind flanges, and equipment to perform the testing.
15
16   Conduct pressure test with test medium of air or water unless specifically indicated. Minimum test time is
17   indicated in the table below; additional time may be necessary to conduct an examination for leakage. Each
18   test must be witnessed by the Division's representative. If leaks are found, repair the area with new
19   materials and repeat the test; caulking will not be acceptable.
20
21   Do not insulate pipe until it has been successfully tested.
22
23   For hydrostatic tests, use clean water and remove all air from the piping being tested by means of air vents
24   or loosening of flanges/unions. Measure and record test pressure at the high point in the system.
25
26   For air tests, gradually increase the pressure to not more than one half of the test pressure; then increase the
27   pressure in steps of approximately one-tenth of the test pressure until the required test pressure is reached.
28   Examine all joints and connections with a soap bubble solution or equivalent method. The piping system
29   exclusive of possible localized instances at pump or valve packing shall show no evidence of leaking. After
30   testing is complete, slowly release the pressure in a safe manner.
31
32       System                                              Pressure          Medium      Duration
33       Heating hot water                                   100 psig          Water       8 hr
34
35   All pressure tests are to be documented on a Division of State Facilities form included in this specification.
36
37   On piping that can not be tested because of connection to an active line, provide temporary blind flanges
38   and hydrostatically test new section of piping. After completion of test, remove temporary flanges and
39   make final connections to piping. Die penetrate test pass weld or x-ray the piping that was not
40   hydrostatically tested up to the active system.
41
42   HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEM FLUSHING
43   All new heating hot water system piping shall be flushed thoroughly before the systems are put in to
44   operation. Subseqent to executing the chemical cleaning processes specified in Section 23 25 00 – HVAC
45   WATER TREATMENT, and prior to adding scale and corrosion inhibitors, flush all piping and
46   components with a clean source of water until the discharge from the system is clean. Discharge shall be
47   from drains provided at all low points in the piping, ends of headers and as otherwise necessary to flush and
48   drain the entire system.
49
50   Project specific procedures shall be established prior to flushing. Before beginning flushing operations,
51   submit proposed flushing procedures to the A/E and DSF’s Project Representative for review and approval.
52   Provide sufficient notice to the A/E and/or DSF to allow the flushing operations to be observed.
53
54   A clean water source shall be tapped into the system downstream of the main circulation pump(s). Provide
55   minimum 2” connection between water source and hot water/chilled water systems including taps with ball
56   valves (or line size tap and ball valve for piping systems smaller than 2”). Provide minimum 2” taps (or line
57   size if mains are smaller than 2”) at the ends of headers, the low pint of each of the mains on each floor and
58   as otherwise necessary to flush and drain the entire system. Provide minimum 2” bypass with shut off valve
59   (or line size if mains are smaller than 2”) between the supply and return mains on each floor as where
60   directed by the A/E and DSF Project Representative or where shown on the drawings. Contractor shall


                                                DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                      23 21 13-6
 1   identify proposed clean water source along with the method/location of drain discharge and review with the
 2   A/E and DSF Project Representative prior to installing flushing connections to water source and drain
 3   outlets. Provide code required temporary backflow prevention for the clean water source if needed.
 4   Provide all temporary taps, valves, piping, bypasses and hoses as needed to accomplish flushing procedures.
 5   The Agency’s district chilled water system shall NOT be used as a source of water for flushing any piping.
 6
 7   Flush piping systems using the following procedure:
 8
 9   Flushing sequence for hot water water systems is as follows:
10       1. Close isolation valves at all coils and wall fin.
11       2. Open the temporary bypasses that connect the ends of supply and return mains.
12       3. Flush mains by turning on flushing water source and sequentially opening drains on mains on each
13            floor until the discharge is clean. This will flush the mains without forcing water/debris into the
14            branches and run out pipes.
15       4. Close isolation valves located downstream of coils/wall fin.
16       5. Open isolation valves located upstream of coils/wall fin.
17       6. Open individual drain valves upstream of coils/wall fin until the discharge is clean. This will flush
18            the supply branch and run out lines between the mains and the coils/wall fin without running
19            water/debris through the TCV or coils/wall fin.
20       7. Close the individual drain valves upstream of coils/wall fin.
21       8. Open drain valves at low points in the return piping mains.
22       9. Open the individual isolation valves located downstream of the coils/wall fin. This will flush the
23            return branch and run out lines located between the coils/wall fin and the mains back into the
24            mains and out the drains on the return mains. The water going through the coil/wall fin should be
25            already be clean since this section was flushed previously.
26       10. Repeat steps 1-3 to clean debris from the mains.
27
28   Isolate all coils while flushing risers and mains. Flush the mains on each floor individually, starting at the
29   top of the building and working down towards the basement level. After risers and mains have been flushed
30   clean, individually open the drain valves in each branch circuit to discharge any debris that may have
31   accumulated in the branch piping.
32
33   As directed by DSF, the Contractor will be required to open drain valves at selected locations in the system
34   to verify the effectiveness of flushing procedures. If sediment or debris is identified in the system, it will be
35   flushed again and reinspected at no expense to the State.
36
37   After flushing operations are complete, drain and/or blow out any residual water, clean and replace all
38   strainers, and add scale and corrosion inhibitors as specified in Section 23 25 00. Leave flushing
39   connections/valves in place and cap.
40   All flushing procedures shall be documented by completing and submitting the report form included at the
41   end of this Section.
42   INITIAL FILL AND VENT
43   Fill hydronic systems with appropriate working fluids as specified. All system fluids shall be chemically
44   treated as specified in Section 23 25 00 – HVAC WATER TREATMENT.
45
46   For closed piping systems, all air trapped at high points shall be relieved through the manual air vents prior
47   to notifying DSF that the systems are ready to be tested and balanced.
48
49   CONSTRUCTION VERIFICATION ITEMS
50   Contractor is responsible for utilizing the construction verification checklists supplied under specification
51   Section 01 91 01 in accordance with the procedures defined for construction verification checklists.
52
53
54                                                 END OF SECTION


                                                DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                      23 21 13-7
                     PIPING SYSTEM LEAKAGE TEST REPORT


State of Wisconsin
Department of Administration                    Date
Division of State Facilities                    Submitted:

Project Name:

Location:                                                        DSF Project No:

Contractor:

          □   HVAC                      □   Refrigeration              □   Controls
          □   Power Plant               □   Plumbing                   □   Sprinkler
          Test Medium:      □   Air     □   Water     □      Other

Test performed per specification section No.

Specified Test Duration ______ Hours            Specified Test Pressure                PSIG

System Identification:

Describe Location:




                         Test Date:

Start Test Time:                                Initial Pressure:                      PSIG

Stop Test Time:                                 Final Pressure:                        PSIG


Tested By:                                          Witnessed By:

Title:                                              Title:

Signed:                                             Signed:

Date:                                               Date:

Comments:




                                      DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                            23 21 13-8
                    PIPING SYSTEM FLUSHING REPORT (revised 1/23/07)


State of Wisconsin
Department of Administration                   Date
Division of State Facilities                   Submitted:

Project Name:

Location:                                                        DSF Project No:

Contractor:

System Identification (check one):

           Chilled Water               Process Chilled Water            Heat Reclaim

           Heating Hot Water           Other

Describe procedure:




Flush Date:                            Start Time:                            Stop Time:

Pressure of Water Source:        PSIG Describe water source and method of connection to source :
_____________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

Flushed By:                                                  Witnessed By:

Title:                                                       Title:

Company:                                                     Agency:

Signed:                                                      Signed:

Date:                                                        Date:


Describe results:




                                     DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                           23 21 13-9
Intentional blank page
 1                                               SECTION 23 21 23
 2                                              HYDRONIC PUMPS
 3                              BASED ON DSF MASTER SPECIFICATION DATED 5/1/08
 4
 5
 6                                          PART 1 - GENERAL
 7
 8   SCOPE
 9   This section includes specifications for water pumps used for HVAC applications. Included are the
10   following topics:
11   PART 1 - GENERAL
12           Scope
13           Related Work
14           Reference
15           Quality Assurance
16           Shop Drawings
17           Operation and Maintenance Data
18           Design Criteria
19   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
20           In-Line Centrifugal Pumps
21   PART 3 - EXECUTION
22           Installation
23           Construction Verification Items
24           Functional Performance Testing
25           Agency Training
26
27   RELATED WORK
28   Section 01 91 01 – Commissioning Process
29   Section 23 05 13 - Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment
30
31   REFERENCE
32   Applicable provisions of Division 1 shall govern work under this section.
33
34   QUALITY ASSURANCE
35   Refer to division 1, General Conditions, Equals and Substitutions.
36
37   SHOP DRAWINGS
38   Refer to division 1, General Conditions, Submittals.
39
40   Include data concerning dimensions, capacities, materials of construction, ratings, weights, pump curves
41   with net positive suction head requirements, manufacturer's installation requirements, manufacturer's
42   performance limitations, and appropriate identification.
43
44   Pump curves shall identify design point of operation.
45
46   OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
47   All operations and maintenance data shall comply with the submission and content requirements specified
48   under section GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
49
50   DESIGN CRITERIA
51   Pump sizes, capacities, pressures and operating characteristics shall be as scheduled.
52
53   Pumps shall meet or exceed operating efficiencies scheduled.
54
55   Provide all pumps with motors, impellers, drive assemblies, bearings, coupling guard, and other
56   accessories specified. Statically and dynamically balance all rotating parts. Provide flanged connections
57   on all pumps unless specified otherwise. Service or repair of base mounted pumps shall not require
58   breaking piping connections or removal of motor.
59
60   Where a pump is specified for parallel operation, the scheduled conditions are for that pump with both
61   pumps operating; i.e., total system flow rate is twice that scheduled for a single pump. When only one of
62   the parallel pumps is operating, the operating point of that pump must fall within the manufacturer's
63   recommended operating range.


                                            DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                  23 21 23-1
 1
 2   Provide pump with a motor sized for non-overloading over the entire pump curve. Motors to be 1750 rpm
 3   unless specified otherwise.
 4
 5   Furnish each pump and motor with a nameplate giving the manufacturer's name, serial number of pump,
 6   capacity in GPM and head in feet at design condition, horsepower, voltage, frequency, speed and full load
 7   current.
 8
 9   Test all pumps, clean and paint before shipment. The manufacturer shall certify all pump ratings.
10
11   All pumps to operate without excessive noise or vibration.
12
13   After completion of balancing, provide replacement of impellers, or trim impellers to provide specified
14   flow at actual pumping head, as installed.
15
16   Furnish one spare seal and casing gasket for each pump to user agency.
17
18
19                                           PART 2 - PRODUCTS
20
21
22   IN-LINE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS
23
24   MANUFACTURERS:
25   Bell and Gossett, Armstrong, Thrush, Taco, Grundfos, Aurora, or approved equal.
26
27   TYPE:
28   Single stage, direct connected, resiliently mounted motor for in-line mounting, oil lubricated, 175 psig
29   maximum working pressure at operating temperature of 225 ° F. continuous, 250 ° F. intermittent.
30
31   CASING:
32   Cast iron or stainless steel; flanged suction and discharge connection; with plugged taps for vent, drain,
33   suction and discharge gauges.
34
35   IMPELLER:
36   Brass or bronze, keyed to the shaft, single suction enclosed type, hydraulically and dynamically balanced.
37
38   BEARINGS:
39   Two, oil lubricated bronze sleeves or ball bearings capable of being greased.
40
41   SHAFT:
42   Stainless steel or carbon steel with stainless steel or bronze sleeve, integral thrust collar.
43
44   SEAL:
45   Mechanical type, carbon rotating against a stationary ceramic seat, 225°F maximum continuous operating
46   temperature.
47
48   DRIVE:
49   close coupled.
50
51
52                                         PART 3 - EXECUTION
53
54   INSTALLATION
55
56   Install all pumps in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Access/service space around pumps
57   shall not be less than minimum space recommended by pump manufacturer.
58
59   Support piping adjacent to pump such that no weight is carried on pump casings.
60
61   Decrease from line size at pump connections with suction diffusers where specified, long radius reducing
62   elbows or concentric reducers/increasers in the vertical piping, and eccentric reducers/increasers for
63   horizontal piping. Install eccentric reducers/increasers with the top of the pipe level
64


                                              DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    23 21 23-2
 1   All valves and piping specialties must be full line size as indicated on the drawings
 2
 3   Lubricate pumps before startup.
 4
 5   Install a full line size spring loaded check valve and balancing valve in the pump discharge piping. At
 6   contractor’s option, combination shut-off, check, balancing valve may be substituted instead of separate
 7   valves. Reference section 23 05 23.
 8
 9   CONSTRUCTION VERIFICATION ITEMS
10   Contractor is responsible for utilizing the construction verification checklists supplied under specification
11   Section 01 91 01 in accordance with the procedures defined for construction verification checklists.
12
13   FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING
14   Contractor is responsible for utilizing the functional performance test procedures supplied under
15   specification Section 01 91 01 in accordance with the procedures defined for functional performance test
16   procedures.
17
18   AGENCY TRAINING
19   All training provided for agency shall comply with the format, general content requirements and
20   submission guidelines specified under Section 01 91 01.
21
22
23                                               END OF SECTION




                                             DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                   23 21 23-3
Intentional blank page
 1                                            SECTION 23 25 00
 2                                        HVAC WATER TREATMENT
 3                              BASED ON DSF MASTER SPECIFICATION DATED 10/10/08
 4
 5                                           PART 1 - GENERAL
 6
 7   SCOPE
 8   This section includes specifications for chemical treatment of all water, steam, and condensate systems.
 9   Included are the following topics:
10   PART 1 - GENERAL
11            Scope
12            Reference
13            Related Work
14            Quality Assurance
15            Shop Drawings
16            Operation and Maintenance Data
17            Design Criteria
18            Maintenance Service
19   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
20            Manufacturers
21            System Cleaner
22            System Inhibitor
23            Closed Water System Treatment
24            Treatment Equipment
25            Test Equipment
26   PART 3 - EXECUTION
27            Preparation
28            Cleaning Sequence
29            Closed Water Systems
30   Appendix
31            Pipe Cleaning and Treatment Report
32
33   REFERENCE
34   Applicable provisions of Division 1 shall govern work under this Section.
35
36   RELATED WORK
37   Section 23 05 15 - Piping Specialties
38
39   QUALITY ASSURANCE
40   Refer to division 1, General Conditions, Equals and Substitutions.
41
42   SHOP DRAWINGS
43   Refer to division 1, General Conditions, Submittals.
44
45   Required for all equipment and chemicals specified including data concerning dimensions, capacities,
46   materials of construction, weights, operating sequence, composite wiring diagrams and appropriate
47   identification. Chemical data to include the description of the chemical, its composition, its function, and
48   the associated material safety data sheet.
49
50   OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
51   Provide for the services of the manufacturer's trained representative to approve the installation and instruct
52   the user agency in the operation of each system.
53
54   Include data on chemical feed pumps, agitators, and other equipment including spare parts lists,
55   procedures, and treatment programs. Include step by step instructions on test procedures including
56   target concentrations.
57
58   DESIGN CRITERIA
59   Recommend a periodic test procedure and chemical treatment program for each system.
60
61   Treat the following systems:
62             Hot water
63



                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                     23 25 00-1
 1   Provide the initial chemical treatment for all systems based on a complete system fluid analysis prior to the
 2   equipment installation. The initial chemical treatment supply of chemicals for each system shall be
 3   adequate for the start-up and testing period, for the time the systems are being operated by the Contractor
 4   for temporary heating and cooling, and for one year after start-up of the system.
 5
 6   The chemicals used in the condenser water treatment system shall use only liquid chemicals and shall
 7   contain no phosphates or chromates.
 8
 9   Provide electrical devices, motors, wiring and conduit in accordance with the applicable sections of the
10   Electrical Specifications.
11
12   MAINTENANCE SERVICE
13   Furnish service and maintenance of treatment systems for one year from date of substantial completion.
14
15   Provide two technical service visits to perform field inspections and make water analysis on site. Detail
16   findings in writing on proper practices, chemical treating requirements, and corrective actions needed.
17   Submit two copies of field service report after each visit.
18
19   Provide laboratory and technical assistance services for the warranty period.
20
21   Include one hour training course for operating personnel, instructing them on installation, care,
22   maintenance, testing, and operation of the treatment systems. Arrange course at startup of systems.
23
24   Provide site inspection of equipment during scheduled shutdown to evaluate success of the treatment
25   program. Make recommendations in writing based on these inspections.
26
27
28                                          PART 2-PRODUCTS
29
30   MANUFACTURERS
31   Betz Entac, Dearborn Div. - W. R. Grace & Co., Fremont Industries, Mitco Water Labs, Mogul
32   Corporation, Nalco Chemical Co., Western Water Management, or approved equal.
33
34   SYSTEM CLEANER
35   Blend of organic alkaline penetrants, emulsifiers, surfactants and corrosion inhibitors that remove grease
36   and petroleum products from the interior of piping systems. Cleaners that contain trisodium phosphate are
37   specifically not acceptable.
38
39   SYSTEM INHIBITOR
40   Scale and corrosion inhibitor consisting of boron nitrite, benzol thiazol, benzotriazole, mercapto-benzo-
41   thiazole, and tolyltrizole silicates.
42
43   CLOSED WATER SYSTEM TREATMENT
44   The final chemical formulation will be provided by the Agency to insure facility standardization.
45
46   Corrosion inhibitors: boron-nitrite, sodium nitrite and borax, sodium totyltriazole, low molecular weight
47   polymers, phosphonates, sodium molybdate, or sulphites.
48
49   Conductivity enhancers: phosphates or phosphonates.
50
51   TREATMENT EQUIPMENT
52
53   BYPASS FEEDER:
54
55   Reuse existing.
56
57
58                                         PART 3 - EXECUTION
59
60   PREPARATION
61   Prior to cleaning, verify that systems are operational, filled, started, and vented.
62
63   CLEANING SEQUENCE
64   GENERAL:


                                                DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                      23 25 00-2
 1   Systems are to be cleaned before they are used for any purpose except conduct pressure test before
 2   cleaning. Add cleaner to closed systems at concentrations as recommended by the manufacturer. Remove
 3   water filter elements from the system before starting circulation.
 4
 5   Use neutralizer agents on recommendation of the system cleaner supplier and approval of the
 6   Architect/Engineer.
 7
 8   Flush open systems with clean water for one hour minimum. Drain completely and refill.
 9
10   Remove, clean, and replace strainer screens.
11
12   Inspect, remove sludge, and flush low points with clean water after cleaning process is completed. Include
13   disassembly of components as required.
14
15   Use Division of State Facilities form to document system cleaning, flushing, and proper startup.
16
17   HOT WATER HEATING SYSTEMS:
18   Add cleaner to the system water until the M alkalinity value is 250 above that of the initial fill water.
19   Verify the M alkalinity level before and after the addition of the cleaner by means of chemical tests that are
20   observed by the Owner's construction representative; include results of all tests in the Operating and
21   Maintenance manuals. Apply heat while circulating, slowly raising temperature to 160°F and maintain for
22   12 hours minimum; vent all high points to assure 100% system circulation. Remove heat and circulate to
23   100°F or less; drain system as quickly as possible and refill with clean water. Circulate for 6 hours at
24   design temperature, vent air at all high points, then drain. Refill with clean water and repeat until the
25   system cleaner is removed and the M alkalinity level returns to normal. Remove and clean all strainers.
26   Re-vent the system and install clean filter elements in water filters. Treat with scale and corrosion
27   inhibitors before using the system for building heating or cooling.
28
29   CLOSED WATER SYSTEMS
30   Install a separate bypass type feeder at the pumps for each closed hot water heating and chilled water
31   cooling system. Provide a separate set of supply and return lines from each pump in the system and install
32   ball valves in each of these lines. Locate the system connection that supplies the feeder upstream of the
33   discharge shutoff valve for the pump. Locate the system connection that returns treatment back to the
34   system at a convenient point downstream of the pump discharge shutoff valve. Provide a drain valve at the
35   bottom of the feeder.
36
37




                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                     23 25 00-3
 1
 2
 3                         PIPE CLEANING AND TREATMENT REPORT
 4
 5   State of Wisconsin                                                 DSF Project
 6   Number:_____________
 7   Department of Administration
 8   Division of State Facilities                                Date
 9   Submitted:_________________
10
11   Project
12             Name:_________________________________________________________________
13   _
14
15             Location:______________________________________________________________
16   _
17
18             Contractor:_____________________________________________________________
19
20   System Tested:           Hot Water___       Glycol Water___        Chilled Water___
21   Fuel Oil____
22                    Condensor Water___               Steam___           Condensate___
23
24   System Volume:______________________
25
26   Materials Used (Provide MSDS for each)
27          Cleaner:_____________________________________________________
28          Quantity Used:____________
29          Inhibitor:____________________________________________________
30          Quantity Used:____________
31          Sequestering Agent:__________________________________________ Quantity
32   Used:____________
33          Algaecide:___________________________________________________
34                                                                         Quantity
35          Used:____________
36          Neutralizer:__________________________________________________
37                                                                         Quantity
38          Used:____________
39          Glycol:______________________________________________________
40          Quantity Used:____________
41          Glycol Solution Water Source:__________________________________
42          Percent glycol by volume:___
43
44   M Alkalinity
45          Prior to Cleaning:______________     During Cleaning:___________    After
46   Flushing:____________
47
48   System Temperature
49         Prior to Cleaning:____________        During Cleaning:___________
50
51                                                   Date/Time
52             Date/Time




                                       DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                             23 25 00-4
 1   Duration                                      Start
 2   Stop
 3          Initial Circulation               ________________
 4          ____________
 5          Draindown                         ________________
 6          ____________
 7          System Refill                     ________________
 8          ____________
 9          Final Circulation                 ________________
10          ____________
11          Heating system Warmup             ________________
12          ____________
13
14   Component Checklist (Describe procedures performed at each)
15        Strainers:______________________________________________________________
16   _______________
17         Filters:________________________________________________________________
18   ________________
19         Vents:_________________________________________________________________
20   _______________
21
22         Drains:________________________________________________________________
23   _______________
24         Traps:_________________________________________________________________
25   _______________
26         Branch
27   Lines:________________________________________________________________________
28   __
29         TerminalUnits:__________________________________________________________
30         _______________
31         Boilers:________________________________________________________________
32   _______________
33         Chillers:_______________________________________________________________
34   _______________
35   Comments:___________________________________________________________________
36   _____________________________________________________________________________
37   _____________________________________________________________________________
38   _____________________________________________
39                                    END OF SECTION




                                    DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                          23 25 00-5
Intentional blank page
 1                                        SECTION 23 51 00
 2                                BREECHINGS, CHIMNEYS, AND STACKS
 3                              BASED ON DSF MASTER SPECIFICATION DATED 4/21/10
 4
 5                                          PART 1 - GENERAL
 6
 7   SCOPE
 8   This section includes specifications for all breechings, chimneys, stacks, emergency generator exhaust pipe,
 9   and automatic vent dampers. Included are the following topics:
10   PART 1 - GENERAL
11            Scope
12            Related Work
13            Reference
14            Reference Standards
15            Quality Assurance
16            Shop Drawings
17            Design Criteria
18   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
19            Double Wall Positive Pressure Vents and Breeching
20   PART 3 - EXECUTION
21            Installation
22            Cleaning and Protection
23            Construction Verification Items
24
25   RELATED WORK
26   Section 01 91 01 – Commissioning Process
27   Section 23 07 00 - HVAC Insulation
28
29   REFERENCE
30   Applicable provisions of Division 1 govern work under this section.
31
32   REFERENCE STANDARDS
33   UL 959
34   ANSI/ASTM C64
35   ANSI/ASTM C105
36   ANSI/ASTM A525  Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated
37                   (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dipped Process
38   ASTM A527       Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dipped
39                   Process, Lock-Forming Quality
40   ASTM A53        Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated Welded and
41                   Seamless
42   ASTM A234       Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for
43                   Moderate and Elevated Temperatures
44
45   QUALITY ASSURANCE
46   Refer to division 1, General Conditions, Equals and Substitutions
47
48   SHOP DRAWINGS
49   Refer to division 1, General Conditions, Submittals.
50
51   Include materials of construction, dimensions, weight, support and layout of breechings. Where factory built
52   units are used, submit layout drawings indicating plan view and elevations. Identify all methods of support
53   and building structural members utilized for such support.
54
55   Submit manufacturer's installation instructions including required clearance to combustible materials.
56
57   DESIGN CRITERIA
58   Follow the requirements of NFPA 211 and State codes.
59
60   Factory built vents and chimneys used for venting natural draft appliances shall comply with NFPA 211 and
61   be UL listed and labeled.
62




                                            DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    23 51 00-1
 1
 2
 3                                          PART 2 - PRODUCTS
 4
 5
 6   DOUBLE WALL POSITIVE PRESSURE VENTS AND BREECHING
 7
 8
 9   Manufacturers: Heat Fab Saf-T CI Vent, Selkirk Metalbestos, Metal-Fab, Stacks Inc., General Products
10   Co., or approved equal.
11
12   Stack, breeching, and accessory fittings to be double wall and U.L. listed.
13
14   Outer wall to be 430 stainless steel, inner wall to be AL29-4C ferritic stainless steel.
15
16   The system shall be pressure tight to 1.5-inch water column.
17
18   Furnish tees, cleanouts as required.
19
20   Provide all necessary accessories including flashing, counter-flashing, drain, exit cone, roof thimble and
21   necessary supports.
22
23   Clearance to combustible is 4”.
24
25   AIR INTAKE PIPING
26
27   It can be PVC or galvanized smoke pipe that is sealed and pressure tight. Pipe must be at least the same
28   size as the connection on the unit.
29
30
31                                          PART 3 - EXECUTION
32
33   INSTALLATION
34
35   DOUBLE WALL METAL STACKS AND BREECHING:
36
37   Install stack, breeching, and accessories in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations,
38   maintaining minimum clearances from combustibles specified in UL listing.
39
40   Support breechings from building structure with suitable ties, braces, hangers and anchors to hold shape and
41   prevent buckling. Minimum support for vertical sections shall be at all floor penetrations. Support from
42   floor structure, roof structure, or adjacent structural surfaces. Verify load bearing capacity of support points
43   with Architect/Engineer.
44
45   Install breechings with a minimum of joints. Align connections accurately and maintain smooth internal
46   surfaces.
47
48   Install concrete inserts for support of breechings, chimneys, and stacks in coordination with formwork.
49
50   Maintain UL listed minimum clearances from combustibles.
51
52   Install stacks plumb. Pitch breeching upward from fuel-fired equipment to chimney or stack.
53
54   Clean breechings, chimneys, and stacks during installation, removing dust and debris.
55
56   At appliances, provide slip joints to allow removal of appliances without removal or dismantling of
57   breechings, chimneys, or stacks.
58
59   Seal all joints of positive pressure stacks and breeching in accordance with manufacturer's
60   recommendations, using only sealants recommended by stack manufacturer.
61




                                              DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                      23 51 00-2
 1
 2   CLEANING AND PROTECTION
 3
 4   Clean breeching internally during installation to remove dust and debris. Clean external surfaces to remove
 5   welding slag and mill film.
 6
 7   At ends of breeching and chimneys which are not completed or connected to equipment, provide temporary
 8   closure which will prevent entrance of dust and debris until final connections are made.
 9
10   CONSTRUCTION VERIFICATION ITEMS
11   Contractor is responsible for utilizing the construction verification checklists supplied under specification
12   Section 01 91 01 in accordance with the procedures defined for construction verification checklists.
13
14
15                                               END OF SECTION
16




                                            DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    23 51 00-3
Intentional blank page
 1                                              SECTION 23 52 00
 2                                             HEATING BOILERS
 3                              BASED ON DSF MASTER SPECIFICATION DATED 5/1/08
 4
 5
 6                                             PART 1 - GENERAL
 7
 8   SCOPE
 9   This section includes specifications for hot water and steam heating equipment. Included are the following
10   topics:
11
12   PART 1 - GENERAL
13          Scope
14          Related Work
15          Reference
16          Reference Standards
17          Quality Assurance
18          Energy Efficiency
19          Submittals
20          Operation and Maintenance Data
21          Registration
22          Warranty
23   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
24          Sealed Combustion Boiler, Non-Condensing, Hi-efficiency, Modular
25   PART 3 - EXECUTION
26          Installation
27          Boilers
28          Construction Verification Items
29          Functional Performance Testing
30          Agency Training
31
32   RELATED WORK
33   Section 01 91 01 – Commissioning Process
34   Section 23 21 13 – Hydronic Piping
35   Section 23 05 23 – General Duty Valves for HVAC Piping
36   Section 23 51 00 – Breeching, Chimneys and Stacks
37
38   REFERENCE
39   Applicable provisions of Division 1 govern work under this section.
40
41   REFERENCE STANDARDS
42   ASME       CSD-1 Control and Safety Devices for Automatically Fired Boilers
43   ASME       Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code VIII - Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels
44   ASME       Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code IX - Welding and Brazing Qualifications
45   ASME       Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code I V - Rules for Construction of Heating Boilers
46   UL 795 Commercial Industrial Gas Heating Equipment
47   NFPA 70 Electrical wiring and devices
48   National Electric Code
49
50   QUALITY ASSURANCE
51   Refer to division 1, General Conditions, Equals and Substitutions
52
53   ENERGY EFFICIENCY
54   All boilers with a capacity of 300,000 btu/hr input must meet the efficiencies specified. Minimum boiler
55   efficiencies are based on Federal Energy Management Program (FEMP) recommendations.
56


                                              DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    23 52 00-1
 1   SUBMITTALS
 2   Refer to division 1, General Conditions, Submittals.
 3
 4   Include data concerning dimensions, capacities, and material of construction, ratings, weights, manufacturer's
 5   installation requirements and performance limitations.
 6
 7   Submit manufacturer's installation instructions including required clearance to combustible materials.
 8
 9   OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
10   All operations and maintenance data shall comply with the submission and content requirements specified under
11   section GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
12
13   REGISTRATION
14   Complete Boiler and Unfired Pressure Vessel (UPV) Installation Registration and forward to the Department of
15   Commerce in accordance with the Wisconsin Administrative Code Chapter Comm 41.24.
16
17   WARRANTY
18   3 year Boiler pressure vessel warranty against leakage due to defective workmanship. 5 year period heat
19   exchanger tubes/combustion chamber assembly warranty against failure due to thermal stress or failure of
20   condensate corrosion. All other boiler, burner and control parts warranted for one year from startup.
21
22   Sealed combustion boiler, non-condensing, modular helical heat exchanger/combustion chamber design that
23   will be self-supporting, and warranted for a period of 10 years to withstand thermal shock. Heat exchanger
24   shall be warranted against leakage for a period of 5 years.
25
26                                               PART 2 - PRODUCTS
27
28
29   SEALED COMBUSTION BOILER, NON-CONDENSING, MODULAR
30
31   Manufactures: Weben-Jarco, Fulton, Thermal Solutions, Patterson Kelly, Laars, RBI.
32
33   Provide units with capacity and operating characteristics indicated on schedules.
34
35   The boiler room has been planned using a Thermal Solutions EVS-500 boiler with a 28.3"W x 30.3"D foot
36   print. Since space is limited, verify if the other brands of boiler will fit in the space available. All costs
37   associated with clearance problems due to alternate boilers shall be borne by the contractor.
38
39   Boiler ASME stamped for 160 psig and designed per ASME section IV. Furnish a relief valve in compliance
40   with ASME section IV, and set at 30 psig. Provide condensate drain to discharge any combustion chamber
41   condensate buildup during cold starts.
42
43   Boiler efficiency 85% per ANSI Z21.13a, and operation in the non-condensing mode with inlet temperatures as
44   low as 140 F.
45
46   Natural gas-fired burners, forced draft power type with a positive pressure at the boiler discharge. Stainless steel
47   burner mixer. Maximum Nox emissions under 20 PPM. Modulating Firing Rate with at least 3:1 turndown.
48
49   Furnish units with fuel trains and operating controls conforming to the latest UL or equivalent agency approval,
50   CSD-1 requirements. Boiler/burner package shall be factory assembled, wired, mounted, and factory fire tested.
51
52   Combustion air intake capable of accepting either free mechanical room air, or direct outside air through a
53   sealed intake pipe of the length and diameter shown on drawings. Provide inlet/outlet combustion vent
54   temperature fittings with direct outside air application.
55



                                                 DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                       23 52 00-2
 1   Category III, positive pressure, for horizontal sidewall venting, or sealed vent requirements. Boiler compatible
 2   with type “B” vent for Category I, or type PS (positive pressure) for Category III.
 3
 4   Baked enamel finish boiler sheet metal jacket with removal panels for maintenance access.
 5
 6   Inlet and outlet temperature gauge to monitor inlet and outlet water temperatures.
 7
 8   Provide each boiler with a low water cutout operationally testable, manually reset on loss of low-water and
 9   auto-rest on loss of power in accordance with ASME Section IV and CSD-1.
10
11   Provide each boiler with dual over temperature protection, including manual reset, in accordance with ASME
12   Section IV and CSD-1.
13
14   Provide remote fault alarm contact for flame sensor and high temperature limit failure.
15
16   Provide single point wiring for controls and fan.
17
18   Provide an independent or internal multiple Boiler Sequencing Panel (BSP) capable of staging boilers to
19   maintain peak seasonal efficiency. BSP shall include a sensor to monitor main loop system temperature, and a
20   sensor to monitor outside air temperature. BSP shall be capable of outdoor reset, loop temperature span, and set
21   loop temperature. BSP shall have the capability to stage boilers based on loop temperature and outdoor reset for
22   highest operating seasonal efficiencies. BSP shall be capable of starting and stopping the system including the
23   system pumps based on outside air temperature, and/or a remote contact closure. Manufactures: Honeywell,
24   Heat Timer, Thermal Solutions, Techmar, or equivalent.
25
26
27                                                 PART 3 - EXECUTION
28
29   INSTALLATION
30   Install units as shown on plans, as detailed, and according to manufacturer's installation instructions.
31
32   Set units on concrete housekeeping pads.
33
34   The boiler room has been planned using a Thermal Solutions boiler with a 28.3"W x 30.3"D foot print.
35   Since space is limited, verify if the other brands of boiler will fit in the space available. All costs
36   associated with clearance problems due to alternate boilers shall be borne by the contractor.
37
38   Install all items shipped loose by equipment manufacturer under supervision of equipment manufacturer's field
39   service personnel.
40
41   BOILERS
42   After piping system has been flushed, boil out boilers using chemical and procedure as recommended by boiler
43   manufacturer. Perform boil-out under supervision of boiler manufacturer's representative.
44
45   Manufacturer shall verify in writing that boilers have been cleaned according to their recommendations and are
46   ready for operation.
47
48   Isolate boilers from piping system during boil-out.
49
50   Pipe vents from gas train to atmosphere. Size of each vent shall not be less than connection size to device.
51
52   Pipe boiler drains to nearest floor drains.
53



                                                   DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                         23 52 00-3
 1   Owner's representative and/or Engineer will observe boil-out. Contractor must notify Engineer at least 72 hours
 2   prior to boil-out.
 3
 4   Install gas pressure gauges at downstream of gas pressure regulators.
 5
 6   If remote control panels are used, install all interconnecting wiring if used between panels and units.
 7
 8
 9   FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING
10   Contractor is responsible for utilizing the functional performance test procedures supplied under specification
11   Section 01 91 01 in accordance with the procedures defined for functional performance test procedures.
12
13   AGENCY TRAINING
14   All training provided for agency shall comply with the format, general content requirements and submission
15   guidelines specified under Section 01 91 01.
16
17   Contractor to provide factory authorized representative and/or field personnel knowledgeable with the
18   operations, maintenance and troubleshooting of the system and/or components defined within this section for a
19   minimum period of 2 hours.
20
21
22                                                END OF SECTION
23




                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                     23 52 00-4
 1                                     SECTIO 26 05 00
 2                             COMMO WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
 3                            BASED O DSF MASTER ELECTRICAL SPEC DATED 2/16/10
 4
 5                                             PART 1 GE ERAL
 6
 7   The electrical work included in all other divisions is the responsibility of the contractor performing the
 8   division 26 work unless noted otherwise.
 9
10   PROJECT OVERVIEW
11   This project will replace the existing boiler with two (2) new boilers The Electrical Contractor shall
12   disconnect the existing boiler and wire the new boilers and associated new and relocated pumps.
13
14   SCOPE
15   The work under this section includes basic electrical requirements, which are applicable to all Division 26
16   sections. This section includes information common to two or more technical specification sections or
17   items that are of a general nature, not conveniently fitting into other technical sections. Included are the
18   following topics:
19
20   PART 1 GENERAL
21         Project Overview
22         Scope
23         Related Work
24         Reference Standards
25         Regulatory Requirements
26         Quality Assurance
27         Continuity of Existing Services and Systems
28         Protection of Finished Surfaces
29         Approved Electrical Testing Laboratories
30         Sleeves and Openings
31         Sealing and Firestopping
32         Intent
33         Omissions
34         Submittals
35         Project/Site Conditions
36         Work Sequence and Scheduling
37         Work by Other Trades
38         Request and Certificate for Payment
39         Salvage Materials
40         Certificates and Inspections
41         Operating and Maintenance Data
42         Record Drawings
43   PART 2 PRODUCTS
44         Identification
45         Sealing and Firestopping
46   PART 3 EXECUTION
47         Cutting and Patching
48         Building Access
49         Equipment Access
50         Coordination
51         Sleeves
52         Sealing and Firestopping
53         Housekeeping and Clean Up
54
55



                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    26 05 00 1
 1   RELATED WORK
 2   Applicable provisions of Division 1 govern work under this Section.
 3
 4   REFERE CE STA DARDS
 5   Abbreviations of standards organizations referenced in this and other sections are as follows:
 6           ANSI American National Standards Institute
 7           ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
 8           EPA       Environmental Protection Agency
 9           ETL       Electrical Testing Laboratories, Inc.
10           IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
11           IES       Illuminating Engineering Society
12           ISA       Instrument Society of America
13           NBS       National Bureau of Standards
14           NEC       National Electric Code
15           NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
16           NESC National Electrical Safety Code
17           NFPA National Fire Protection Association
18           UL        Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
19
20   REGULATORY REQUIREME TS
21   All work and materials are to conform in every detail to applicable rules and requirements of the Wisconsin
22   State Electrical Code Volumes 1 and 2, the National Electrical Code (ANSI/NFPA 70), other applicable
23   National Fire Protection Association codes, the National Electrical Safety Code, and present manufacturing
24   standards (including NEMA).
25
26   All Division 26 work shall be done under the direction of a currently certified State of Wisconsin Certified
27   Master Electrician.
28
29   QUALITY ASSURA CE
30   Where equipment or accessories are used which differ in arrangement, configuration, dimensions, ratings,
31   or engineering parameters from those indicated on the contract documents, the contractor is responsible for
32   all costs involved in integrating the equipment or accessories into the system and the assigned space and for
33   obtaining the performance from the system into which these items are placed.
34
35   Manufacturer references used herein are intended to establish a level of quality and performance
36   requirements unless more explicit restrictions are stated to apply.
37
38   All materials, except medium voltage equipment and components, shall be listed by and shall bear the label
39   of an approved electrical testing laboratory. If none of the approved electrical testing laboratories has
40   published standards for a particular item, then other national independent testing standards, if available,
41   applicable, and approved by DSF, shall apply and such items shall bear those labels. Where one of the
42   approved electrical testing laboratories has an applicable system listing and label, the entire system, except
43   for medium voltage equipment and components, shall be so labeled.
44
45   CO TI UITY OF EXISTI G SERVICES A D SYSTEMS
46   No outages shall be permitted on existing systems except at the time and during the interval specified by
47   the user agency and by the DSF Project Representative. The institution may require written approval. Any
48   outage must be scheduled when the interruption causes the least interference with normal institutional
49   schedules and business routines. No extra costs will be paid to the Contractor for such outages which must
50   occur outside of regular weekly working hours.
51
52   This Contractor shall restore any circuit interrupted as a result of this work to proper operation as soon as
53   possible.
54
55


                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    26 05 00 2
 1   PROTECTIO OF FI ISHED SURFACES
 2   Furnish one can of touch up paint for each different color factory finish furnished by the Contractor.
 3   Deliver touch up paint with other "loose and detachable parts" as covered in the General Requirements.
 4
 5   APPROVED ELECTRICAL TESTI G LABORATORIES
 6   The following laboratories are approved for providing electrical product safety testing and listing services
 7   as required in these specifications:
 8            Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
 9            Electrical Testing Laboratories, Inc.
10
11   SLEEVES A D OPE I GS
12   Refer to Division 1, General Requirements, Sleeves and Openings.
13
14   SEALI G A D FIRESTOPPI G
15   Sealing and firestopping of sleeves/openings between conduits, cable trays, wireways, troughs, cablebus,
16   busduct, etc. and the structural or partition opening shall be the responsibility of the contractor whose work
17   penetrates the opening. The contractor responsible shall hire individuals skilled in such work to do the
18   sealing and firestopping. These individuals hired shall normally and routinely be employed in the sealing
19   and fireproofing occupation.
20
21   I TE T
22   The Contractor shall furnish and install all the necessary materials, apparatus, and devices to complete the
23   electrical equipment and systems installation herein specified, except such parts as are specifically
24   exempted herein.
25
26   If an item is either called for in the specifications or shown on the plans, it shall be considered sufficient for
27   the inclusion of said item in this contract. If a conflict exists within the Specifications or exists within the
28   Drawings, the Contractor shall furnish the item, system, or workmanship, which is the highest quality,
29   largest, or most closely fits the DSF's intent (as determined by the DSF Project Manager). Refer to the
30   General Conditions of the Contract for further clarification.
31
32   It must be understood that the details and drawings are diagrammatic. The Contractor shall verify all
33   dimensions at the site and be responsible for their accuracy.
34
35   All sizes as given are minimum except as noted.
36
37   Materials and labor shall be new (unless noted or stated otherwise), first class, and workmanlike, and shall
38   be subject at all times to the DSF's and/or A/E's inspections, tests and approval from the commencement
39   until the acceptance of the completed work.
40
41   Whenever a particular manufacturer's product is named, it is intended to establish a level of quality and
42   performance requirements unless more explicit restrictions are stated to apply.
43
44   OMISSIO S
45   No later than ten (10) days before bid opening, the Contractor shall call the attention of the DSF to any
46   materials or apparatus the Contractor believes to be inadequate and to any necessary items of work omitted.
47
48   SUBMITTALS
49   Submit for all equipment and systems as indicated in the respective specification sections, marking each
50   submittal with that specification section number. Mark general catalog sheets and drawings to indicate
51   specific items being submitted and proper identification of equipment by name and/or number, as indicated
52   in the contract documents. Failure to do this may result in the submittal(s) being returned to the Contractor
53   for correction and resubmission. Failing to follow these instructions does not relieve the Contractor from
54   the requirement of meeting the project schedule.
55



                                                 DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                      26 05 00 3
 1   On request from the DSF, the successful bidder shall furnish additional drawings, illustrations, catalog data,
 2   performance characteristics, etc.
 3
 4   Submittals shall be grouped to include complete submittals of related systems, products, and accessories in
 5   a single submittal. Mark dimensions and values in units to match those specified. Include wiring diagrams
 6   of electrically powered equipment.
 7
 8   The submittals must be approved before fabrication is authorized.
 9
10   Submit sufficient quantities of submittals to allow the following distribution:
11           Operating and Maintenance Manuals                                                  2 copies
12           User agency                                                                        2 copies
13           A/E                                                                                1 copy
14           DSF Field Office                                                                   1 copy
15
16
17   PROJECT/SITE CO DITIO S
18   Install Work in locations shown on Drawings, unless prevented by Project conditions.
19
20   Prepare drawings showing proposed rearrangement of Work to meet Project conditions, including changes
21   to Work specified in other Sections. Obtain permission of DSF before proceeding.
22
23   Tools, materials and equipment shall be confined to areas designated by the DSF and user agency.
24
25   WORK SEQUE CE A D SCHEDULI G
26   Install work in phases to accommodate user agency's occupancy requirements. During the construction
27   period coordinate electrical schedule and operations with DSF's Construction Representatives.
28
29   WORK BY OTHER TRADES
30   Every attempt has been made to indicate in this trade's specifications and drawings all work required of this
31   Contractor. However, there may be additional specific paragraphs in other trade specifications and
32   addenda, and additional notes on drawings for other trades which pertain to this Trade's work, and thus
33   those additional requirements are hereby made a part of these specifications and drawings.
34
35   Electrical details on drawings for equipment to be provided by others are based on preliminary design data
36   only. This Contractor shall lay out the electrical work and shall be responsible for its correctness to match
37   equipment actually provided by others.
38
39   REQUEST A D CERTIFICATE FOR PAYME T
40   Within 10 days after Notice to Proceed, the successful bidder will submit to the DSF in a form prescribed
41   below and by the General Conditions of the Contract, Scheduling and Coordination of Work, Reports,
42   Records and Data, and Payments to Contractor, a cost breakdown of the proposed values for work
43   performed which, if approved by the DSF, will become the basis for construction progress and monthly
44   payments. The cost breakdown items shall reflect actual work progress stages as closely as feasible.
45
46   In addition, if payment will be requested for approved off site stored material, then that material shall be
47   listed as a line item and the Contractor shall complete an "Off site Storage Agreement" which is available
48   from the DSF.
49
50   SALVAGE MATERIALS
51   No materials removed from this project shall be reused [except as specifically noted below]. All materials
52   removed shall become the property of and shall be disposed of by the Contractor.
53
54
55



                                                DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                     26 05 00 4
 1   CERTIFICATES A D I SPECTIO S
 2   Obtain and pay for all required State installation inspections except those provided by the DSF in
 3   accordance with Wis. Adm. Code Section Comm. 61.30. Deliver originals of these certificates to the DSF's
 4   Project Representative.
 5
 6   This contractor is responsible for coordination of DSF electrical inspection. Inspection requirements will
 7   be issued at a pre installation meeting, arranged by this contractor and the DSF Electrical Inspector (See
 8   Article 15 of the General Conditions).
 9
10   OPERATIO A D MAI TE A CE DATA
11   All operations and maintenance data shall comply with the submission and content requirements specified
12   under section GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
13
14   In addition to the general content specified under GENERAL REQUIREMENTS supply the following
15   additional documentation:
16            1. Manufacturer’s wiring diagrams for electrically powered equipment.
17
18   RECORD DRAWI GS
19   The Contractor shall maintain at least one copy each of the specifications and drawings on the job site at all
20   times.
21
22   The DSF will provide the Contractor with a suitable set of contract drawings on which daily records of
23   changes and deviations from contract shall be recorded. Dimensions and elevations on the record drawings
24   shall locate all buried or concealed piping, conduit, or similar items.
25
26   The daily record of changes shall be the responsibility of Contractor's field superintendent. No arbitrary
27   mark ups will be permitted.
28
29   At completion of the project, the Contractor shall submit the marked up record drawings to the DSF prior
30   to final payment.
31
32                                             PART 2 PRODUCTS
33
34   IDE TIFICATIO
35   See Electrical section 26 05 53 – Identification for Electrical Systems.
36
37   SEALI G A D FIRESTOPPI G
38   FIRE AND/OR SMOKE RATED PENETRATIONS:
39
40   Manufacturers:
41   3M, STI/SpecSeal, Tremco, Hilti or approved equal.
42
43   All firestopping systems shall be by the same manufacturer.
44
45   Submittals:
46   Contractor shall submit product data for each firestop system. Submittals shall include product
47   characteristics, performance and limitation criteria, test data, MSDS sheets, installation details and
48   procedures for each method of installation applicable to this project. For non standard conditions where no
49   UL tested system exists, submit manufacturer's drawings for UL system with known performance for which
50   an engineering judgment can be based upon.
51
52   Product:
53   Firestop systems shall be UL listed or tested by an independent testing laboratory approved by the
54   Department of Commerce.
55



                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    26 05 00 5
 1   Use a product that has a rating not less than the rating of the wall or floor being penetrated. Reference
 2   architectural drawings for identification of fire and/or smoke rated walls and floors.
 3
 4   Contractor shall use firestop putty, caulk sealant, intumescent wrapstrips, intumescent firestop collars,
 5   firestop mortar or a combination of these products to provide a UL listed system for each application
 6   required for this project. Provide mineral wool backing where specified in manufacturer's application detail.
 7
 8   NON RATED PENETRATIONS:
 9   Conduit Penetrations Through Below Grade Walls:
10   In exterior wall openings below grade, use a modular mechanical type seal consisting of interlocking
11   synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill the annular space between the uninsulated conduit and the
12   cored opening or a water stop type wall sleeve.
13
14   Conduit Penetrations:
15   At conduit penetrations of non rated interior partitions, floors and exterior walls above grade, use urethane
16   caulk in annular space between conduit and sleeve, or the core drilled opening.
17
18                                          PART 3 EXECUTIO
19   CUTTI G A D PATCHI G
20   Refer to Division 1, General Requirements, Cutting and Patching.
21
22   BUILDI G ACCESS
23   Arrange for the necessary openings in the building to allow for admittance of all apparatus. When the
24   building access was not previously arranged and must be provided by this contractor, restore any opening
25   to its original condition after the apparatus has been brought into the building.
26
27   EQUIPME T ACCESS
28   Install all piping, conduit, ductwork, and accessories to permit access to equipment for maintenance.
29   Coordinate the exact location of wall and ceiling access panels and doors with the General Contractor,
30   making sure that access is available for all equipment and specialties. Where access is required in plaster
31   or drywall walls or ceilings, furnish the access doors to the General Contractor and reimburse the General
32   Contractor for installation of those access doors.
33
34   COORDI ATIO
35   The Contractor shall cooperate with other trades and DSF's personnel in locating work in a proper manner.
36   Should it be necessary to raise or lower or move longitudinally any part of the electrical work to better fit
37   the general installation, such work shall be done at no extra cost to the DSF, provided such decision is
38   reached prior to actual installation. The Contractor shall check location of electrical outlets with respect to
39   other installations before installing.
40
41   The Contractor shall verify that all devices are compatible for the surfaces on which they will be used.
42   This includes, but is not limited to light fixtures, panelboards, devices, etc. and recessed or semi recessed
43   heating units installed in/on architectural surfaces.
44
45   Coordinate all work with other contractors prior to installation. Any installed work that is not coordinated
46   and that interferes with other contractor's work shall be removed or relocated at the installing contractor's
47   expense.
48
49   SLEEVES
50   Pipe sleeves for conduits 6" in diameter and smaller, in new poured concrete construction, shall be schedule
51   40 steel pipe, plastic removable sleeve or sheet metal sleeve, all cast in place.
52
53   In wet area floor penetrations, top of sleeve to be 2 inches above the adjacent floor. In existing wet area
54   floor penetrations, core drill sleeve openings large enough to insert schedule 40 sleeve and grout the area
55   around the sleeve. If a pipe clamp resting on the sleeve supports the pipe penetrating the sleeve, weld a



                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    26 05 00 6
 1   collar or struts to the sleeve that will transfer weight to the existing floor structure. Wet areas for this
 2   paragraph are rooms or spaces containing air handling unit coils, converters, pumps, chillers, boilers, and
 3   similar waterside equipment.
 4
 5   Pipe penetrations in existing concrete floors that are not in wet areas may omit the use of schedule 40
 6   sleeve and use the core drilled opening as the sleeve.
 7
 8   SEALI G A D FIRESTOPPI G
 9   Fire and/or Smoke Penetrations:
10   Install approved product in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions where a pipe (i.e. cable tray,
11   bus, cable bus, conduit, wireway, trough, etc.) penetrates a fire rated surface.
12
13   Where firestop mortar is used to infill large fire rated floor openings that could be required to support
14   weight, provide permanent structural forming. Firestop mortar alone is not adequate to support any
15   substantial weight.
16
17   Non Rated Surfaces:
18   When the opening is through a non fire rated wall, floor, ceiling or roof the opening must be sealed using
19   an approved type of material.
20
21   Install escutcheons or floor/ceiling plates where conduit, penetrates non fire rated surfaces in occupied
22   spaces. Occupied spaces for this paragraph include only those rooms with finished ceilings and the
23   penetration occurs below the ceiling.
24
25   In exterior wall openings below grade, assemble rubber links of mechanical seal to the proper size for the
26   conduit and tighten in place, in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Install so that the bolts
27   used to tighten the seal are accessible from the interior of the building or vault.
28
29   At interior partitions, conduit penetrations are required to be sealed for all clean rooms, laboratories, and
30   most hospital spaces, computer rooms, dormitory rooms, tele/data/com rooms and similar spaces where the
31   room pressure or odor transmission must be controlled. Apply sealant to both sides of the penetration in
32   such a manner that the annular space between the conduit sleeve and the conduit is completely filled.
33
34   HOUSEKEEPI G A D CLEA UP
35   The Contractor shall clean up and remove from the premises, on a daily basis, all debris and rubbish
36   resulting from its work and shall repair all damage to new and existing equipment resulting from its work.
37   When job is complete, this Contractor shall remove all tools, excess material and equipment, etc., from the
38   site.
39
40
41                                          END OF SECTION
42




                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    26 05 00 7
Intentional blank page
 1                                        SECTIO 26 05 02
 2                            ELECTRICAL DEMOLITIO FOR REMODELI G
 3                             BASED O DSF MASTER ELECTRICAL SPEC DATED 6/1/10
 4
 5                                             PART 1 GE ERAL
 6
 7   SCOPE
 8   The work under this section includes disconnecting the existing boiler and pumps that are being relocated.
 9   Included are the following topics:
10
11   PART 1 GENERAL
12         Scope
13         Related Work
14   PART 2 PRODUCTS
15         Material and Equipment
16   PART 3 EXECUTION
17         Examination
18         Preparation
19         Demolition and Extension of the Existing Electrical Work
20         Cleaning and Repair
21         Installation
22
23   RELATED WORK
24   Applicable provisions of Division 1 govern work under this Section.
25
26                                            PART 2 PRODUCTS
27
28   MATERIALS A D EQUIPME T
29   Materials and equipment for patching and extending work as specified in the individual Sections.
30
31                                            PART 3 EXECUTIO
32
33   EXAMI ATIO
34   Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements as shown on Drawings.
35
36   Verify that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities.
37
38   Demolition Drawings are based on casual field observation and/or existing record documents. Report
39   discrepancies to the User Agency, Architect/Engineer and DSF Field Representative before disturbing
40   existing installation.
41
42   Beginning of demolition means installer accepts existing conditions.
43
44   PREPARATIO
45   Disconnect electrical equipment scheduled for removal.
46
47   Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during construction.
48   When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits, use personnel experienced in such
49   operations. In particular, all security and safety systems must be maintained in operation at all times as
50   required by the User Agency. This includes security and safety lighting.
51
52   DEMOLITIO A D EXTE SIO OF EXISTI G ELECTRICAL WORK
53   Demolish and extend existing electrical work to meet all requirements of these specifications.
54
55   If certain raceways and boxes are abandoned but not scheduled for removal, those items must be shown on
56   the "As Built Drawings".


                                              DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                   26 05 02 1
 1
 2   Remove, relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction.
 3
 4   Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply.
 5
 6   Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above accessible ceiling finishes. Cut
 7   conduit flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces.
 8
 9   Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets if conduit servicing them is
10   abandoned and removed. Provide blank cover for abandoned outlets which are not removed.
11
12   Disconnect and remove abandoned panelboards and distribution equipment.
13
14   Disconnect and remove electrical devices and equipment serving utilization equipment that has been
15   removed.
16
17   Disconnect and remove abandoned luminaires. Remove brackets, stems, hangers, and other accessories.
18
19   Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work.
20
21   Maintain access to existing electrical installations which remain active. Modify installation or provide
22   access panel as appropriate.
23
24   Extend existing installations using materials and methods compatible with existing electrical installations,
25   or as specified. This includes the extension of the circuit from the last active device to the next device in
26   the system to be activated.
27
28   CLEA I G A D REPAIR
29   Clean and repair existing materials and equipment which remain or are to be reused.
30
31   Panelboards: Clean exposed surfaces and check tightness of electrical connections. Replace damaged
32   circuit breakers and provide closure plates for vacant positions. Provide typed circuit directory showing
33   revised circuiting arrangement.
34
35   Luminaires: Remove existing luminaires for cleaning. Use mild detergent to clean all exterior and interior
36   surfaces; rinse with clean water and wipe dry. Replace lamps, ballasts (if required) and broken electrical
37   parts.
38
39   I STALLATIO
40   Install relocated materials and equipment under the provisions of other sections.
41
42                                                   END OF SECTION
43




                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    26 05 02 2
 1                                      SECTIO 26 05 04
 2               CLEA I G, I SPECTIO , A D TESTI G OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPME T
 3                             BASED O DSF MASTER ELECTRICAL SPEC DATED 8/10/07
 4
 5                                              PART 1 GE ERAL
 6
 7   SCOPE
 8   The work under this section includes the required cleaning, repair, adjustment, calibration, maintenance and
 9   testing of electrical equipment, as specified herein. This applies only to new electrical and existing
10   electrical equipment being furnished, modified, worked on or serviced by this contractor for this project.
11   Included are the following topics:
12
13   PART 1 GENERAL
14         Scope
15         Related Work
16   PART 2 PRODUCTS
17         Not Used
18   PART 3 EXECUTION
19         General Inspection and Cleaning of all Equipment
20         Grounding Systems
21         Cables
22         Panelboards
23         Light Fixtures
24         Motor Starters and Motor Control Centers
25
26   RELATED WORK
27   Applicable provisions of Division 1 govern work under this Section.
28
29
30                                             PART 2 PRODUCTS
31
32   Not Used.
33
34                                             PART 3 EXECUTIO
35
36   GE ERAL I SPECTIO A D CLEA I G OF ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPME T
37   Inspect for physical damage and abnormal mechanical and electrical conditions.
38
39   Any item found to be out of tolerance, or in any other way defective as a result of the required testing, shall
40   be reported to the DSF. Procedure for repair and/or replacement will be outlined. After appropriate
41   corrective action is completed the item shall be re tested.
42
43   Compare equipment nameplate information with the latest single line diagram and report any discrepancies.
44
45   Verify proper auxiliary device operation and indicators.
46
47   Check tightness of accessible bolted electrical joints. Use torque wrench method.
48
49   Make a close examination of equipment and remove any shipping brackets, insulation, packing, etc. that
50   may not have been removed during original installation.
51
52   Make a close examination of equipment and remove any dirt or other forms of debris that may have
53   collected in existing equipment or in new equipment during installation.
54
55
56


                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    26 05 04 1
 1   Clean All Equipment:
 2           Vacuum inside of panelboards.
 3           Loosen attached particles and vacuum them away.
 4           Wipe all insulators with a clean, dry, lint free rag.
 5           Clean insulator grooves.
 6           Re vacuum inside surfaces as directed by the DSF Construction Representative or Inspector
 7
 8   Inspect equipment anchorage.
 9
10   Inspect equipment and bus alignment.
11
12   Check all heater elements for operation and control.
13
14   Lubricate nonelectrical equipment per manufacturer's recommendations.
15
16   GROU DI G SYSTEMS
17   Inspect the ground system for adequate termination at all devices.
18
19   CABLES
20   Visual and Mechanical Inspections:
21            Inspect exposed sections for physical damage.
22            Verify cable is supplied and connected in accordance with single line diagram.
23            Inspect for visual jacket and insulation condition.
24            Visible cable bends shall be checked against ICEA or manufacturer's minimum allowable bending
25            radii 12 times the diameter for tape shielded cables.
26            There shall be NO tests performed on existing cable without specific direction from the
27            Consulting Engineer.
28
29   PA ELBOARDS
30   Torque all the connections per the manufacturers spec. Verify phase wires, color coding, separate neutral
31   and mechanical bonding. Verify circuit breaker operation. Verify the directory.
32
33   LIGHT FIXTURES
34   Check the bonding and proper lamping. Verify that recessed fixtures are installed with hold down clips.
35   Confirm operation of the fixture with the proper switch or sensor.
36
37   MOTOR STARTERS A D MOTOR CO TROL CE TERS
38   Verify the control circuits. Confirm the fusing and the grounding of the control transformers. Torque all of
39   the connections. Confirm the overload elements and the circuit breakers(fuse) for proper sizing. Verify all
40   grounding. Operate and test each motor starter for proper operation.
41
42                                               END OF SECTION
43
44




                                              DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                   26 05 04 2
 1                                  SECTIO 26 05 19
 2                LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CO DUCTORS A D CABLE
 3                            BASED O DSF MASTER ELECTRICAL SPEC DATED 9/10/10
 4
 5                                             PART 1 GE ERAL
 6
 7   SCOPE
 8   The work under this section includes furnishing and installing required wiring and cabling systems
 9   including pulling, terminating and splicing. Included are the following topics:
10
11   PART 1 GENERAL
12         Scope
13         Related Work
14         References
15         Submittals
16         Project Conditions
17   PART 2 PRODUCTS
18         General
19         Building Wire
20         Wiring Connectors
21   PART 3 EXECUTION
22         General Wiring Methods
23         Wiring Installation In Raceways
24         Wiring Connections and Terminations
25         Field Quality Control
26         Wire Color
27         Branch Circuits
28
29   RELATED WORK
30   Applicable provisions of Division 1 govern work under this Section.
31
32   Section 26 05 33 – Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems.
33   Section 26 05 53 – Identification for Electrical Systems.
34
35   REFERE CES
36   NFPA 70 National Electrical Code.
37
38   SUBMITTALS
39   Submit product data: Provide for each cable assembly type.
40
41   Submit factory test reports: Indicate procedures and values obtained.
42
43   Submit shop drawings for modular wiring system including layout of distribution devices, branch circuit
44   conduit and cables, circuiting arrangement, and outlet devices.
45
46   Submit manufacturer's installation instructions. Indicate application conditions and limitations of use
47   stipulated by product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements.
48
49   PROJECT CO DITIO S
50   Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings.
51
52   Conductor sizes are based on copper.
53
54   Wire and cable routing shown on Drawings is approximate unless dimensioned. Route wire and cable as
55   required meeting project conditions.
56
                                              DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                   26 05 19 1
 1   Where wire and cable routing is not shown, and destination only is indicated, determine exact routing and
 2   lengths required.
 3
 4                                              PART 2 PRODUCTS
 5
 6   GE ERAL
 7   All wire shall be new, delivered to the site in unbroken cartons and shall be less than one year old out of
 8   manufacturer's stock.
 9
10   All conductors shall be copper.
11
12   Insulation shall have a 600 volt rating.
13
14   All conductors shall be stranded.
15           Stranded conductors may only be terminated with UL OR ETL Listed type terminations or
16           methods: e.g. stranded conductors may not be wrapped around a terminal screw but must be
17           terminated with a crimp type device or must be terminated in an approved back wired method.
18
19   BUILDI G WIRE
20   Description: Single conductor insulated wire.
21
22   Insulation: Type THHN/THWN 2, XHHW 2 insulation for feeders and branch circuits with copper
23               conductors.
24               Type THHN/THWN 2, XHHW 2 insulation for feeders with aluminum conductors.
25
26   WIRI G CO ECTORS
27   Split Bolt Connectors: Not acceptable.
28
29   Solderless Pressure Connectors: High copper alloy terminal. May be used only for cable termination to
30   equipment terminals. Not approved for splicing.
31
32   Twist Type Wire Connectors: Solderless twist type spring connector (wire nut) with insulating cover for
33   copper wire splices and taps. Use for conductor sizes 10 AWG and smaller. The manufacturer’s wire fill
34   capacity must be followed.
35
36   All wire connectors used in underground or exterior pull boxes shall be gel filled twist connectors or a
37   connector designed for damp and wet locations. Gel filled twist type connectors can be used for copper
38   conductor sizes 6 AWG and smaller for site lighting applications. The manufacturer’s wire fill capacity
39   must be followed.
40
41   Mechanical Connectors: Bolted type tin plated; high conductivity copper alloy; spacer between conductors;
42   beveled cable entrances.
43
44   Compression (crimp) Connectors: Long barrel; seamless, tin plated electrolytic copper tubing; internally
45   beveled barrel ends. Connector shall be clearly marked with the wire size and type and proper number and
46   location of crimps. Connector must be installed with a crimper tool listed for use with the manufacturer and
47   type of compression connector.
48
49   Insulation Piercing Connectors: Molded insulated body, copper teeth, wrench tightened, UL 486B Listed.
50   May be used only for connection of a tap conductor in run and tap type applications when main conductor
51   is 8 AWG and larger.
52
53                                              PART 3 EXECUTIO
54
55   GE ERAL WIRI G METHODS
56   All wire and cable shall be installed in conduit.
                                                DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                     26 05 19 2
 1
 2   Do not use wire smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits.
 3
 4   All conductors shall be sized to prevent excessive voltage drop at rated circuit ampacity. As a minimum
 5   use 10 AWG conductor for 20 ampere, 120 volt branch circuit home runs longer than 100 feet (30 m), and
 6   for 20 ampere, 277 volt branch circuit home runs longer than 200 feet (61 m).
 7
 8   Make conductor lengths for parallel conductors equal.
 9
10   Splice only in junction or outlet boxes.
11
12   No conductor less than 10 AWG shall be installed in exterior underground conduit.
13
14   Identify ALL low voltage, 600v and lower, wire per section 26 05 53.
15
16   Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panelboards.
17
18   WIRI G I STALLATIO I RACEWAYS
19   Pull all conductors into a raceway at the same time. Use Listed water or silicone based wire pulling
20   lubricant for pulling 4 AWG and larger wires and for other conditions when necessary. Wax based
21   lubricants are not allowed. Pulling lubricant is not required for low friction type products where the cable
22   manufacturer recommends that cables be pulled without lube.
23
24   Install wire in raceway after interior of building has been physically protected from the weather and all
25   mechanical work likely to injure conductors has been completed.
26
27   Completely and thoroughly swab raceway system before installing conductors.
28
29   Place all conductors of a given circuit (this includes phase wires, neutral (if any), and ground conductor) in
30   the same raceway. If parallel phase and/or neutral wires are used, then place an equal number of phase and
31   neutral conductors in same raceway or cable.
32
33   WIRI G CO ECTIO S A D TERMI ATIO S
34   Splice only in accessible junction boxes.
35
36   Wire splices and taps shall be made firm, and adequate to carry the full current rating of the respective wire
37   without soldering and without perceptible temperature rise.
38
39   All splices shall be so made that they have an electrical resistance not in excess of two feet (600 mm) of the
40   conductor.
41
42   Use solderless twist type spring connectors (wire nuts) with insulating covers for wire splices and taps, 10
43   AWG and smaller.
44
45   Use mechanical or compression connectors for wire splices and taps, 8 AWG and larger. Tape uninsulated
46   conductors and connectors with electrical tape to 150 percent of the insulation value of conductor.
47
48   Thoroughly clean wires before installing lugs and connectors.
49
50   At all splices and terminations, leave tails long enough to cut splice out and completely re splice.
51
52   FIELD QUALITY CO TROL
53   Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 26 05 04.
54
55
56
                                                DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                     26 05 19 3
 1   WIRE COLOR
 2   General:
 3            Solid colored insulation is required for all THHN/THWN 2 wire. For other wire types use colored
 4            wire or identify wire with colored tape at all terminals, splices and boxes. Wire shall be colored as
 5            indicated below.
 6
 7            In existing facilities, use existing color scheme.
 8
 9            In new facilities, use black and red for single phase circuits at 120/240 volts, use Phase A black,
10            Phase B red and Phase C blue for circuits at 120/208 volts single or three phase, and use Phase A
11            brown, Phase B orange and Phase C yellow for circuits at 277/480 volts single or three phase.
12            Note: This includes fixture whips except for Listed whips mounted by the fixture manufacturer on
13            the fixture and Listed as a System.
14
15            All switch legs shall be the same color as their associated circuit. Traveler conductors run
16            between 3 and 4 way switches shall be colored pink or purple.
17
18   Neutral Conductors: White for 120/208V and 120/240V systems, Gray for 277/480V systems. Where
19   there are two or more neutrals in one conduit, each shall be individually identified with a different stripe.
20
21   Branch Circuit Conductors: Three or four wire home runs shall have each phase uniquely color coded.
22
23   Feeder Circuit Conductors: Each phase shall be uniquely color coded.
24
25   Ground Conductors: Green colored insulation for THHN/THWN 2 wire. For other wire types use green
26   colored wire or identify wire with green tape at both ends and at all access points, such as panelboards,
27   motor starters, disconnects and junction boxes. When isolated grounds are required, contractor shall
28   provide green with yellow tracer.
29
30   BRA CH CIRCUITS
31   The use of single phase, multi wire branch circuits with a common neutral is not permitted. All single
32   phase branch circuits shall be furnished and installed with an individual accompanying neutral, sized the
33   same as the phase conductors.
34
35                                                END OF SECTION
36




                                                DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                     26 05 19 4
 1                                     SECTIO 26 05 23
 2                        CO TROL VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES
 3                            BASED O DSF MASTER ELECTRICAL SPEC DATED 5/1/08
 4
 5
 6                                            PART 1 GE ERAL
 7
 8   SCOPE
 9   The work under this section includes furnishing and installing required remote control and signal cabling.
10   Included are the following topics:
11
12   PART 1 GENERAL
13         Scope
14         Related Work
15         References
16         Submittals
17         Project Conditions
18   PART 2 PRODUCTS
19         General
20         Remote Control and Signal Cable
21         Wiring Connectors
22   PART 3 EXECUTION
23         General Wiring Methods
24         Wiring Installation In Raceways
25         Wiring Connections and Terminations
26         Field Quality Control
27
28   RELATED WORK
29   Applicable provisions of Division 1 govern work under this Section.
30
31   Section 26 05 33 – Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems.
32   Section 26 05 53 – Identification for Electrical Systems.
33
34   REFERE CES
35   NFPA 70 National Electrical Code.
36
37   SUBMITTALS
38   Submit product data: Provide for each cable assembly type.
39
40   Submit manufacturer's installation instructions. Indicate application conditions and limitations of use
41   stipulated by product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements.
42
43
44   PROJECT CO DITIO S
45   Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings.
46
47   Conductor sizes are based on copper.
48
49   Wire and cable routing shown on Drawings is approximate unless dimensioned. Route wire and cable as
50   required to meet Project Conditions.
51
52   Where wire and cable routing is not shown, and destination only is indicated, determine exact routing and
53   lengths required.
54
55
56
                                             DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                  26 05 23 1
 1                                              PART 2 PRODUCTS
 2
 3
 4   GE ERAL
 5   All wire shall be new, delivered to the site in unbroken cartons and shall be less than one year old out of
 6   manufacturer's stock.
 7
 8   All conductors shall be copper.
 9
10   Insulation shall have a 600 volt rating.
11
12   All conductors must be suitable for the application intended. Conductors #12 and smaller may be solid or
13   stranded with the following requirements or exceptions:
14
15            All conductors terminated with crimp type devices must be stranded.
16
17            Stranded conductors may only be terminated with UL OR ETL Listed type terminations or
18            methods: e.g. stranded conductors may not be wrapped around a terminal screw but must be
19            terminated with a crimp type device or must be terminated in an approved back wired method.
20
21   REMOTE CO TROL A D SIG AL CABLE
22   All other systems cabling shall meet the requirements of NEC Article 725 and the following:
23
24            Control Cable for Class 1 Remote Control and Signal Circuits: 600 volt insulation, individual
25            conductors twisted together, [shielded], and covered with an overall PVC jacket. Cable shall be
26            Listed, temperature rated, and plenum or non plenum rated for the application as required in the
27            National Electrical Code.
28
29            Control Cable for Class 2 or Class 3 Remote Control and Signal Circuits shall be constructed,
30            Listed, temperature rated, and plenum or non plenum rated for the application as required in the
31            NEC Article 725.
32
33   WIRI G CO ECTORS
34   Split Bolt Connectors: Not acceptable.
35
36   Spring Wire Connectors: Solderless spring type pressure connector with insulating covers for copper wire
37   splices and taps. Use for conductor sizes 10 AWG and smaller.
38
39   All wire connectors used in underground or exterior pull boxes shall be gel filled twist connectors or a
40   connector designed for damp and wet locations.
41
42                                              PART 3 EXECUTIO
43
44   GE ERAL WIRI G METHODS
45   Low voltage control and signal cables shall be installed in conduit.
46
47   Do not use wire smaller than 14 AWG for control wiring greater than 60 volts, or 18 AWG for voltages less
48   than 60 volts, all sizes subject to NEC 725 requirements.
49
50   Splice only in junction boxes.
51
52   Identify wire per section 26 05 53.
53
54   Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, and equipment.
55
56
                                                DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                     26 05 23 2
 1   WIRI G I STALLATIO I RACEWAYS
 2   Pull all conductors into a raceway at the same time.         Use Listed wire pulling lubricant for pulling
 3   conditions when necessary.
 4
 5   Install wire in raceway after interior of building has been physically protected from the weather and all
 6   mechanical work likely to injure conductors has been completed.
 7
 8   Completely and thoroughly swab raceway system before installing conductors.
 9
10   WIRI G CO ECTIO S A D TERMI ATIO S
11   Splice only in accessible junction boxes.
12
13   All splices shall be so made that they have an electrical resistance not in excess of two feet (600 mm) of the
14   conductor.
15
16   Use solderless spring type pressure connectors with insulating covers for wire splices and taps, 10 AWG
17   and smaller.
18
19   Thoroughly clean wires before installing lugs and connectors.
20
21   At all splices and terminations, leave tails long enough to cut splice out and completely re splice.
22
23   FIELD QUALITY CO TROL
24   Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 26 05 04.
25
26                                                END OF SECTION
27




                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    26 05 23 3
Intentional blank page
 1                                     SECTIO 26 05 26
 2                      GROU DI G A D BO DI G FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
 3                            BASED O DSF MASTER ELECTRICAL SPEC DATED 9/10/10
 4
 5                                             PART 1 GE ERAL
 6
 7   SCOPE
 8   The work under this section includes grounding conductors, equipment grounding conductors, and bonding.
 9   Included are the following topics:
10
11   PART 1 GENERAL
12         Scope
13         Related Work
14         References
15         Regulatory Requirements
16   PART 2 PRODUCTS
17         Wire
18   PART 3 EXECUTION
19         General
20         Less Than 600 Volt System Grounding
21         Field Quality Control
22
23   RELATED WORK
24   Applicable provisions of Division 1 govern work under this Section.
25
26   REFERE CES
27   NFPA 70 National Electrical Code.
28   ANSI/IEEE 142 (Latest edition) Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial
29          Power Systems.
30
31   REGULATORY REQUIREME TS
32   Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
33
34   Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. or testing firm acceptable to
35   authority having jurisdiction as suitable for purpose specified and shown.
36
37                                             PART 2 PRODUCTS
38
39   WIRE
40   Material: Stranded copper (aluminum not permitted).
41
42   Feeder and Branch Circuit Equipment Ground: Size as shown on drawings, specifications or as required by
43   NFPA 70, whichever is larger. Differentiate between the normal ground and the isolated ground when both
44   are used on the same facility.
45
46                                            PART 3 EXECUTIO
47
48   GE ERAL
49   Install Products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
50
51   Mechanical connections shall be accessible for inspection and checking. No insulation shall be installed
52   over mechanical ground connections.
53
54   Ground connection surfaces shall be cleaned and all connections shall be made so that it is impossible to
55   move them.
56


                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    26 05 26 1
 1   LESS THA 600 VOLT SYSTEM GROU DI G
 2   Bond together system neutrals, service equipment enclosures, exposed non current carrying metal parts of
 3   electrical equipment, metal raceway systems, grounding conductor in raceways and cables, receptacle
 4   ground connectors, and plumbing systems.
 5
 6   Equipment Grounding Conductor: Provide separate, insulated equipment grounding conductor within each
 7   raceway. Terminate each end on suitable lug, bus, enclosure or bushing. Provide a ground wire from each
 8   device to the respective enclosure.
 9
10
11   FIELD QUALITY CO TROL
12   Inspect grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and proper installation.
13
14
15                                                  END OF SECTION
16




                                              DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                   26 05 26 2
 1                                      SECTIO 26 05 29
 2                       HA GERS A D SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
 3                             BASED O DSF MASTER ELECTRICAL SPEC DATED 5/1/08
 4
 5                                              PART 1 GE ERAL
 6
 7   SCOPE
 8   The work under this sections includes conduit and equipment supports, straps, clamps, steel channel, etc,
 9   and fastening hardware for supporting electrical work. Included are the following topics:
10
11   PART 1 GENERAL
12         Scope
13         Related Work
14         Submittals
15         Quality Assurance
16   PART 2 PRODUCTS
17         Material
18   PART 3 EXECUTION
19         Installation
20
21   RELATED WORK
22   Applicable provisions of Division 1 govern work under this Section.
23
24   SUBMITTALS
25   Product Data: Provide data for support channel.
26
27   QUALITY ASSURA CE
28   Support systems shall be adequate for weight of equipment and conduit, including wiring, which they carry.
29
30                                             PART 2 PRODUCTS
31
32   MATERIAL
33   Support Channel: Steel, Galvanized, Enameled or other corrosion resistant.
34
35   Hardware: Corrosion resistant.
36
37   Minimum sized threaded rod for supports shall be 3/8” for trapezes and single conduits 1 1/4” and larger,
38   and ¼” for single conduits 1” and smaller.
39
40   Conduit clamps, straps, supports, etc., shall be steel or malleable iron. One hole straps shall be heavy duty
41   type. All straps shall have steel or malleable backing plates when rigid steel conduit is installed on the
42   interior or exterior surface of any exterior building wall.
43
44                                             PART 3 EXECUTIO
45
46   I STALLATIO
47   Fasten hanger rods, conduit clamps, outlet, junction and pull boxes to building structure using pre cast
48   insert system, preset inserts, beam clamps, expansion anchors, or spring steel clips (interior metal stud walls
49   only).
50
51   Use toggle bolts or hollow wall fasteners in hollow masonry, plaster, or gypsum board partitions and walls;
52   expansion anchors or preset inserts in solid masonry walls; self drilling anchors or expansion anchors on
53   concrete surfaces; sheet metal screws in sheet metal studs and wood screws in wood construction. If nail in
54   anchors are used, they must be removable type anchors.
55

                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    26 05 29 1
 1   Power actuated fasteners and plastic wall anchors are not permitted.
 2
 3   File and de bur cut ends of support channel and spray paint with cold galvanized paint to prevent rusting.
 4
 5   Do not fasten supports to piping, ductwork, mechanical equipment, cable tray or conduit. Do not fasten to
 6   suspended ceiling grid system.
 7
 8   Do not drill structural steel members unless approved by DSF.
 9
10   Fabricate supports from galvanized structural steel or steel channel, rigidly welded or bolted to present a
11   neat appearance. Use hexagon head bolts with spring lock washers under all nuts.
12
13   In wet locations, mechanical rooms and electrical rooms install free standing electrical equipment on 3.5
14   inch (89 mm) concrete pads.
15
16   Install surface mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors. Provide steel channel
17   supports to stand cabinet one inch (25 mm) off wall (7/8” Uni strut or ¾” painted, fire retardant plywood is
18   acceptable).
19
20   Bridge studs top and bottom with channels to support flush mounted cabinets and panelboards in stud walls.
21
22   Furnish and install all supports as required to fasten all electrical components required for the project,
23   including free standing supports required for those items remotely mounted from the building structure,
24   catwalks, walkways etc.
25
26                                               END OF SECTION




                                              DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                   26 05 29 2
 1                                      SECTIO 26 05 33
 2                         RACEWAY A D BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
 3                             BASED O DSF MASTER ELECTRICAL SPEC DATED 5/1/08
 4
 5                                              PART 1 GE ERAL
 6
 7   SCOPE
 8   The work under this section includes conduits and boxes for electrical systems including wall and ceiling
 9   outlet boxes and junction boxes. Included are the following topics:
10
11   PART 1 GENERAL
12         Scope
13         Related Work
14         Submittals
15   PART 2 PRODUCTS
16         Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) and Fittings
17         Flexible Metal Conduit and Fittings
18         Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit and Fittings
19         Conduit Supports
20         Outlet Boxes
21         Pull and Junction Boxes
22         General
23   PART 3 EXECUTION
24         Conduit Sizing, Arrangement and Support
25         Conduit Installation
26         Conduit Installation Schedule
27         Coordination of Box Locations
28         Outlet Box Installation
29         Pull and Junction Box Installation
30
31   RELATED WORK
32   Applicable provisions of Division 1 govern work under this section.
33
34   Section 26 05 29 – Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems.
35   Section 26 27 26 – Wiring Devices.
36   Section 26 27 02 – Equipment Wiring Systems.
37
38   SUBMITTALS
39   Boxes provide product data showing configurations, finishes, dimensions, and manufacturer's instructions.
40
41
42                                             PART 2 PRODUCTS
43
44   ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBI G (EMT) A D FITTI GS
45   Conduit: Steel, galvanized tubing.
46
47   Fittings: All steel, set screw, concrete tight. No push on or indenter types permitted.
48   Conduit Bodies: All steel threaded conduit bodies.
49
50   FLEXIBLE METAL CO DUIT A D FITTI GS
51   Conduit: steel, galvanized, spiral strip.
52
53   Fittings and Conduit Bodies: All steel, galvanized, or malleable iron (except as allowed in specification 26
54   51 13).
55
56


                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    26 05 33 1
 1   LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CO DUIT A D FITTI GS
 2   Conduit: flexible, steel, galvanized, spiral strip with an outer Liquidtight, nonmetallic, sunlight resistant
 3   jacket.
 4
 5   Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1, compression type. There shall be a metallic cover/insert
 6   on the end of the conduit inside the connector housing to seal the cut conduit end.
 7
 8   CO DUIT SUPPORTS
 9   See section 26 05 29.
10
11   OUTLET BOXES
12   Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: galvanized steel, with stamped knockouts.
13
14   Luminaire and Equipment Supporting Boxes: Rated for weight of equipment supported; include 3/8 inch
15   male fixture studs where required.
16
17   Concrete Ceiling Boxes: Concrete type.
18
19   Cast Boxes: Cast ferroalloy, or aluminum type deep type, gasketed cover, threaded hubs.
20
21   PULL A D JU CTIO BOXES
22   Pull boxes and junction boxes shall be minimum 4 inch square (100 mm) by 2 1/8th inches (54 mm) deep
23   for use with 1 inch (25 mm) conduit and smaller. On conduit systems using 1 1/4 inch (31.75 mm) conduit
24   or larger, pull and junction boxes shall be sized per NEC but not less than 4 11/16 inch square (117 mm).
25
26   Sheet Metal Boxes: code gauge galvanized steel, screw covers, flanged and spot welded joints and corners.
27
28   Sheet Metal Boxes Larger Than 12 Inches (300 mm) in any dimension shall have a hinged cover or a chain
29   installed between box and cover.
30
31   Cast Metal Boxes for Outdoor and Wet Location Installations: Type 4 and Type 6, flat flanged,
32   surface mounted junction box, UL listed as raintight. Galvanized cast iron or aluminum box and cover
33   with ground flange, neoprene gasket, and stainless steel cover screws.
34
35   Box extensions and adjacent boxes within 48” of each other are not allowed for the purpose of creating
36   more wire capacity.
37
38   Junction boxes 6" x 6" or larger size shall be without stamped knock outs.
39
40   Wireways shall not be used in lieu of junction boxes.
41
42   GE ERAL
43   All steel fittings and conduit bodies shall be galvanized.
44
45   No cast metal, or split gland type fittings permitted.
46
47   Mogul type condulets larger than 2 inch (50 mm) not permitted except as approved or detailed.
48
49   All condulet covers must be fastened to the condulet body with screws and be of the same manufacture.
50
51   Wireways, gutters and c condulets shall not be used in lieu of pull boxes and condulets.
52
53   All boxes shall be of sufficient size to provide free space for all conductors enclosed in the box and shall
54   comply with NEC requirements.
55
56

                                                DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                     26 05 33 2
 1                                             PART 3 EXECUTIO
 2
 3   CO DUIT SIZI G, ARRA GEME T, A D SUPPORT
 4   EMT is permitted to be used in sizes 4" (50 mm) and smaller for power and telecommunication systems.
 5   See CONDUIT INSTALLATION SCHEDULE below for other limitations for EMT and other types of
 6   conduit.
 7
 8   Size power conductor raceways for conductor type installed. Conduit size shall be 1/2 inch (13 mm)
 9   minimum except all homerun conduits shall be ¾”, or as specified elsewhere. Caution: Per the EC,
10   the allowable conductor ampacity is reduced when more than three current carrying conductors are
11   installed in a raceway. Contractor must take the EC ampacity adjustment factors into account
12   when sizing the raceway and wiring system.
13
14   Size conduit for all other wiring, including but not limited to data, control, security, fire alarm,
15   telecommunications, signal, video, etc. shall be sized per number of conductors pulled and their cross
16   section. 40% fill shall be maximum for all new conduit fills.
17
18   Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present a neat appearance.
19
20   Route exposed conduit and conduit above accessible ceilings parallel and perpendicular to walls and
21   adjacent piping.
22
23   Maintain minimum 6 inch (150 mm) clearance between conduit and piping. Maintain 12 inch (300 mm)
24   clearance between conduit and heat sources such as flues, steam pipes, and heating appliances.
25
26   Arrange conduit supports to prevent distortion of alignment by wire pulling operations. Fasten conduit
27   using galvanized pipe straps, conduit racks (lay in adjustable hangers), clevis hangers, or bolted split
28   stamped galvanized hangers.
29
30   Group conduit in parallel runs where practical and use conduit rack (lay in adjustable hangers) constructed
31   of steel channel with conduit straps or clamps. Provide space for 25 percent additional conduit.
32
33   Do not fasten conduit with wire or perforated pipe straps. Before conductors are pulled, remove all wire
34   used for temporary conduit support during construction.
35
36   Support and fasten metal conduit at a maximum of 8 feet (2.4 m) on center.
37
38   Supports shall be independent of the installations of other trades, e.g. ceiling support wires, HVAC pipes,
39   other conduits, etc., unless so approved or detailed.
40
41   In general, all conduit shall be concealed except where noted on the drawings or approved by the
42   Architect/Engineer. Contractor shall verify with Architect/Engineer all surface conduit installations except
43   in mechanical rooms.
44
45   Changes in direction shall be made with symmetrical bends, cast steel boxes, stamped metal boxes or cast
46   steel conduit bodies.
47
48   For indoor conduits, no continuous conduit run shall exceed 100 feet (30 meters) without a junction box.
49
50   All conduits installed in exposed areas shall be installed with a box offset before entering box.
51
52   CO DUIT I STALLATIO
53   Cut conduit square; de burr cut ends.
54
55   Conduit shall not be fastened to the corrugated metal roof deck.
56

                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    26 05 33 3
 1   Bring conduit to the shoulder of fittings and couplings and fasten securely.
 2
 3   Use conduit hubs for fastening conduit to cast boxes. Use sealing locknuts or conduit hubs for fastening
 4   conduit to sheet metal boxes in damp or wet locations.
 5
 6   All conduit terminations (except for terminations into conduit bodies) shall use conduit hubs, or connectors
 7   with one locknut, or shall use double locknuts (one each side of box wall) and insulated bushing. Provide
 8   bushings for the ends of all conduit not terminated in box walls. Refer to Section 26 05 26 – Grounding
 9   and Bonding for Electrical Systems for grounding bushing requirements.
10
11   Install no more than the equivalent of three 90 degree bends between boxes.
12
13   Use hydraulic one shot conduit bender or factory elbows for bends in conduit larger than 2 inch (50 mm)
14   size unless sweep elbows are required.
15
16   Conduit shall be bent according to manufacturers recommendations. Torches or open flame shall not be
17   used to aid in bend of PVC conduit.
18
19   Use suitable conduit caps or other approved seals to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and
20   moisture.
21
22   Provide 1/8 inch (3 mm) nylon pull string in empty conduit, except sleeves and nipples.
23
24   Install expansion deflection joints where conduit crosses building expansion joints. Note: expansion
25   deflection joints are not required where conduit crosses building control joints if the control joint does not
26   act as an expansion joint. Install expansion fitting in PVC conduit runs as recommended by the
27   manufacturer.
28
29   Avoid moisture traps where possible. Where moisture traps are unavoidable, provide junction boxes with
30   drain fittings at conduit low points.
31
32   Where conduit passes between areas of differing temperatures such as into or out of cool rooms, freezers,
33   unheated and heated spaces, buildings, etc., provide Listed conduit seals to prevent the passage of moisture
34   and water vapor through the conduit.
35
36   Route conduit through roof openings for piping and ductwork where possible.
37
38   Conduit is not permitted in any slab topping of two inches (50 mm) or less.
39
40   Ground and bond conduit under provisions of Section 26 05 26.
41
42   Identify conduit under provisions of Section 26 05 53.
43
44   CO DUIT I STALLATIO SCHEDULE
45   Conduit other than that specified below for specific applications shall not be used.
46
47   Concealed Dry Interior Locations: Rigid steel conduit. Intermediate metal conduit. Electrical metallic
48   tubing.
49
50   Exposed Dry Interior Locations: Rigid steel conduit. Intermediate metal conduit. Electrical metallic tubing.
51
52   Motor and equipment connections: Flexible PVC coated metal conduit (all locations). Minimum length
53   shall be one foot (300 mm), maximum length shall be three feet (900 mm). Conduit must be installed
54   perpendicular to direction of equipment vibration to allow conduit to freely flex.
55



                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    26 05 33 4
 1   Light fixtures: Direct box or conduit connection for surface mounted and recessed fixtures. Flexible metal
 2   conduit from a J box for recessed lay in light fixtures. Conduit size shall be 3/8" (10 mm) minimum
 3   diameter and six foot (1.8 M) maximum length. Conduit length shall allow movement of fixture for
 4   maintenance purposes.
 5
 6   The raceway and all systems devices shall adhere to the EIA/TIA Category 5e bend radius standard.
 7
 8   COORDI ATIO OF BOX LOCATIO S
 9   Provide electrical boxes as shown on Drawings, and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment
10   connections, and code compliance.
11
12   Electrical box locations shown on Contract Drawings are approximate unless dimensioned. Verify location
13   of floor boxes and outlets in offices and work areas prior to rough in.
14
15   No outlet, junction, or pull boxes shall be located where it will be obstructed by other equipment, piping,
16   lockers, benches, counters, etc.
17
18   Boxes shall not be fastened to the metal roof deck.
19
20   It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to study drawings pertaining to other trades, to discuss location of
21   outlets with workmen installing other piping and equipment and to fit all electrical outlets to job conditions.
22
23   In case of any question or argument over the location of an outlet, the Contractor shall refer the matter to
24   the Architect/Engineer and install outlet as instructed by the Architect/Engineer.
25
26   The proper location of each outlet is considered a part of this contract and no additional compensation will
27   be paid to the Contractor for moving outlets which were improperly located.
28
29   Locate and install boxes to allow access to them. Where installation is inaccessible, coordinate locations
30   and provide 18 inch (450 mm) by 24 inch (600 mm) access doors.
31
32   Locate and install to maintain headroom and to present a neat appearance.
33
34   Install boxes to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using approved materials
35   and methods.
36
37   OUTLET BOX I STALLATIO
38   Provide knockout closures for unused openings.
39
40   Support boxes independently of conduit except for cast boxes that are connected to two rigid metal
41   conduits, both supported within 12 inches (300 mm) of box.
42
43   Use multiple gang boxes where more than one device are mounted together; do not use sectional boxes.
44   Provide non metallic barriers to separate wiring of different voltage systems.
45
46   Install boxes in walls without damaging wall insulation.
47
48   Coordinate mounting heights and locations of outlets mounted above counters, benches, and backsplashes.
49
50   Ceiling outlets shall be 4 inch square, minimum 2 1/8 inch (54 mm) deep except that concrete boxes and
51   plates will be approved where applicable. Position outlets to locate luminaires as shown on reflected
52   ceiling plans.
53
54   Align wall mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices.
55
56   Provide cast ferroalloy or aluminum outlet boxes in exterior and wet locations.

                                                DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                     26 05 33 5
 1
 2   Surface wall outlets shall be 4 inch (100 mm) square with raised covers for one and two gang requirements.
 3   For three gang or larger requirements, use gang boxes with non overlapping covers.
 4
 5   PULL A D JU CTIO BOX I STALLATIO
 6   Locate pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings, in unfinished areas or furnish and install
 7   DSF approved access panels in non accessible ceilings where boxes are installed. All boxes are to be
 8   readily accessible.
 9
10   Support pull and junction boxes independent of conduit.
11
12   .
13
14                                              END OF SECTION
15




                                             DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                  26 05 33 6
 1                                        SECTIO 26 05 53
 2                            IDE TIFICATIO FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
 3                             BASED O DSF MASTER ELECTRICAL SPEC DATED 5/1/08
 4
 5                                             PART 1 GE ERAL
 6
 7   SCOPE
 8   The work under this section includes the products and execution requirements relating to labeling of power,
 9   lighting, general wiring,. Included are the following topics:
10
11   PART 1 GENERAL
12         Scope
13         Related Work
14         Submittals
15   PART 2 PRODUCTS
16         Materials
17   PART 3 EXECUTION
18         General
19         Junction and Pullbox Identification
20         Power and Control Wire Identification
21         Nameplate Engraving
22         Panelboard Directories
23
24   RELATED WORK
25   Applicable provisions of Division 1 shall govern work under this section.
26
27   Section 26 05 19 – Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables
28   Section 26 05 23 – Control Voltage Electrical Power Cables
29
30   SUBMITTALS
31   Include schedule for nameplates and stenciling.
32
33   Prior to installation, the Contractor shall provide samples of all label types planned for the project. These
34   samples shall include examples of the lettering to be used. Samples shall be mounted on 8 1/2” x 11”
35   sheets annotated, explaining their purposed use.
36
37
38                                             PART 2 PRODUCTS
39
40   MATERIALS
41   Labels: All labels shall be permanent, and machine generated. NO HANDWRITTEN OR NON
42   PERMANENT LABELS ARE ALLOWED. Exception: back side of device plates and junction boxes may
43   use handwritten, legible labeling on box covers, unless specifically prohibited by other specification
44   sections.
45
46   Cable label size shall be appropriate for the conductor or cable size(s), outlet faceplate layout and patch
47   panel design. All labels shall be self laminating, white/transparent vinyl and be wrapped around the cable
48   or sheath. Labels for power conductors (600V and lower) shall be cloth type. Flag type labels are not
49   allowed. The labels shall be of adequate size to accommodate the circumference of the cable being labeled
50   and properly self laminate over the full extent of the printed area of the label.
51
52   Nameplates: Engraved three layer laminated plastic, black letters on a white background. Emergency
53   system (level 1 and level 2) shall use white letters on red background.
54
55   Tape (phase identification only): Scotch #35 tape in appropriate colors for system voltage and phase.
56


                                              DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                   26 05 53 1
 1   Adhesive type labels not permitted except for phase and wire identification. Machine generated adhesive
 2   labels shall be permitted for device plates, 4 11/16” and smaller junction boxes, Fire alarm and control
 3   devices.
 4
 5                                            PART 3 EXECUTIO
 6
 7   GE ERAL
 8   Where mixed voltages are used in one building (e.g. 4160 volt, 480 volt, 208 volt) each switch,
 9   switchboard, junction box, equipment, etc., on each system must be labeled for voltage in addition to other
10   requirements listed herein.
11
12   All branch circuit and power panels must be identified with the same symbol used in circuit directory in
13   main distribution center.
14
15   Clean all surfaces before attaching labels with the label manufacturer’s recommended cleaning agent.
16
17   Install all labels firmly as recommended by the label manufacturer.
18
19   Labels shall be installed plumb and neatly on all equipment.
20
21   Install nameplates parallel to equipment lines.
22
23   Secure nameplates to equipment fronts using screws, rivets or manufacturer approved adhesive or cement.
24
25   Embossed tape will not be permitted for any application.
26
27   JU CTIO A D PULLBOX IDE TIFICATIO
28   The following junction and pullboxes shall be identified utilizing spray painted covers:
29
30   System                                                                  Color(s)
31   Secondary Power – 480Y/277V                                             Brown
32   Secondary Power – 208Y/120V, 240/120V                                   White
33   Temperature Control                                                     Green
34
35   Provide circuit numbers, and source panel designations for power wiring. Other system shall be identified
36   as shown on details or approved shop drawings. Temperature control shall identify the source.
37
38   POWER A D CO TROL WIRE IDE TIFICATIO
39   Provide wire markers on each conductor in panelboard gutters, pull boxes, outlet and junction boxes, and at
40   load connection. Identify with branch circuit or feeder number for power and lighting circuits, and with
41   control wire number as indicated on schematic and interconnection diagrams or equipment manufacturer's
42   shop drawings for control wiring.
43
44   All wiring shall be labeled within 2 to 4 inches of terminations. Each end of a wire or cable shall be
45   labeled as soon as it is terminated including wiring used for temporary purposes.
46
47   WIRI G DEVICE IDE TIFICATIO
48   Wall switches, receptacles, occupancy sensors, device plates and box covers shall be identified with circuit
49   numbers and source. In exposed areas, identifications should be made inside of device covers, unless
50   directed otherwise. Use machine generated labels, or neatly hand written permanent marker.
51
52    AMEPLATE E GRAVI G
53   Provide nameplates of minimum letter height as scheduled below.
54
55   Equipment Enclosures: 1 inch (25 mm); identify equipment designation.
56

                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    26 05 53 2
 1   Individual Circuit Breakers, Disconnect Switches, Enclosed Switches, and Motor Starters: ½ inch (13 mm);
 2   identify source and load served.
 3
 4   Junction boxes: 1 inch (25 mm); identify system source(s) and load(s) served. Junction boxes may be
 5   neatly identified using a permanent marker.
 6
 7   PA ELBOARD DIRECTORIES
 8   Typed directories for panels must be covered with clear plastic, have a metal frame. Room number on
 9   directories shall be Owner's numbers, not Plan numbers unless Owner so specifies.
10
11                                             END OF SECTION
12




                                            DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                 26 05 53 3
Intentional blank page
 1                                             SECTIO 26 27 02
 2                                        EQUIPME T WIRI G SYSTEMS
 3                             BASED O DSF MASTER ELECTRICAL SPEC DATED 5/1/08
 4
 5                                              PART 1 GE ERAL
 6
 7   SCOPE
 8   The work under this section includes electrical connections to equipment specified under other Divisions
 9   and/or Sections, or furnished by Owner, including, but not limited to:
10            HVAC motors, VFDs, and panels
11
12   Included are the following topics:
13
14   PART 1 GENERAL
15         Scope
16         Related Work
17         Coordination
18   PART 2 PRODUCTS
19         Other Products
20   PART 3 EXECUTION
21         Inspection
22         Preparation
23         Installation
24         HVAC and Plumbing Connections
25         Equipment Connection Schedule
26
27   RELATED WORK
28   Applicable provisions of Division 1 govern work under this Section.
29
30   Section 26 05 33 – Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems.
31   Section 26 05 19 – Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables.
32
33   COORDI ATIO
34   Coordinate all equipment requirements with the various contractors and the Owner. Review the complete
35   set of drawings and specifications to determine the extent of wiring, starters, devices, etc., required.
36
37                                             PART 2 PRODUCTS
38
39   OTHER PRODUCTS
40   Refer to related sections for other product requirements.
41
42                                            PART 3 EXECUTIO
43
44   I SPECTIO
45   Verify that equipment is ready for electrical connection, wiring, and energization.
46
47   PREPARATIO
48   Review equipment submittals prior to installation and electrical rough in. Verify location, size, and type of
49   connections. Coordinate details of equipment connections with supplier and installer.
50
51   I STALLATIO
52   Use wire and cable with insulation suitable for temperatures encountered in heat producing equipment.
53
54   Make conduit connections to equipment using flexible PVC coated metal conduit.
55



                                               DSF Project No, 11E2N
                                                     26 27 02 1
 1   Make wiring connections in control panel or in wiring compartment of pre wired equipment in accordance
 2   with manufacturer's instructions. Provide interconnecting wiring where indicated.
 3
 4   Install disconnect switches, controllers, control stations, and control devices such as limit switches and
 5   temperature switches as indicated. Connect with conduit and wiring as indicated.
 6
 7   HVAC A D PLUMBI G CO ECTIO S
 8   Provide all power wiring including all circuitry carrying electrical energy from panelboard or other source
 9   through starters, variable frequency drives (VFDs), and disconnects to motors or to packaged control
10   panels. Packaged control panels may include disconnects and starters and overcurrent protection. Provide
11   all wiring between packaged control panels and motors.
12
13   Provide 120 volts to each temperature control panel.         Coordinate requirements with HVAC/DDC
14   contractors.
15
16   Unless otherwise specified, all electrical motors and control devices such as aquastats, float and pressure
17   switches, fan powered VAV boxes, switches, electro pneumatic switches, solenoid valves and damper
18   motors requiring mechanical connections shall be furnished and installed and wired by the Contractor
19   supplying the devices.
20
21   Each motor terminal box shall be connected with a minimum 12", maximum 36" piece of flexible PVC
22   coated metal conduit to a fixed junction box. Conduit must be installed perpendicular to direction of
23   equipment vibration to allow conduit to freely flex.
24
25   Check for proper rotation of each motor.
26
27   EQUIPME T CO ECTIO SCHEDULE
28   As indicated on the drawings.
29
30                                                END OF SECTION
31




                                                DSF Project No, 11E2N
                                                      26 27 02 2
 1                                             SECTIO 26 27 26
 2                                             WIRI G DEVICES
 3                            BASED O DSF MASTER ELECTRICAL SPEC DATED 7/1/10
 4
 5                                            PART 1 GE ERAL
 6
 7   SCOPE
 8   The work under this section includes wall switches, receptacles, occupancy sensors, wall dimmers, device
 9   plates and box covers, poke through service fittings, access floor boxes, photo cells and time clocks.
10   Included are the following topics:
11
12   PART 1 GENERAL
13         Scope
14         Related Work
15         Submittals
16   PART 2 PRODUCTS
17         Wall Switches
18         Receptacles
19         Device Plates and Box Covers
20   PART 3 EXECUTION
21         Installation
22         Field Quality Control
23         Adjusting
24
25   RELATED WORK
26   Applicable provisions of Division 1 govern work under this Section.
27
28
29   SUBMITTALS
30   Provide product data showing model numbers, configurations, finishes, dimensions, and manufacturer's
31   instructions.
32
33   OPERATIO A D MAI TE A CE DATA
34   All operations and maintenance data shall comply with the submission and content requirements specified
35   under section GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
36
37                                           PART 2 PRODUCTS
38
39   WALL SWITCHES
40   Wall Switches for Lighting Circuits [and Motor Loads Under 1/2 HP]: Heavy duty use toggle switch, rated
41   20 amperes and 120/277 volts AC. Switches shall be UL20 Listed and meet Federal Specification WS 896.
42   All switches shall be heavy duty Specification Grade with separate green ground screw.
43
44   All switches shall be back and side wired, screw clamp type, suitable for solid or stranded wire up to #10
45   AWG. Switches shall be Leviton model 1221 S, Hubbell model CS1221, Pass & Seymour model CSB20,
46   Cooper model CSB120, or approved equal.
47
48   Handle: Brown, made of nylon or high impact resistant material.
49
50   RECEPTACLES
51   Convenience and Straight blade Receptacles: NEMA Type 5 20R, brown nylon or high impact resistant
52   face. Receptacles shall be UL498 Listed and meet Federal Specification WC 596. All duplex receptacles
53   shall be heavy duty Specification Grade, 20 amp rated. All receptacles shall be back and side wired, screw
54   clamp type, suitable for solid or stranded wire up to #10 AWG, with a separate green ground screw.
55   Receptacles shall be Leviton model 5362 S, Hubbell model CR5362, Pass & Seymour model CRB5362,
56   Pass & Seymour model PT5362 with 90º connector, Cooper model 5362, or approved equal.


                                             DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                  26 27 26 1
 1
 2   Generally, all receptacles shall be duplex convenience type unless otherwise noted.
 3
 4   All receptacles installed in outdoor locations, in garages, within 6 feet of the outside edge of sinks, and in
 5   other damp or wet locations shall be GFCI type.
 6
 7   GFCI Receptacles: Duplex convenience receptacle, Specification Grade, with integral ground fault current
 8   interrupter meeting the requirements of UL standard 943 Class A and UL standard 498. GFCI receptacles
 9   shall be Leviton model 8899, Hubbell model GRF5352, Pass & Seymour model 2095, Cooper model
10   VGF20 or approved equal.
11
12   Specific use Receptacle Configuration: As indicated on drawings.
13
14   DEVICE PLATES A D BOX COVERS
15   Surface Cover Plate: Raised galvanized steel.
16
17                                             PART 3 EXECUTIO
18
19   I STALLATIO
20   Install wall switches 48 inches (1.2 m) above floor, OFF position down.
21
22   Install convenience receptacles 48 inches (200 mm) above floor, grounding pole on bottom.
23
24   Install specific use receptacles at heights shown on Contract Drawings.
25
26   Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes in unfinished areas, above accessible
27   ceilings, and on surface mounted outlets.
28
29   Install devices and wall plates flush and level.
30
31   Receptacles shall have a bonding conductor from grounding terminal to the metal conduit system. Self
32   grounding receptacles using mounting screws as bonding means are not approved.
33
34   FIELD QUALITY CO TROL
35   Inspect each wiring device for defects.
36
37   Operate each wall switch with circuit energized and verify proper operation.
38
39   Verify that each receptacle device is energized.
40
41   Test each receptacle device for proper polarity.
42
43   Test each GFCI receptacle device for proper operation.
44
45   The user agency and DSF personnel reserve the right to be present at all tests.
46
47   ADJUSTI G
48   Adjust devices and wall plates to be flush and level.
49
50   Mark all conductors with the panel and circuit number serving the device with a machine generated label,
51   at the device and on the back of the device cover.
52
53                                                END OF SECTION
54




                                                DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                     26 27 26 2
 1                                           SECTIO 26 29 00
 2                                      LOW VOLTAGE CO TROLLERS
 3                             BASED O DSF MASTER ELECTRICAL SPEC DATED 5/1/08
 4
 5                                              PART 1 GE ERAL
 6
 7   SCOPE
 8   The work under this section includes manual motor starters, magnetic motor starters, combination magnetic
 9   motor starters and motor control centers. Included are the following topics:
10
11   PART 1 GENERAL
12         Scope
13         Related Work
14         Coordination With Other Trades
15         References
16         Submittals
17         Operation and Maintenance Data
18         Delivery, Storage, and Handling
19         Spare Parts
20   PART 2 PRODUCTS
21         Manual Motor Starters
22         Magnetic Motor Starters
23         Controller Overcurrent Protection and Disconnecting Means
24         Fuses
25   PART 3 EXECUTION
26         Installation
27
28   RELATED WORK
29   Applicable provisions of Division 1 shall govern work under this Section.
30
31   Section 26 05 29 – Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems.
32
33   COORDI ATIO WITH OTHER TRADES
34   Motors: In general, all electric motors required for this installation will be supplied with equipment,
35   apparatus and/or appliances covered under other sections of the specifications.
36
37   For the sake of consistency and conformity of manufacturer, design and construction, all motors shall
38   conform to the following description unless otherwise noted or required.
39
40            •   Motors 1/3 HP and smaller shall be wound for operation on single phase, 60 Hz. service
41                unless otherwise noted.
42
43            •   Motors 1/2 HP and above shall be wound for operation on 3 phase, 60 Hz service unless
44                otherwise noted.
45
46            •   Refer to drawings in each case in order to verify voltage characteristics required.
47
48   Equipment:
49   All building utility motors such as fans, pumps, overhead doors, etc., together with certain "controlling
50   equipment" for same, except motor starters and related apparatus, will be furnished under other sections of
51   the specifications and delivered to the building site unless specifically noted otherwise. The above
52   mentioned "controlling equipment" pertains to electrical thermostats, electro pneumatic and pneumatic
53   electric and detection devices, or any other device not purely electrically operating in nature.
54
55   The starters for these motors shall be furnished and installed by the Electrical Trade unless noted otherwise.
56   (See Motor Schedule on Drawings.)
57

                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    26 29 00 1
 1   The Electrical Trade shall set and connect all specified starting equipment, install all power conduits and
 2   wiring and shall furnish and make all connections from starting equipment to motors as required to leave
 3   the apparatus in running condition.
 4
 5   Wiring Connections:
 6   Furnish branch circuits for all motors to the starting equipment and then to the motors, complete with all
 7   control wiring for automatic and remote control where required or noted. Conduits to motors shall
 8   terminate in the conduit fittings on the motors, the final connection being made with flexible, PVC coated
 9   metal conduit.
10
11   Provide all necessary labor and material to completely connect all electrical motors and controls (where
12   required) in connection with the building utility equipment, including fans, pumps, overhead door
13   operators, etc.
14
15   All conduits and wiring required for control work from the holding coil circuit of the starter, including the
16   furnishing and installation of control devices such as auxiliary contacts, control relays, time delay relays,
17   pilot lights, selector switches, alternators, etc., shall be provided and installed by other trades unless
18   otherwise indicated.
19
20   Power Branch Circuits:
21   Wire sizes for branch circuits not specifically called for on drawings or in specifications shall be based on
22   125 percent of the full load current of the motor unless the voltage drop of motor branch circuits exceeds 1
23   1/2 percent from the distribution panel to the motor; in which case, voltage drop shall govern wire sizes. A
24   power factor of 80 percent shall be used for motors in such calculations.
25
26   REFERE CES
27   ANSI/NEMA ICS 6 Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems.
28   ANSI/UL 198E Class R Fuses.
29   NEMA AB 1 Molded Case Circuit Breakers.
30   NEMA ICS 2 Industrial Control Devices, Controllers, and Assemblies.
31   NEMA KS 1 Enclosed Switches.
32   NEMA PB 1 Panelboards.
33   NEMA PB 1.1 Instructions for Safe Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600
34   Volts or Less.
35
36   SUBMITTALS
37   Provide product data on motor starters and combination motor starters, relays, pilot devices, and switching
38   and overcurrent protective devices.
39
40   OPERATIO A D MAI TE A CE DATA
41   All operations and maintenance data shall comply with the submission and content requirements specified
42   under section GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
43
44   DELIVERY, STORAGE, A D HA DLI G
45   Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy
46   plastic cover to protect units from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic.
47
48   Handle in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Lift only with lugs provided for the
49   purpose. Handle carefully to avoid damage to motor control center components, enclosure, and finish.
50
51   SPARE PARTS
52   Provide three (3) spares of each size and type fuse used. Provide enclosure for spare fuses.
53
54   Fuse Pullers: Furnish one fuse puller to Owner.
55
56
57

                                              DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                   26 29 00 2
 1
 2                                             PART 2 PRODUCTS
 3
 4   MA UAL MOTOR STARTERS
 5   Manual Motor Starter: NEMA ICS 2; size as shown on Drawings. AC general purpose Class A manually
 6   operated full voltage controller for induction motors rated in horsepower, with overload protection, red
 7   pilot light and toggle operator.
 8
 9   Enclosure: NEMA Type: 1.
10
11   Provide manufacturer’s equipment ground kit in all starter enclosures.
12
13   MAG ETIC MOTOR STARTERS
14   Magnetic Motor Starters: NEMA ICS 2; AC general purpose Class A magnetic controller for induction
15   motors rated in horsepower; size 0 minimum.
16
17   Full Voltage Starting: Non reversing type.
18
19   Size: NEMA ICS 2; size as shown on Drawings, size 0 minimum.
20
21   Coil Operating Voltage: 120 volts, 60 Hz.
22
23   Overload Protection: bimetal or melting alloy.
24
25   Enclosure: NEMA Type: 1.
26
27   Provide manufacturer’s equipment ground kit in all starter enclosures.
28
29   Auxiliary Contacts: NEMA ICS 2; two field convertible contacts in addition to seal in contact.
30
31   Selector Switches: NEMA ICS 2; HAND/OFF/AUTO in front cover.
32
33   Indicating Lights: NEMA ICS 2; LED Push to test type. RUN: red in front cover.
34
35   Relays: NEMA ICS 2; Provide on time delay (0 60 sec) relays as indicated on the Drawings.
36
37   Provide phase loss protection relay with each motor starter, with contacts to de energize each motor starter.
38
39   Control Power Transformers: Each magnetic starter shall have a fused primary and a fused 120Vsecondary
40   control transformer, sized for the load, 100 VA minimum. Additionally, the X2 terminal of the control
41   transformer shall be grounded.
42
43   Combination Motor Starters: Combine motor starters with fusible switch disconnect in common enclosure.
44
45   CO TROLLER OVERCURRE T PROTECTIO A D DISCO ECTI G MEA S
46   Fusible Switch Assemblies: NEMA KS 1; quick make, quick break, load interrupter enclosed knife switch
47   with externally operable handle. Provide interlock to prevent opening front cover with switch in ON
48   position. Handle lockable in OFF position. Fuse Clips: Designed to accommodate Class R fuses.
49
50   FUSES
51   Fuses 600 Amperes and Less: Dual element, time delay, 250 volt, UL Class RK 1. Interrupting Rating:
52   200,000 rms amperes.
53
54
55
56
57

                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    26 29 00 3
 1                                             PART 3 EXECUTIO
 2
 3   I STALLATIO
 4   Install motor control equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
 5
 6   Select and install heater elements in motor starters to match installed motor characteristics.
 7
 8   Motor Data: Provide neatly typed label inside each motor starter enclosure door identifying motor served,
 9   nameplate horsepower, full load amperes, code letter, service factor, and voltage/phase rating.
10
11
12                                                       END OF SECTION




                                               DSF Project No. 11E2N
                                                    26 29 00 4

				
DOCUMENT INFO
Shared By:
Categories:
Tags:
Stats:
views:0
posted:5/10/2013
language:English
pages:248
yaofenjin yaofenjin http://
About